GRG INC
10SB12G, 1999-11-16
Previous: HANCOCK HOLDINGS INC, 10SB12G, 1999-11-16
Next: MORGAN CLARK MANAGEMENT INC, 10SB12G, 1999-11-16




                U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         Washington, D.C. 20549

                                FORM 10-SB

                   Registration Statement on Form 10-SB

           GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES OF SMALL
                             BUSINESS ISSUERS

         GRG, INC.
                           ------------------------
       (Name of Small Business Issuer as specified in its charter)

         NEVADA                                        65-0831618
- -------------------------------                ------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                (I.R.S. incorporation or
organization)                                   Employer I.D. No.)

                    100 2nd Avenue North Suite 200
                    St. Petersburg, Florida 33701
               ---------------------------------------
               (Address of Principal Executive Office)

 Issuer's Telephone Number, including Area Code:  (727) 550-2442

 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

                         None

 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

               $0.001 Par Value Common Voting Stock
               ------------------------------------
                          Title of Class

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  None.

Item 1.  Description of Business.
- ---------------------------------

Business Development.
- ---------------------

     Organization, Charter Amendments and General History.
     -----------------------------------------------------

          Organization.
          -------------

         GRG,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation  ("GRG"),  was organized on March 19,
1992, under the name "Karat Productions, Inc." We were organized for the purpose
of  conducting  any  lawful  business,   including,  but  not  limited  to,  the
manufacture, sale and distribution of diamonds and colored gemstones.




                                       1
<PAGE>




      At  inception,   we  were  authorized  to  issue  100,000,000   shares  of
non-assessable common voting stock, par value one mill ($0.001) per share.



         Charter Amendments.
      -------------------

         The  following  amendments to the Articles of  Incorporation  have been
effected since we were organized:

    *  Reduction  of par value  from  $0.001 per share to  $0.0005  per  shares,
effective August 9, 1993.

    *  Increased  par value back to $0.001  per share;  effected a three for one
forward split of the  outstanding  common stock;  and changed the name of GRG to
"Ghiglieri Corporation," effective June 5, 1997.

    * Changed the name of GRG to "GRG, Inc.," effective March 3, 1998.

         Copies of the initial Articles of  Incorporation,  these amendments and
the Bylaws are attached hereto and  incorporated  herein by reference.  See Part
III, Item 1.

         General History.
      ----------------

         We ceased our original business operations,  which proved unsuccessful,
and were dormant until 1998,  when it entered into a series of  transactions  to
acquire interests in the telephone, real estate and sports marketing industries.

         In March 1998, we acquired the international telecommunications asset s
of International Tele-Data,  Inc., a New York Corporation (" ITD") for 5,224,000
shares  of  our  common  stock.  The  agreement,  referred  to  as  the  partial
liquidation  agreement,  provided  that  only  the  crucial  assets  of ITD were
acquired,  along with means of settling  any ITD  liabilities  and claims  which
could potentially  affect GRG after the transaction.  Those assets identified as
crucial were employees,  and intangibles  including contracts  identified in the
partial liquidation  agreement,  leads,  customer base, and office equipment and
database of ITD used in the international  telecommunications  business. Certain
other  assets of ITD were not  included in the  transaction  since they were not
pertinent to the international  telecommunications business targeted by GRG. All
shares  issued in the  transaction  were  subject to a two-year  proxy  granting
voting  rights  of the  shares  under the  control  of ITD's  principals  to the
executive  committee  of the GRG  board of  directors.  The  accounting  of this
transaction  is at  predecessor  cost  since  ITD is a  major  shareholder  post
formation.

         In March 1998, we acquired  certain assets of Catalyst  Communications,
Inc., a Utah Corporation (" Catalyst") for 3,150,000 shares of our common stock.
The agreement  provided that GRG acquire employees,  crucial  suppliers,  leads,
customer base, and office equipment and database of Catalyst used in business of
marketing Internet scratch off sweepstakes  promotions.  Certain other assets of
Catalyst were not included in the  transaction  since they were not pertinent to
the Internet and telecommunications  business targeted by GRG. The accounting of
this  transaction is at predecessor  cost since control parties of Catalyst were
also control parties of GRG at the time of the transaction.


                                       2
<PAGE>


         This  Registration  Statement  is being filed on a  voluntary  basis to
maintain GRG's quotations on the OTC Bulletin Board of the National  Association
of Securities Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD").  See the heading "Effects of Existing
or Probable Governmental Regulations," Item I.


         NASD OTC Bulletin Board Quotations.
      ----------------------------------

         GRG's common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin  Board of the National
Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD") under the symbol "GRGI,"
For information concerning these stock quotations during the past two years, see
the caption  "Market Price of and  Dividends on the Company's  Common Equity and
Other  Stockholder  Matters," Part II, Item 1. The  quotations  presented do not
represent   actual   transactions  or   broker/dealer   markups,   markdowns  or
commissions.

         Further,  effective  January  4,  1999,  the  NASD  adopted  rules  and
regulations  requiring that prior to any issuer having its securities  quoted on
the OTC Bulletin Board of the NASD that such issuer must be a "reporting issuer"
which is required to file reports  under  Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
and  Exchange Act of the 1934,  as amended (the "1934 Act").  The Company is not
currently a "reporting  issuer," and this Registration  Statement is being filed
to bring  GRG into  compliance  with  these  quotations  provisions.  Under  the
"phase-in" schedule of the NASD, GRG had until December 1, 1999, within which to
become a "reporting  issuer," and to satisfy all comments of the  Securities and
Exchange Commission  respecting this Registration  Statement.  This Registration
Statement will not become effective for 60 days from the date of its filing, and
it is unlikely that GRG will timely satisfy these quotation  requirements of the
NASD. Therefore,  OTC Bulletin Board quotations of GRG's common stock will cease
on December 1, 1999, and the Company's  common stock would  thereafter be quoted
in the "Pink Sheets" of the National Quotations Bureau, LLC ("NQB"). This result
would further impede the development of an  "established  trading market" in the
common stock of GRG because the "Pink Sheets"  market is not as accepted by most
brokers/dealers  in securities as the OTC Bulletin  Board,  and a  broker/dealer
must subscribe to the NQB's service. GRG will, as soon as practicable  following
the satisfaction of all necessary  requirements of the NASD, file for quotations
on the OTC Bulletin Board; however, no assurance can be given that the NASD will
allow the quotations of GRG's common stock to be reinstated.

Business.
- ---------

         Risk Factors.
         -------------

         Our principal  business is  International  Long Distance  communication
services. We have entered into a termination agreement with Qwest Communications
for termination of US destined traffic of international  origin.  We use leading
edge, bandwidth compression technology known as Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
that permits high speed, large volume, transmission services. We are also in the
business of marketing Internet  scratch-off  sweepstakes to companies wishing to
use such sweepstakes as promotions to increase traffic on their web sites.

                                       3
<PAGE>

         The "Global Resource Network", currently being installed, consists of a
US presence from international gateways (Siemens Digital Central Offices) in New
York, Miami and Los Angeles,  along with ATM facilities in Mexico City, Monterey
and Guadalajara,  Mexico. The US and Mexico switches will feature the use of ATM
equipment  provided  by and  monitored  by General  DataComm,  Inc.  (GDC).  The
switches  will be leased from Siemen's  under a 60-month  capital lease on which
the Company  has made a $60,000  down  payment but has not entered  into a final
lease configuration.  Likewise,  with respect to the GDC equipment, we have made
an $87,000  down  payment  but have not  finalized  a 36-month  lease for.  Such
switches and equipment has a fair market value of approximately $2.9 million. We
expect to complete  this leg of our network by December 1999 and expand into the
network into additional  Latin America and Caribbean  countries we have obtained
termination agreements with.

         Limited Operating History.
      --------------------------

      We have had limited  operations  since our inception in 1992. We are still
in developmental stage. None of our operations have proved successful, and there
is no assurance that we can profitably market our present products and services.

      Operating Results.
      ------------------

      We had no revenues and substantial losses for the years ended December 31,
1998 and 1997, and limited  revenues and  additional  losses for the nine months
ended September 30, 1999.

      Year or Period            Gross                   Net
          Ended                Revenue                  Loss
          -----                -------                  ----
      December 31, 1997          -0-               $   (21,983)
      December 31, 1998          -0-               $(5,857,756)
      September 30, 1999     $49,304                 $(1,202,043)

No  assurance  can be given that we will not continue to incur losses on or that
its  business  operations  will  prove  to  be  profitable.  See  the  financial
statements of GRG, which accompany this Registration Statement.

      Additional Capital Requirements.
    --------------------------------

      GRG has  limited  capital.  Our  primary  revenues  are  derived  from the
purchase  and  sale of long  distance  telecommunications  services  to  limited
markets and are presently dependent upon the services provided by a small number
of employees.  GRG does not have sufficient  capital to increase its sales force
or to expand its operations;  accordingly,  without additional  capital,  growth
will be limited.

                                       4
<PAGE>

      Economic Considerations.
      ------------------------

      Any substantial  downturn in economic  conditions or any significant price
decreases related to the telecommunications industry could significantly depress
discretionary  consumer  spending  and have a material  adverse  effect on GRG's
business operations.  Everyone is aware of the daily price war between principal
competitors in the  telecommunications  industry.  Inflation may also affect the
future availability of favorable  financing rates for GRG or its customers,  and
deflation may also affect revenues  derived from these  operations to the extent
that GRG's costs of providing  these  services  increases from the time that the
telecommunications  services  are  sold  and the  time  when  the  services  are
provided.

         Reliance on Existing Management.
      --------------------------------

      GRG's operations are primarily dependent upon the experience and expertise
of Kenneth W. Craig,  CEO, and Jeffrey M. Good, its  President.  The loss of Mr.
Craig or Mr.  Good may have a  material  adverse  effect  on GRG's  present  and
contemplated  business  operations.  GRG's  success is also  dependant  upon its
ability to attract and retain  qualified  management,  administrative  and sales
personnel to support its  anticipated  future  growth,  of which there can be no
assurance.  GRG does not  carry key man  insurance  upon the lives of any of its
directors or executive officers.

         Lack of Dividends.
      ------------------

      GRG has not paid does not expect to pay any cash dividends with respect to
its common stock in the foreseeable  future.  It presently has limited  revenues
and capital.  Without substantial increases in revenues and capital, it would be
impossible to pay cash dividends.

      No Market for Common Stock.
      ---------------------------

      There is currently  no  "established  trading  market" for GRG's shares of
common stock, and there can be no assurance that such a market will ever develop
or be  maintained.  Any market price for shares of common stock of GRG is likely
to be very volatile,  and numerous  factors beyond the control of GRG may have a
significant  adverse  effect.  In addition,  the stock  markets  generally  have
experienced,  and continue to experience,  extreme price and volume fluctuations
which have affected the market price of many small  capital  companies and which
have often been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. These
broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic and political conditions,
may also adversely affect the market price of GRG's common stock. Further, there
is no correlation between the present limited market price of GRG's common stock
and its revenues, book value, assets or other established criteria of value. The
present  limited  quotations  of GRG's  common  stock  should not be  considered
indicative of the actual value of GRG or its common stock. See Part II, Item 1.

      Shares Eligible for Future Sales.
      --------------------------------

      Sales of "restricted  securities"  under Rule 144 may also have an adverse
effect on any market that may develop in GRG's common stock.  Of the  19,219,427
outstanding  shares  of  GRG's  common  stock,   13,961,661  are  designated  as
"restricted  securities,"  and  4,186,332  have  satisfied the one year "holding


                                       5
<PAGE>

period"  requirements  of  Rule  144;  the  filing  and  effectiveness  of  this
Registration Statement,  along with the continued filing of all required reports
with the Securities and Exchange Commission by GRG, will make Rule 144 available
to the  holders  of these  "restricted  securities."  See  Part II,  Item 4, for
information  respecting the  commencement  of the holding periods of "restricted
securities" of GRG offered and sold during the past three years.

      Conflicts of Interest.
      ----------------------

      GRG's  directors and officers may become  directors,  executive  officers,
controlling  stockholders and/or partners of other entities engaged in a variety
of endeavors. Thus, there exist potential conflicts of interest including, among
other things, time, effort and corporate opportunity,  involved in participation
with other potential business opportunities.


      Risks Associated with Execution of Growth Strategy.
      ---------------------------------------------------

      A principal component of GRG's growth strategy is to deploy and facilitate
an international gateway network of long distance  telecommunication services in
the United States and selected international countries. GRG's ability to execute
its  growth  strategy  depends  on  a  number  of  factors  including,  (i)  the
availability  of purchase  opportunities;  (ii) GRG's  ability to acquire  these
services and related  opportunities  on economically  feasible terms;  (iii) its
ability to obtain the capital  necessary to finance the  acquisition of required
facilities  and  to  pay  any  necessary   sales,   marketing  and   operational
expenditures;  (iv) to market and sell services;  and (v) to manage  potentially
rapidly  growing  operations  effectively  and in a manner  which will result in
significant  customer  satisfaction.  There can be no assurance that GRG will be
successful in any of these respects.

      Competition; Low Barriers to Entry.
      -----------------------------------




                                       6
<PAGE>




      GRG  expects  competition  to  persist,  intensify  and  increase  in  the
telecommunications  industry in the future.  Present competition  includes every
telecommunications  company and Internet Service Provider ("ISP"), that includes
AT&T, GTE, MCI/WorldCom, Sprint, QWEST Communications, Inc. ("QWEST") and all of
the Bell companies; and AOL and other Internet service providers.  Almost all of
GRG's current and potential competitors have longer operating histories,  larger
installed  customer bases,  longer  relationships with clients and significantly
greater financial,  technical,  marketing and public relation resources than GRG
and could decide at any time to increase  their  resource  commitments  to GRG's
target  market.   As  a  strategic   response  to  changes  in  the  competitive
environment,  GRG may from time to time make certain pricing, service technology
or marketing decisions or business or technology  acquisitions that could have a
material  adverse  effect  on its  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and prospects,  and similar actions by competitors  could  materially
adversely  affect GRG's  present and proposed  business  operations,  results of
operations, financial condition and prospects.

         In  addition,  GRG's  ability  to  generate  clients  will  depend to a
significant  degree on the  uniqueness  and quality of its products and services
and its reputation  among its clients and potential  clients,  compared with the
quality  of  similar  services  provided  by,  and  the  reputations  of,  GRG's
competitors.  To the extent  GRG loses  clients  to its  competitors  because of
dissatisfaction  with its services,  or its reputation is adversely affected for
any other reason, GRG's business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects could be materially adversely affected.

         There  are  relatively  low  barriers  to  entry  into  GRG's  targeted
business. Anyone can attempt to purchase and sell the telecommunication services
which GRG purchases and markets.  Accordingly,  GRG is likely to face additional
competition  from new  entrants  into the market in the future.  There can be no
assurance that existing or future competitors will not develop or offer services
that provide significant  performance,  price, creative or other advantages over
those  offered  by GRG,  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on its
business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

      Rapid Price Changes.
      --------------------

         There is intense price  competition  among the major competitors in the
telecommunications  industry.  This  continued  decrease  in the  price of these
services may make it economically unfeasible for GRG to continue its present and
proposed telecommunications  purchases and sales. Further, the continued use and
expansion of the Internet as a  telecommunications  service  provider can have a
similar effect.


          Risks of "Penny Stock."
          -----------------------

      GRG's  common  stock may be  deemed  to be  "penny  stock" as that term is
defined in Rule 3a51-1 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission.  Penny stocks
are  stocks  (i) with a price of less than  $5.00 per  share;  (ii) that are not
traded on a "recognized" national exchange; (iii) whose prices are not quoted on
the NASDAQ  automated  quotation  system  (NASDAQ-listed  stocks must still meet
requirement  (i) above);  or (iv) in issuers with net tangible  assets less than
$2,000,000  (if the issuer has been in  continuous  operation for at least three
years) or $5,000,000 (if in continuous  operation for less than three years), or
with average revenues of less than $6,000,000 for the last three years.




                                       7
<PAGE>



      There has been no  "established  public  market"  for GRG's  common  stock
during  the  last  five  years.  At  such  time as GRG  completes  a  merger  or
acquisition  transaction,  if at all, it may attempt to qualify for quotation on
either NASDAQ or a national  securities  exchange.  However, at least initially,
any  trading  in  its  common  stock  will  most  likely  be  conducted  in  the
over-the-counter  market in the "pink  sheets" or the OTC Bulletin  Board of the
NASD.

      Section 15(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule
15g-2 of the Securities and Exchange Commission require  broker/dealers  dealing
in penny stocks to provide  potential  investors with a document  disclosing the
risks of penny stocks and to obtain a manually  signed and dated written receipt
of the  document  before  effecting  any  transaction  in a penny  stock for the
investor's  account.  Potential investors in the GRG's common stock are urged to
obtain and read such disclosure  carefully before purchasing any shares that are
deemed to be a "penny stock."

      Moreover,  Rule 15g-9 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  requires
broker/dealers  in penny  stocks to  approve  the  account of any  investor  for
transactions  in such stocks  before  selling any penny stock to that  investor.
This  procedure  requires  the  broker/dealer  to (i) obtain  from the  investor
information concerning his or her financial situation, investment experience and
investment  objectives;  (ii) reasonably  determine,  based on that information,
that  transactions  in penny  stocks are  suitable for the investor and that the
investor has sufficient  knowledge and experience as to be reasonably capable of
evaluating  the risks of penny stock  transactions;  (iii)  provide the investor
with a written statement setting forth the basis on which the broker/dealer made
the  determination  in (ii) above;  and (iv)  receive a signed and dated copy of
such statement  from the investor,  confirming  that it accurately  reflects the
investor's financial situation, investment experience and investment objectives.
Compliance with these  requirements  may make it more difficult for investors in
GRG's  common  stock to resell  their  shares to third  parties or to  otherwise
dispose of them.

      Year 2000.
      ---------

      We  believe  all of  GRG's  computer  systems  and  applications  are  Y2K
compliant.  GRG can give no assurance that third parties with whom it intends to
do business will ensure Year 2000 compliance in a timely manner or that, if they
do not, their computer systems will not have an adverse effect on GRG.  However,
GRG does not believe that Year 2000 compliance issues of such third parties will
result in a material  adverse  effect on its  financial  condition or results of
operations.


      Principal Products and Services.
      --------------------------------

         GRG currently maintains two lines of businesses, which it operates:
International Telecommunications operations and Teleprizes.

         International Telecommunications.
         ---------------------------------




                                       8
<PAGE>



      We believe that as  technology  advances,  a  comprehensive  range of both
consumer and business  communications and information  services will be provided
over networks utilizing Asynchronous Transfer Mode ("ATM") technology,  which is
a method  of  bandwidth  compression  that  may  allow  one  line to  carry  the
equivalent of six lines. With a large enough traffic base, the cost of acquiring
ATM  equipment  may become more cost  effective.  These  services  will  include
traditional voice,  video, data and facsimile  transmission,  as well as virtual
private  networks.  We believe this shift to ATM has begun, and over time should
accelerate, for the following reasons:

o        Flexibility.   ATM   technology   is  based  on  an  open  protocol  (a
         nonproprietary,  published  standard)  that  allows for  market  driven
         development  of  new-uses  and  applications   for  ATM  networks.   In
         international  markets,  this is based upon proprietary protocols for a
         "Public Switched Network"  ("PSTN"),  which are governed and maintained
         by  international  standard  bodies that are  generally  controlled  by
         government affiliated entities.

o        Improving  Technologies.  GRG believes  that ATM's open  protocol  will
         allow  technological  advances  that  will lead to  achieving  seamless
         interconnection  with the PSTN in  International  Markets.  A  seamless
         interconnection  will allow customers to use GRG's ATM-based  services,
         including voice and facsimile, without modifying existing telephone and
         facsimile  equipment or existing dialing  procedures;  there will be no
         need to dial access codes or follow other present similar procedures.

o        Standardized  Interface.  Web browsers  (developed for the Internet and
         usable with many ATM networks) can provide a standardized  interface to
         data and applications on an ATM network and thus make it easier for end
         users to access and use these resources.

         We are developing  technology to allow seamless  interconnection of the
network it is presently building,  to be known as the "Global Resource Network,"
with the PSTN.

      We intend to provide a comprehensive range of  telecommunication  services
over the Global  Resource  Network,  including  private  line,  virtual  private
networks, video, data, voice and facsimile transmission services.


      The Internet.
      -------------




                                       9
<PAGE>



      We have also developed an enhanced serviced division, which will focus its
attention  on  Internet   services  and   applications.   Under  the   trademark
"TeleprizesTM,"  We have marketing  rights (through a joint marketing  agreement
with RealTIME Media,  Inc.) to an internationally  patent pending,  "scratch and
win" sweepstakes, which has already been accepted for Internet implementation.


         Recent Public Announcements.
         ---------------------------

         GRG has agreements that provide for the exchange of  telecommunications
traffic with foreign carriers. GRG has strategic agreements to terminate traffic
into Mexico,  Latin and South America.  The Company has entered into a Strategic
Alliance with Value Added Services (VAS), a Mexican  company,  with expertise in
regulatory affairs  pertaining to  telecommunications  in Latin America.  VAS is
obtaining  all the  necessary  certifications  and  licenses to provide  service
throughout  Mexico.  One  node of our ATM  switching  platform,  supporting  the
"Global  Resources  Network" (GRN), has been located in VAS facilities in Mexico
City with  additional  nodes into the  Monterrey and  Guadalajara  marketplaces.
These points of presence  ("POPs") are  strategic  for access to fiber  capacity
throughout the country of Mexico.

         The company has signed a master agreement with a licensed long distance
carrier  in Mexico to  terminate  traffic  in the US and  internationally.  This
agreement  allows for GRG to utilize 800 origination  services for all of Mexico
and  internationally.  Traffic will be delivered to GRG at its point of presence
in San  Antonio  for  distribution  on  the  GRN.  The  Company  is  negotiating
additional  foreign  partners for Latin and South  America that have licenses in
their home  markets  which may be wholly or  partially  government-owned  (often
referred  to as Post  Telephone  and  Telegraphs  or  "PTTs")  and  non-dominant
carriers that may have been recently established as a result of the deregulation
of foreign telecommunications markets ("Competitive Carriers").

         Distribution Methods of the Products or Services.
         -------------------------------------------------

         Marketing.
         ----------

                           International Telecommunications.
                           ---------------------------------

      International  Market.  In 1998, the global trend toward more  liberalized
telecommunications  markets accelerated in an unprecedented  fashion.  The World
Trade Organization  ("WTO")  Agreement,  struck in 1997, took effect in February
1998.  Sixty-nine  countries,  representing  95% of the world's US $600  billion
domestic and international  telecommunications  revenues,  signed the Agreement,
with  most  committing  to  improved  access  by  foreign   companies  to  these
international telecommunications markets.

      The  liberalization  movement  also  enjoyed  significant  advances in the
Asia-Pacific and Latin America areas, expanding the mosaic of foreign competitor
opportunities  in these  regions.  While  many  nations  have yet to open  their
international telecommunications markets to competition, 1998 was a banner year.
GRG's  management  believes  that  these  developments  will  assure  that GRG's
addressable  global markets will continue to expand  rapidly.  In addition,  the
Internet is in the process of becoming a global phenomenon, creating exceptional
opportunities to provide telecommunications  connectivity in every region of the
world. GRG will focus its strategies on:

      North  America.   Long  the  leader,  it  is  the  world's   international
telecommunications  hub. 25 billion  outbound  minutes,  one-third of all global
international public switched traffic,  originate from this region.  Assuming we
raise the capital,  GRG is positioned to compete in this region's market.  While
the  WTO   Agreement   will  result  in  the  further   opening  of  the  global
telecommunications  market in the new  millennium,  GRG intends to maintain  its
focus on Latin America and the Caribbean.  In 2000, GRG will handle in excess of
300  million  minutes of  traffic.  Growth in the Latin  American  international
market  continues to be a strong  source of GRG's  telecommunications  services.
GRG's management  believes it has only scratched the surface of this market, and
will focus on  originating  U.S.  telecommunications  traffic to Latin  America,
while also bringing this traffic from these countries into the U.S.





                                       10
<PAGE>





      Latin America and the Caribbean.  This region's economic promise, combined
with  recent  efforts  by  several  nations  to  allow  competition  into  their
telecommunications  industries,  makes  it  a  significant  target  market.  The
examples of Chile and Mexico, the region's deregulation leaders, are stimulating
others to accelerate their efforts to open their telecommunications  industries.
Colombia,  El Salvador  and  Guatemala  are the most recent  countries  to allow
competition in international voice services.  Argentina,  Bolivia,  Brazil, Peru
and  Venezuela  have  committed  to allow  competition  for their  international
services over the next few years,  with others surely to follow their lead. This
region now generates some 5 billion minutes of outbound  traffic  annually,  and
GRG has  entered  into an  agreement  with  QWEST  to  terminate  and  originate
telecommunications  traffic  in the U.S.  via  Qwest's  digital  fiber  network.
Additionally,   GRG  will  have  contractual  relationships  allowing  extensive
origination and termination of traffic into Mexico on fiber.  See Part III, Item
1.

      GRG's sales plan is to utilize a direct sales force as well as alternative
distribution  channels.  Through  the  combination  of a direct  sales force and
alternative  distribution  channels,  GRG believes  that it will be able to more
rapidly access markets and increase  revenue  producing  traffic on its network.
GRG  intends  to utilize  its direct  sales  force to market  its  products  and
services directly to large  communications-intensive  national and international
business  accounts.  These accounts would typically be connected directly to the
Global Resource Network using unswitched, dedicated facilities.

      As part of its distribution strategy, GRG has identified several potential
distribution channels. These include agents,  resellers and wholesalers.  Agents
are independent  organizations  that would sell Global  Resource's  products and
services  under the Global  Resource  brand name to  end-users  in exchange  for
revenue based  commissions.  GRG intends to identify agents that generally would
be focused on specific  market  segments,  such as Fortune  1000  multi-national
corporations.  Sales through this alternative distribution channel would require
GRG to provide the same type of  services  that would be provided in the case of
sales through its own direct sales force,  including order fulfillment,  billing
and collections, customer care and direct sales management.

      Wholesalers  are  independent  companies  that  would  purchase  from  GRG
unbundled  network  and service  capabilities  in large  quantities  in order to
market their own products and services under a brand name other than GRG's.  GRG
believes  that  wholesalers  would have  minimal  dependence  on GRG's  business
support systems in connection with the sale of services to their  customers.  An
unbundled  network is the  opposite of an ATM,  where  bundling  is  compressing
bandwidth,  unbundled is comparable to real time; however,  the rate of speed in
telecommunications technology today makes the distinction difficult to notice.

      GRG anticipates that  participants in its distribution  channels will sell
services directly to multi-national  businesses. GRG expects these businesses to
access the "Global  Resource  Network" by using local services that are provided
by Competitive  Local Exchange  Carriers  ("CLECs") or Incumbent  Local Exchange
Carriers  ("ILECs")  or by  utilizing  newly  emerging  alternatives,  including
various  Digital  Subscriber Line ("DSL") modem  technologies,  cable modems and
wireless access technologies.  CLECs were created by the  Telecommunications Act
of 1996 (the "Telecommunications Act"), and are designed to bring competition to
the local  telecommunication  markets where monopolies have existed for a number
of years.


      Distribution.
      -------------

      We have selected carrier to carrier services as our focus;  hence GRG will
offer it's network capacities to the 1st, 2nd and 3rd tier carriers with volumes
of traffic to host countries.  For example,  if we were to install our equipment
with a capacity of up to 10 million  minutes per month,  we would then  contract
other like  carriers,  brokers and agents that have proven to be reliable in the
past,  and  negotiate  the best  rate per  minute  based  upon the cost  factors
utilized.  We would provide the best quality  available and act as a pipeline of
connectivity  for the  telecommunication  services to the host country.  In many
instances,  we would be able to sell the total minutes capacity of the installed
equipment per host country to a single customer.



                                       11
<PAGE>



      If we build, operate and maintain a quality network,  filling the pipeline
should not be difficult if priced competitively.  We will deploy a fiber network
complete with switches in the  international  portals of Los Angeles,  Miami and
New York.  Fiber will allow GRG to provide world class  service for Voice,  Data
and Multi Media international  facilities.  Today, AT&T and MCI/WorldCom control
over 80% of the data traffic.  This  dominance  will change in the coming decade
and management believes it will provide additional niche opportunities for GRG's
network.

      Competitive Business Conditions.
      --------------------------------

      The  communications  and  information   services   industries  are  highly
competitive.  Many of GRG's existing and potential  competitors  have financial,
personnel,  marketing and other  resources  significantly  greater than those of
GRG, as well as other competitive advantages including customer bases.

      GRG is subject to significant  competition from other entities that engage
in the telecommunications  industry.  Many of the world's most widely recognized
telecommunications   companies   have  begun  to  develop   and  sell   overseas
telecommunications.  In addition, other publicly-traded companies focused on the
overseas telecommunications industry currently or may in the future compete with
GRG. Many of these entities possess significantly  greater financial,  sales and
marketing,  personnel and other  resources  than those of GRG and may be able to
grow at a more  rapid rate or more  profitably  as a result.  Management  of GRG
believes  that  industry  competition  will be  increased by recent and possibly
future consolidation in the telecommunications industry.

      International  Telecommunications.  Many  of our  existing  and  potential
competitors in the  communications  and  information  services  industries  have
financial,  personnel,  marketing and other resources significantly greater than
ours, as well as other competitive advantages including existing customer bases.
Increased  consolidation and strategic  alliances in the industry resulting from
the  Telecommunications  Act, the opening of the U.S. market to foreign carriers
and  technological  advances could give rise to significant  new  competitors to
GRG.

      In the special  access and private line  services  market,  GRG's  primary
competitors  will  be  ILECs  and  CLECs.  Most  of  these  competitors  have  a
significant  base of customers for whom they are currently  providing  services.
Due to the high costs to a customer  of  switching,  GRG may have a  competitive
disadvantage relative to these competitors.

         For virtual  private  network  services  and voice  services,  GRG will
compete primarily with international and regional network  providers.  There are
currently  three principal  facilities  based long distance fiber optic networks
(AT&T, Sprint and MCI/WorldCom,  as well as numerous ILEC and CLEC networks. GRG
is aware that others, including QWEST, IXC Communications,  Inc. ("IXC") and The
Williams Companies,  Inc.  ("Williams"),  are building additional networks that,
when constructed, could employ advanced technology similar to that of its Global
Resource  Network and will offer  significantly  more capacity than is currently
available in the marketplace. The additional capacity that is expected to become
available  in the next  several  years may cause  significant  decreases  in the
prices for services.

      The ability of GRG to compete  effectively in this market will depend upon
its ability to maintain high quality  services at prices equal to or below those
charged by its competitors.

      In the long distance market,  GRG's primary competitors will include AT&T,
Sprint  and  MCI/WorldCom,  all of whom have  extensive  experience  in the long
distance market. In addition, the Telecommunications Act will allow the regional
Bell operating companies ("RBOCs") and others to enter the long distance market.
GRG  will  not  compete  with  ILECs  and  CLECs,  many of whom  have  extensive
experience in the local market.  GRG believes that ATM technology  will prove to
be a viable  technology  for the  transmission  of  voice,  video,  data and fax
services.  The  technology  is in place that will  enable  GRG to provide  voice
services at an acceptable level of quality at this time.

      The  communications  and  information  services  industries are subject to
rapid and significant changes in technology.  For instance, recent technological
advances permit substantial  increases in transmission  capacity of both new and
existing  fiber,  and the  introduction  of new  products  or  emergence  of new
technologies  may reduce  the cost or  increase  the supply of certain  services
similar to those, which GRG plans on providing. Accordingly, in the future GRG's
most  significant  competitors  may be new  entrants to the  communications  and
information services industries,  which are not burdened by an installed base of
outmoded equipment.

      The Internet.  The exclusivity of Internet  scratch-off games for Internet
malls and Fortune 1000  companies  does grant GRG some relief from  competition.
However,  there is no assurance  that the consumer  will not choose  sweepstakes
based telecommunications  products or Internet based telecommunications products
as opposed to Internet sweepstakes based telecommunications products.

Patents, Trademarks, Licenses, Franchisees, Concessions, Royalty Payments or
Labor Contracts.
      ----------------------------

      Long term Termination  Agreements with International Host countries are in
place and/or under  negotiation.  Marketing  rights to a patent pending "Scratch
and Win"  Instant Win  Sweepstakes  software  have been  granted  from Real Time
Media. GRG entered into an agreement with Action  Performance,  Inc.  ("Action")
that provides GRG with an exclusive telecommunications banner-advertising rights
to Action's Internet web site.

       Overseas Telecommunications.
       ----------------------------

       Our proposed international  telecommunications activities do not require,
and we do not intend to rely on, patents or trademarks.


         The Internet.
      -------------




                                       12
<PAGE>



         Although  the  Registrant's  trade  names  are not  subject  to  patent
protection,  the Registrant treats these as proprietary and uses confidentiality
agreements  as  appropriate  in an  attempt to protect  such  trade  names.  The
Registrant  has  received a trademark  for "Club  Speed" from the United  States
Patent and Trademark Office, which it uses on some of its products.

         Need for Government Approval of Principal Products or Services.
         ---------------------------------------------------------------

      GRG's  communications  service business will be subject to varying degrees
of  Federal,  state,  local  and  international  regulation.  See the  following
heading.

         Effect of Existing or Probable Governmental Regulations on Business.
         --------------------------------------------------------------------

         International Telecommunications.
                  ---------------------------------

                  Federal Regulation.
                  -------------------

         The Federal Communications  Commission (the "FCC") regulates interstate
and  international   telecommunications  services.  The  FCC  imposes  extensive
regulations  on common  carriers  such as ILECs that have some  degree of market
power.  The FCC imposes less regulation on common carriers without market power,
such as GRG. The FCC permits  these  non-dominant  carriers to provide  domestic
interstate  services (including long distance and access services) without prior
authorization; but it requires carriers to receive an authorization to construct
and   operate   telecommunications   facilities,   and  to   provide  or  resell
telecommunications  services between the United States and international points.
GRG has  obtained  FCC  authorization  to provide  international  services  on a
facilities  and resale  basis.  GRG will be  required  to file  tariffs  for its
interstate  and  international  long  distance  services  with  the  FCC  before
commencing operations.

      Under the Telecommunications  Act, any entity,  including cable television
companies,  and electric  and gas  utilities,  may enter any  telecommunications
market,  subject to reasonable state regulation of safety,  quality and consumer
protection.  Because  implementation of the Telecommunications Act is subject to
numerous  federal and state policy rule making  proceedings and judicial review,
there  is  still  uncertainty  as to  what  impact  it will  have  on  GRG.  The
Telecommunications    Act   is   intended   to   increase    competition.    The
Telecommunications  Act opens the local  services  market by requiring  ILECs to
permit  interconnection to their networks and establishing ILEC obligations with
respect to:

o        Reciprocal Compensation. Requires all ILECs and CLECs to complete calls
         originated  by competing  carriers  under  reciprocal  arrangements  at
         prices  based on a  reasonable  approximation  of  incremental  cost or
         through mutual exchange of traffic without explicit payment.




                                       13
<PAGE>



o        Resale.  Requires  all  ILECs  and  CLECs  to  permit  resale  of their
         telecommunications   services  without  unreasonable   restrictions  or
         conditions. In addition, ILECs are required to offer wholesale versions
         of all retail services to other telecommunications  carriers for resale
         at  discounted  rates,  based upon the costs avoided by the ILEC in the
         wholesale offering.

o        Interconnection.   Requires   all  ILECs  and  CLECs  to  permit  their
         competitors  to  interconnect  with  their  facilities  and  to  permit
         interconnection   at  any  technically   feasible  point  within  their
         networks,  on  nondiscriminatory  terms, at prices based on cost (which
         may include a reasonable  profit). At the option of the carrier seeking
         interconnection,  collocation of the requesting  carrier's equipment in
         the  ILECs'  premises  must be  offered,  except  where  the  ILEC  can
         demonstrate  space  limitations  or  other  technical   impediments  to
         collocation.

o        Unbundled  Access.  Requires  all  ILECs to  provide  nondiscriminatory
         access to unbundled  network elements  (including  network  facilities,
         equipment,  features,  functions,  and capabilities) at any technically
         feasible point within their networks,  on  nondiscriminatory  terms, at
         prices based on cost (which may include a reasonable profit).

o        Number  Portability.  Requires  all ILECs and CLECs to permit  users of
         telecommunications   services  to  retain  existing  telephone  numbers
         without   impairment  of  quality,   reliability  or  convenience  when
         switching from one telecommunications carrier to another.

o        Dialing  Parity.  Requires  all ILECs and CLECs to provide  "1+1" equal
         access to competing  providers of telephone  exchange  service and toll
         service, and to provide  nondiscriminatory access to telephone numbers,
         operator services,  directory assistance and directory listing, with no
         unreasonable dialing delays.

o        Access  to  Rights-of-Way.  Requires  all  ILECs  and  CLECs to  permit
         competing carriers access to poles,  ducts,  conduits and rights-of-way
         at regulated prices.

         ILECs are required to negotiate in good faith with carriers  requesting
any or all of the above  arrangements.  In the case of ATM,  if the  negotiating
carriers cannot reach  agreement  within a prescribed  time,  either carrier may
request  binding  arbitration  of the  disputed  issues by the state  regulatory
commission.  Where an agreement  has not been reached,  ILECs remain  subject to
interconnection  obligations  established by the FCC and state telecommunication
regulatory commissions.



                                       14
<PAGE>




         In August  1996,  the FCC  released  a decision  (the  "Interconnection
Decision")  establishing  rules  implementing  the  foregoing  requirements  and
providing  guidelines for review of  interconnection  agreements by state public
utility  commissions.  On July 18, 1997,  the United States Court of Appeals for
the Eighth  Circuit  (the  "Eighth  Circuit")  vacated  certain  portions of the
Interconnection   Decision,   including   provisions   establishing   a  pricing
methodology  and a procedure  permitting new entrants to "pick and choose" among
various  provisions  of existing  interconnection  agreements  between ILECs and
their  competitors.  On October 14, 1997,  the Eighth  Circuit issued a decision
vacating additional FCC rules that will likely have the effect of increasing the
cost of  obtaining  the  use of  combinations  of an  ILEC's  unbundled  network
elements.  The  Supreme  Court  has  decided  to  review  the  Eighth  Circuit's
decisions,  and is  expected to do so during its  1998-99  term,  but GRG cannot
predict what the result of this review will be. The Eighth  Circuit's  decisions
create  uncertainty about the rules governing  pricing,  terms and conditions of
interconnection  agreements,  and could  make  negotiating  and  enforcing  such
agreements  more  difficult and  protracted.  There can be no assurance that GRG
will be able to obtain or enforce interconnection agreements on terms acceptable
to GRG.

         The  Telecommunications  Act also  codifies the ILECs' equal access and
nondiscrimination  obligations and preempts  inconsistent state regulation.  The
Telecommunications  Act contains  special  provisions that modify previous court
decrees that prevented RBOCs from providing long distance  services and engaging
in telecommunications equipment manufacturing.

         These  provisions  permit an RBOC to enter the long distance  market in
its traditional  service area if it satisfies several procedural and substantive
requirements,  including obtaining FCC approval upon a showing that the RBOC has
entered into  interconnection  agreements  (or,  under some  circumstances,  has
offered to enter into such  agreements)  in those  states in which it seeks long
distance relief, the interconnection  agreements satisfy a 14-point  "checklist"
of competitive  requirements and the FCC is satisfied that the RBOC's entry into
long distance  markets is in the public  interest.  To date,  the FCC has denied
several  petitions  by RBOCs for such  entry,  and none have been  granted.  The
Telecommunications  Act  permitted  the  RBOCs to enter the  out-of-region  long
distance market upon its enactment.

         ISPs are generally  considered  "enhanced  service  providers"  and are
exempt  from  Federal  and  state   regulations   governing   common   carriers.
Accordingly,  GRG's  provision of Internet  access  services will be exempt from
tariffing,   certification  and  rate  regulation.   Nevertheless,   regulations
governing disclosure of confidential  communications,  copyright, excise tax and
other requirements may apply to GRG's provision of Internet access services. GRG
cannot predict the likelihood that state,  federal or foreign  governments  will
not impose additional regulation on GRG's Internet business;  nor can it predict
the impact that future regulation will have on GRG's operations.

         In  December  1996,  the FCC  initiated  a Notice of Inquiry  regarding
whether to impose  regulations or surcharges  upon providers of Internet  access
and Information Service (the "Internet NOI").

         The  Internet  NOI  sought  public  comment  upon  whether to impose or
continue to forebear  from  regulation  of  Internet  and other  packet-switched
network service  providers.  The Internet NOI specifically  identifies  Internet
telephony as a subject for FCC consideration.  On April 10, 1998, the FCC issued
a Report to Congress on its  implementation of the universal service  provisions
of the  Telecommunications  Act. In that Report, the FCC indicated that it would
reexamine  its policy of not  requiring an ISP to  contribute  to the  universal
service  mechanisms  when the ISP provides its own  transmission  facilities and
engages  in data  transport  over  those  facilities  in  order  to  provide  an
information service.

         Any such  contribution  would be  related  to the  ISP's  provision  of
telecommunications  itself. In the report,  the FCC also indicated that it would
examine the question of whether certain forms of  "phone-to-phone  IP telephony"
are information services or  telecommunications  services. It noted that the FCC
did not have an adequate  record on which to make any definitive  pronouncements
on that issue at the time,  but that the record the FCC had  reviewed  suggested
that  certain  forms of  phone-to-phone  IP  telephony  appear  to have the same
functionality as non-IP telecommunications services and lack the characteristics
that would render them information services.





                                       15
<PAGE>





         If the FCC were to determine  that certain  services are subject to FCC
regulations  as  telecommunications  services,  the FCC  noted it might  find it
reasonable  that  the  ISPs  pay  access  charges  and  make  universal  service
contributions.  GRG cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings or other FCC
proceedings that may effect GRG's operations or impose additional  requirements,
or regulations or charges upon GRG's provision of Internet access services.

      State Regulation.
      -----------------

      The  Telecommunications  Act is intended to  increase  competition  in the
telecommunications  industry,  especially  in the local  exchange  market.  With
respect to local services,  ILECs are required to allow interconnection to their
networks and to provide  unbundled  access to network  facilities,  as well as a
number of other  pro-competitive  measures.  Because the  implementation  of the
Telecommunications  Act is subject to numerous state rule-making  proceedings on
these issues, it is currently  difficult to predict how quickly full competition
for local  services,  including  local  dial  tone,  will be  introduced.  State
regulatory  agencies will have jurisdiction when company facilities and services
are used to  provide  intrastate  services.  A portion of GRG's  traffic  may be
classified as intrastate and therefore subject to state regulation.  GRG expects
that it will offer  more  intrastate  services  (including  intrastate  switched
services)  as its business and product  lines expand and state  regulations  are
modified to allow increased local services  competition.  To provide  intrastate
services,  GRG generally  must obtain a certificate  of public  convenience  and
necessity from the state  regulatory  agency and comply with state  requirements
for telecommunications utilities, including state tariffing requirements.

      The Internet.
      -------------

      Sweepstakes  games are  regulated  by a  combination  of Federal and state
regulations  for   telecommunication  and  state  regulations  for  sweepstakes.
Although  rules tend to vary from state to state,  sweepstakes  rules  typically
require  posting of games  rules and odds,  articles  of  consideration  for the
sweepstakes play and ability of individuals wishing to play the sweepstakes game
to do so for free,  among others.  Certain  states and Federal  legislators  are
considering  incorporating  additional rules to sweepstakes games;  however, GRG
cannot estimate the effect of any potential changes at this time.

         Research and Development.
         -------------------------

      As part of GRG's entrance to the international  telecommunications market,
it intends to enhance  existing  products and develop new  products.  GRG had no
costs  associated with  customer-sponsored  research and development  activities
during the years  ended  December  31, 1998 or 1997,  or the nine  months  ended
September 30, 1999.

      Number of Employees.
      --------------------

         International Telecommunications.
                  ---------------------------------

      GRG currently has a management  team  consisting of five  executives.  GRG
expects  to hire 20  employees  by the  middle  of  2000,  and to have  over 100
employees once the Global Resource Network has been fully deployed.



                                       16
<PAGE>







Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operations.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

         Plan of Operations.
         -------------------

      GRG has been a development  stage company from its inception through 1998.
Although  the efforts of GRG failed in ventures in real  estate,  prepaid  phone
cards and sports  marketing,  its  future in  telecommunications  activities  is
promising.

      GRG will focus its initial  expansion and  development in Mexico,  Central
and  South  America  and  the  Caribbean  due to  the  ever-growing  demand  for
termination of international traffic into these countries.  Several countries in
these areas have either opened their doors to legal  competition or are expected
to do so in 1999 or early 2000.  In addition,  numerous  opportunities  exist in
Asia, and many are currently under evaluation.

      To meet its  business  plan,  we expect to  generate  capital  to meet our
operating needs from sales or issuance of equity  securities,  credit facilities
and other borrowings,  or the issuance of debt securities.  In addition, GRG may
sell  or  dispose  of  existing  businesses  or  investments  or  lease  network
facilities being developed.

         GRG intends to capitalize on the significant  growth  opportunities  it
believes are being  created by the following  major trends in the  international
telecommunications services market:

o        Global deregulation and privatization;

o        Increased availability of digital undersea, fiber optic cable
         and terrestrial satellite capacity;

o        Cost reduction driven by technology and competition; and,

o        Economic development and increased reliance on telephones and
         access lines to service telephony and technology worldwide.

         The foregoing  contains  "forward-looking"  statements and information,
all of which is modified by reference to the caption "Risk Factors," Item 1.

                                       17
<PAGE>

         Results of Operations
         ---------------------

                  Selected Financial Data
                  -----------------------

         The following  selected  Consolidated  Statement of  Operations,  Other
Financial  Data and Balance Sheet Data as of and for the year ended December 31,
1998, have been derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes
related thereto,  which were audited by Jones,  Jensen and Company,  Independent
Certified Public  Accountants.  Information for the three months and nine months
ended September 30, 1999 is unaudited.  The Consolidated Financial Statements as
of December 31, 1998 and the report of Jones,  Jensen and Company  thereon,  are
included  elsewhere  in  this  report.   This  information  should  be  read  in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" our Consolidated Financial Statements,  including the
notes thereto, and the other financial data included elsewhere in this report.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                            Year Ended      Three Months Ended    Nine Months Ended
                                                         December 31, 1998    Sept. 30, 1999       Sept. 30, 1999
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
<S>                                                     <C>                <C>                 <C>
Communication services revenue                             $       0        $         49,304   $       49,304
Operating expenses:
Cost of communication services                                     0                  76,869           76,869
Selling, general and administrative                        4,746,129                  446,64        1,139,559
Depreciation and amortization                                  1,134                  21,813           32,771
  Total operating expense                                  4,747,263                 545,327        1,249,199
                                                          ----------        ----------------   --------------
Operating loss                                            (4,747,263)               (496,023)      (1,199,895)
                                                          ----------        ----------------   --------------
Interest expense                                                   0                  (1,544)          (1,544)
Other, net                                                (1,110,493)                  2,792             (604)
Net loss attributable
to common stockholders                                   $(5,857,756)              $(494,775)     $(1,202,043)
                                                         ===========         ===============    =============
Loss per share attributable
to common stockholders                                    $    (0.48)               $  (0.03)      $    (0.07)
                                                         ===========         ===============    =============
Other Financial Data:

Operating EBITDA (loss)                                  $(4,746,129)              $(474,210)     $(1,167,124)
Net cash used in operating activities                     (2,210,942)               (457,434)      (1,178,884)
Net cash used in investing activities                       (263,424)               (252,567)        (253,037)
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities                                       2,574,426                 672,646        1,405,894
Capital additions                                       $     13,424               $ 327,567      $   328,037

Other Operating Data:

Billable minutes                                                   0                       0        2,185,176
Switches                                                           0                       0                0
Points of presence                                                 0                       0                0

Balance Sheet Data:

                                       18
<PAGE>

Cash and cash equivalents and
marketable securities                                       $100,060                 $74,033          $74,033
Property and equipment, net                                   12,290                 321,943          321,943
Total assets                                                 333,394                 581,632          581,632
Long-term debt, excluding
current installments                                               0                 193,419          193,419
Stockholders' equity                                        $309,353                 322,785          322,785

</TABLE>

         The  following  discussion  should  be read  in  conjunction  with  our
financial  statements,  the notes thereto, and the other financial data included
elsewhere in this report.

         Overview
         --------

         Since GRG's  restructuring  in 1998, we have invested in developing our
ability to provide international communication services and expanding our market
presence.  We have made investments in telecommunications  infrastructure,  back
office operations,  an administrative  facility and a direct sales organization.
Furthermore,  we have acquired  through  partition and other means the rights to
use an extensive  commercial  telecommunications  network in which we believe is
necessary to economically render the voice and data services we offer and intend
to offer.  We have also  expanded  our  ability to  generate  revenues  in North
America during 1999.  Currently,  our revenues are derived from wholesale sales.
Each revenue  source has a different  impact on our results of  operations.  The
sale of capacity on the "Global Resources  Network" will vary substantially from
period to period and will result in fluctuations in our operating results. For a
discussion  of the effects of the "Global  Resources  Network" on  communication
services revenue and other line items, see The "Global Resources Network".

         In 1998, due to the inception of our telecommunications  operations, we
did not report any  telecommunications  revenue  or related  cost of sales.  The
discussion below is intended to introduce the reader to our approach and discuss
matters which will impact future  operations.  All operational costs relating to
Internet business are included in sales, general and administrative costs.

         Communication Services Revenue
         ------------------------------

         Our communication  services revenue is currently based primarily on the
number of minutes of use billed ("billable minutes") and, to a lesser extent, on
the  additional  services and products  provided  through our network at a fixed
cost. We currently derive our  communication  services revenue  principally from
international long distance telecommunications services.

         Our industry has  experienced,  and expects to continue to  experience,
declining revenue per minute in all markets,  as a result of increased worldwide
competition within the  telecommunications  industry. We believe,  however, that
the impact on our results of operations  from price  decreases  will be at least
partially  offset  by  (1)  continuing   decreases  in  our  cost  of  providing
telecommunications  services,  particularly  those decreases  resulting from our
continued  efforts to convert  from leased to owned  infrastructure  and reduced
interconnection costs through the use of the "Global Resources Network" as it is
expanded,  (2) the introduction of new products and services and (3) our ability
to enter into additional interconnection agreements.  There can be no assurance,
however,  that these results,  including a decline in our cost of  communication
services, can be achieved.

                                       19
<PAGE>

         Cost of Communication Services
         ------------------------------
         Our cost of communication services can be classified into three general
categories:  access costs,  network costs and  termination  costs.  Access costs
generally  represent the costs  associated with  transporting the traffic from a
customer's  premises to the closest  access point on our  network.  Access costs
vary depending upon the distance from our network to the customer's premises and
from country to country.  We currently expect that our effective per minute cost
will be reduced as deregulation continues and competition  accelerates,  certain
European Union directives requiring  cost-oriented  pricing (i.e., costs that an
effectively  competitive  market would  yield) by  incumbent  telecommunications
operators   are  enforced   and  as  we  are  able  to  obtain  cost   effective
interconnection  agreements.  However, we can provide no assurance regarding the
extent or timing of such cost decreases.  In the event that such access costs do
not fall as fast as we can  expect  or not at all,  our gross  margins  could be
adversely impacted.

         Network  costs  represent  the  costs of  transporting  calls  over our
network from its point of entry to its point of exit.  Network  costs  generally
consist of leased line rental costs and costs  associated  with  interconnection
with  facilities  of incumbent  telecommunications  operators.  These costs will
decrease  substantially as each node of the "Global Resources Network" is placed
into service and we secure infrastructure  ownership on other routes, which will
enhance  gross  margins.  However,  there  will  be an  associated  increase  in
depreciation  and  amortization  expense  (which is included in a different line
item). In order to succeed, we will need our per minute network costs to decline
substantially  compared  to  our  per  minute  revenue.  See  "Depreciation  and
Amortization".

         Termination  costs currently  represent the costs which we are required
to pay to other carriers from the point of exit from our network to the point of
destination.  Termination  costs are generally  variable with traffic volume and
traffic  mix.  If a call is  terminated  in a city in which we have a switch  or
point  of  presence,  the  call is  usually  transferred  to the  public  switch
telephone network for local  termination.  If the call is to a location in which
we do not have a switch or point of presence,  then the call must be transferred
to another carrier with which we are interconnected.

         We utilize least cost routing designed to terminate traffic in the most
cost effective  manner.  We believe that local termination costs should decrease
as we (1) add additional switches and points of presence,  (2) interconnect with
additional  incumbent  telecommunications  operations  and other  infrastructure
providers,  and (3) construct or purchase  additional  transmission  facilities.
Local termination costs should also decrease as new  telecommunications  service
providers  emerge  and,  in Western  Europe,  as European  Union  member  states
implement  and  enforce  regulations   requiring  incumbent   telecommunications
operators to establish  rates which are set at the  forward-  looking,  long run
economic   costs  that  would  be  incurred  by  an  efficient   provider  using
state-of-the-art  technology.  We cannot  provide any  assurance  regarding  the
results referred to in the foregoing forward-looking  statements,  including the
extent or timing of cost decreases.

                                       20
<PAGE>

         Selling, General And Administrative Expenses
         --------------------------------------------

         Our selling,  general and administrative  expenses include  commissions
paid to independent sales representatives and overhead costs associated with our
headquarters,  back office and network operations centers and sales offices. Our
selling,  general and  administrative  expenses have continued to increase since
our inception as we developed and expanded our business, although these expenses
have fallen as a percentage of communications  revenue. We anticipate that these
expenses  will  continue to increase as our  business is expanded in the future,
however,  we cannot  provide  any  assurance  that  this  will be the  case.  We
anticipate  that these  expenses  will  continue  to be  incurred  in advance of
anticipated related communication services revenue.

         Depreciation And Amortization
         -----------------------------

         Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  includes  charges relating to
depreciation   of  property  and   equipment,   which  consist   principally  of
telecommunications  related  equipment  such as switches and points of presence,
indefeasible  rights  of  use  and  minimum  investment  units,   furniture  and
equipment,  leasehold  improvements,  and amortization of intangible  assets and
costs  associated with acquired  employee bases and sales forces.  We depreciate
our network over  periods  ranging from five (5) to seven (7) years and amortize
our intangible  assets over periods ranging from three (3) to five (5) years. We
expect  depreciation and  amortization  expense to increase as we further expand
our  network,  particularly  as each node of the "Global  Resources  Network" is
placed  into  service,  at  least  until  significant  portions  of the  "Global
Resources Network" are built and sold.

         The "Global Resources Network"
         ------------------------------

         Today, with regulatory changes throughout the world favoring innovation
and  competition,   telecommunications   infrastructures   are  being  upgraded,
resulting in faster digital  communications rates than previously possible.  And
now  with  electronic  channels  of  commerce,  like  the  Internet,  have  been
established,  reliable public and private  communication  links are essential to
any organization's  survival. To allow customers to capitalize on these changes,
GRG will offer  xDSL  solutions  that are  integrated  with other  multi-service
applications.  This  is  a  high  capacity  ATM  switching  platform  engineered
specifically for use within the service provider network. Designed to nicer NEBS
requirements,  with DC power, and  carrier-oriented  timing and  synchronization
options,  it is one of the leading platforms for delivering ATM services in some
of the world's most advanced and demanding public ATM networks.  Enterprises can
use the "Global  Resources  Network" to  consolidate  multiple  networks  into a
single ATM overlay backbone.  The "Global  Resources  Network" will yield bottom
line  benefits in the form of resource  consolidation  and sharing of  disparate
voice and data facilities, servers, and LANs. It delivers higher performance for
end user LAN  applications,  Internet,  and  intranet  access.  Support  for new
multimedia    applications    including    high-resolution    image    transfer,
videoconferencing,  distance  learning,  and  telemedicine  is another  distinct
advantage.

         The  "Global  Resources  Network"  when  completed  is expected to have
significant effects on our results of operations.  GRG's innovative architecture
provides a complete  end-to-end  multi-service  network solution across a single
integrated  backbone.  This will enable GRG to deploy a variety of data,  voice,


                                       21
<PAGE>

video and multimedia  information over one network  infrastructure for all of it
customers.  All of the  elements of the "Global  Resources  Network" are managed
under a distributed, open network management framework to enable interconnection
with other systems.  We will  capitalize the costs  associated  with  designing,
building, and placing each node of the "Global Resources Network" into service.

         We will sell  bandwidth  on demand on the "Global  Resources  Network".
Revenue from bandwidth  sales will qualify under generally  accepted  accounting
principles to be treated as sales and recognized  under a line item to be titled
"Bandwidth  Sales".  Bandwidth  Sales will be  recognized  as  revenue  when the
purchaser  obtains the right to use the capacity.  The related cost of bandwidth
will be reported in the same period. With respect to each sale of bandwidth, the
related cost of bandwidth sales will be equal to a  proportionate  amount of the
total capitalized cost of the related network.  Revenue from operating leases of
private line circuits, which will be included in communication services revenue,
will be  recognized  on a  straight-line  basis over the life of the lease.  The
portion of the total capitalized cost of the "Global Resources  Network" used to
provide  communication  services  will be included in property and equipment and
charged to depreciation and amortization over its useful life.

         We expect to trade  bandwidth  on the "Global  Resources  Network"  for
bandwidth on other systems.  Depending upon structure, these trades of bandwidth
may have a material  affect on our statement of operations.  We will incur sales
and marketing  related expenses that will not be capitalized and will affect our
results of  operations,  particularly  while the "Global  Resources  Network" is
being designed,  built and placed into service. In addition, we will continue to
incur additional  operating and maintenance  expenses as the remaining phases of
the "Global Resources  Network" become  operational.  As a result of financing a
portion of the  "Global  Resources  Network"  with debt,  we will  capitalize  a
portion of the interest incurred that relates to the construction of the "Global
Resources  Network"  until it is placed in service  and will  incur  substantial
increases in interest expense thereafter.


         The "Global  Resources  Network"  will have a beneficial  effect on our
costs of  services  as well as net  income  (loss).  This will occur as we bring
traffic "on-net", to our own facilities,  as opposed to facilities that we lease
from other  carriers.  A large portion of the expenses with facilities we own is
accounted  for as  depreciation  and  amortization,  while  leased  capacity  is
accounted  for as a cost of  services.  As a result,  we  expect  that our gross
margins and profit will be improved as we bring traffic "on-net".  However,  our
net income  (loss) will not improve to the same  extent.  The effect of bringing
traffic  "on-net" will be somewhat  delayed,  because our leased line agreements
require minimum notification to terminate our obligations.

         Results Of Operations
         ---------------------

         The  following  discussion  of  results  of  operations  relates to the
Company on a historical basis.  Because we are a development  stage company,  we
expect changes in our operations  when or if we are no longer in the development
stage.


                                       22
<PAGE>

         Year ended December 31, 1998 Compared to December 31, 1997
         ----------------------------------------------------------

         Communication Services Revenue And Related Cost Of Sales
         -------------------------------------------------------------------

         Because our facilities to sell long distance traffic were not completed
in 1998,  we did not  record  any  billable  minutes  or  related  communication
services revenues or costs.

         Selling, General And Administrative Expenses
         --------------------------------------------

         Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses increased to $4,746,129
for the year ended December 31, 1998 from $21,983 in for the year ended December
31, 1997. Much of these expenses are  attributable to overhead costs  associated
with our headquarters, back office and network operations as well as maintaining
sales offices. In 1998, salaries and commissions were $255,994,  and advertising
and promotion expenses were $29,265.  We expect to incur additional  expenses as
we continue to invest in our sales and  marketing  infrastructure  and  actively
market our products and  services.  Approximately  $2.75  million of these costs
were  non-cash  one-time  restricted  stock awards to board  members and related
entities for expenses associated with establishing the company's operations. The
company has expended approximately $150,000 in Internet development costs.

         Operating EBITDA Loss
         ---------------------

         Operating  EBITDA loss  increased to $4.75 million for 1998 as a result
of the above mentioned items.

         Depreciation And Amortization
         -----------------------------

         Depreciation and amortization expense,  which will include depreciation
of our network,  when completed,  increased to approximately $1,134 in 1998 from
- -0- in 1997.  The increase was due  primarily to the  depreciation  of equipment
related to network  expansion  and office  facility.  Depreciation  expense will
increase  substantially as each ring of the "Global  Resources  Network" becomes
operational.

         Interest
         --------

         The  Company did not incur any  interest  income or expense and did not
capitalize any interest in 1998 or 1997.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 1999 Compared To Nine Months ended
                      September 30, 1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Communications Service Revenue And Related Cost Of Sales
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         --------------------------------------------------------


     For the nine months ending September 30, 1999, the Company realized minimal
revenues of $49,304 from its  telecommunications  services. The most significant
event was the landing of additional  contracts which are anticipated to increase


                                       23
<PAGE>

future  revenues from Mexico.  There was a cost of sales of $76,869 for the nine
months  ended  September  30,  1999.  This amount was  greater  than the related
revenues due to one-time costs associated with bringing the traffic online.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Selling, General And Administrative Expenses
         --------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Selling,  general and administrative expenses decreased from $1,508,229
in the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 to  $1,139,559  for the nine months
ended  September 30, 1999.  Substantially  all of this  reduction was due to the
fact that there was a nonrecurring  charge of $350,000 for acquisition  services
in 1998. The company  expended  approximately  $100,000 in Internet  development
costs focusing entirely on customer relationship development.


         Operating EBITDA Loss
         ---------------------

         Operating  EBITDA  decreased from a loss of  ($2.564,973)  for the nine
months  ended  September  30, 1998 to a loss of  ($1,167,728),  again due to the
$350,000 charge for acquisition  services  incurred in 1998 and due to the write
off of $1,056,744 for rescinded transactions in 1998.

         Interest
         --------

         The  company  incurred  interest  expense of $1,544 for the nine months
ended  September  30, 1999  compared  to zero for the same period in 1998.  This
amount will  increase in future  years as the Company  raises  capital from debt
offerings or incurs interest expense with leased network equipment.


         Depreciation And Amortization
         -----------------------------

Depreciation and amortization rose from zero for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 to $32,771 for the nine months ended  September 30, 1999.  This was due
to the  acquisition  of  equipment  for the  building of the  "Global  Resources
Network".

Three Months Ended September 30, 1999 Compared to Three Months Ended
                        September 30, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  Communications Service Revenue and Related Cost of Sales
                  --------------------------------------------------------

         As discussed  above, for the three months ended September 30, 1998, the
Company began to realize minimal revenues of $49,304 from its telecommunications
services.  The most  significant  event was the landing of additional  contracts
which are anticipated to increase future revenues from Mexico.  There was a cost
of sales of $76,869 for the three months ended  September 30, 1999.  This amount
was greater  than the related  revenue due to  one-time  costs  associated  with
bringing the traffic online.

                                       24
<PAGE>

         Selling, General And Administrative Expenses
         --------------------------------------------

         Selling,  general and  administrative  Expenses increased from $356,669
for the three months ended  September  30, 1998 to $446,645 for the three months
ended  September  30, 1999.  This  increase was due to increases in salaries and
payroll related expenses. The company made reductions in its staff shortly after
September  30,  1999  in a  cost  containment  effort.  The  company's  Internet
development  costs were $25,000 which  approximated the same amount as the three
month period in the prior year.


         Operating EBITDA Loss
         ---------------------

         Operating  EBITDA  increased  from a loss of  ($449,919)  for the three
months ended  September  30, 1998 to a loss of  ($471,418).  This was due to the
operating  cost  increase  described  above  offset  by  relief  from  losses on
rescinded acquisitions which were incurred in 1998.

         Liquidity And Capital Resources
         -------------------------------

         We have incurred  losses from  operating  activities in each year since
our inception and expect to incur operating and net losses for at least one more
year until the Company's network becomes fully functional.  Since inception,  we
have utilized cash provided by financing  activities to fund  operating  losses,
and capital  expenditures.  The sources of this cash have been primarily through
private  and public  equity  and  financing.  Since  inception,  we have  raised
approximately $4,000,000 of gross proceeds from the sale of our common stock. As
of December 31, 1998,  and  September  30, 1999,  we had $100,060 and $74,033 in
cash, cash equivalents and other liquid investments, respectively.

         We  believe  that the net  proceeds  from the 1998 and 1999  financing,
together with cash and marketable securities on hand and the sale of capacity on
the "Global  Resources  Network" will provide  sufficient funds for us to expand
our business as planned and to fund  operating  losses for at least the next two
(2) months.  However,  the amount of our future capital requirements will depend
on a number of factors,  including  the success of our  business,  the  start-up
dates of each  ring of the  "Global  Resources  Network",  the dates at which we
further  expand our network,  the types of services we offer,  staffing  levels,
acquisitions and customer  growth,  as well as other factors that are not within
our   control,   including   competitive   conditions,   government   regulatory
developments and capital costs. In addition, we continually discuss and evaluate
potential acquisitions.  In the event that (1) our plan or assumptions change or
prove to be inaccurate,  (2) we consummate an acquisition,  (3) we are unable to
convert from leased to owned infrastructure in accordance with our current plans
or (4) the  cash and  investments  on hand,  and the  proceeds  from the sale of
capacity on the "Global Resources  Network" prove to be insufficient to fund our
growth in the manner and at the rate currently  anticipated,  we may be required
to delay or abandon some or all of our development and expansion plans or we may
be required to seek  additional  sources of  financing  earlier  than  currently
anticipated.  In the event we are required to seek additional  financing,  there
can be no assurance that such financing will be available on acceptable terms or
at all. If we do not raise the required  amounts,  we will have to significantly
alter our plans. (see "Risk Factors")

                                       25
<PAGE>

         The Company faces a crucial test of its capital needs and  requirements
in late 1999 as it searches for private  capital  (equity or debt) of $2,000,000
for  equipment  purchases,  deposits and working  capital to  implement  the new
business  it has  signed.  In the event that the  Company is unable to raise the
amounts needed, it will have to scale back its international  telecommunications
sector and focus on acquisitions or developing less capital-intensive sectors of
the business such as Teleprizes(TM),  which remains in the early stages although
showing bright promise.



         Capital Expenditures - Commitments
         -------------------------------

         The  development  of our  business has  required  substantial  capital.
Capital  additions  for each  period  consist of capital  expenditures,  the net
increase in property and equipment  purchases  payable,  assets  acquired  under
capital lease  obligations  and capitalized  interest during the period.  During
1998,  capital  additions were nominal,  but are expected to greatly increase in
future years. We added $300,000 of equipment during the 3rd Quarter of 1999. The
company plans to expend approximately  $450,000 for ATM equipment,  $150,000 for
switch  deposits and payments,  and $300,000 for deposits on long distance lines
in the 4th Quarter of 1999.

Additional  equipment  needs for the network  systems  will be secured with long
term leases.

         Foreign Currency
         ----------------

     We have limited exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies  relative to
the U.S. dollar as a result of billing  portions of our  communication  services
revenue and a substantial  portion of our transmission  costs, being denominated
in U.S. dollars. A substantial portion of our capital expenditures are, and will
continue to be, denominated in U.S. dollars.

         With the continued  expansion of our network, a substantial  portion of
the costs  associated  with the network,  such as local  access and  termination
charges and a portion of the leased  line costs,  as well as a majority of local
selling  expenses and possibly debt  service,  will be charged to us in the same
currency as revenues billed. These developments create a natural hedge against a
portion of our foreign exchange exposure. To date, much of the funding necessary
to  establish  the  local  direct  sales  organizations  has been  derived  from
communication   services   revenue   that  was   billed  in  local   currencies.
Consequently, we believe that our financial position as of December 31, 1998 and
September 30, 1999 and our results of operations for the year ended December 31,
1998 and the three  months and nine months  ending  September  30, 1999 were not
significantly impacted by fluctuations in the U.S. dollar in relation to foreign
currencies.

         Year 2000
         ---------

         The  year  2000   problem   is  the   result  of   computer   programs,
microprocessors  and embedded date reliant  systems using two digits rather than
four to define the  applicable  year. If such programs are not  corrected,  such


                                       26
<PAGE>

date  sensitive  computer  programs,  microprocessors  and embedded  systems may
recognize  a date using "00" as the year 1900  rather  than the year 2000.  This
could  result in a system  failure  or  miscalculation  causing  disruptions  in
operations.

         In an effort to assess our year 2000 state of readiness, during 1998 we
performed a complete inventory assessment of all of our internal systems,  which
we have divided into two categories,  business  essential,  or mission critical,
and support systems, or non-mission  critical.  As part of our year 2000 program
and as part of our overall procurement plan, we have sought to ensure that fixed
assets  acquired  were year 2000  compliant.  As part of this  process,  we have
inventoried,  tested,  and ensured year 2000 compliance of our mission  critical
systems.  The  inventory  and  testing  of these  mission  critical  systems  is
complete.  The backbone of our  communications  network is primarily composed of
use of  switches  which are year 2000  compliant.  Our  message  processing  and
billing  systems,  which are used to record and process  millions of call detail
records, and our transmission  equipment,  which our only other mission critical
systems, are also year 2000 compliant.  The majority of our non-mission critical
systems  are year 2000  compliant.  We  believe  our  mission  critical  and our
non-mission  critical  systems are all year 2000  compliant as of September  30,
1999.

         We have initiated formal communications with the key carriers and other
vendors on which our  operations and  infrastructure  are dependent to determine
the extent to which we are  susceptible  to a failure  resulting from such third
parties'  inability  to  remediate  their own year 2000  problems.  Accordingly,
during the procurement  process, we have taken steps to ensure that our vendors,
carriers  and  products  purchased  are year 2000  compliant  or are  adequately
addressing  the year 2000 issues.  We can provide no assurance that the carriers
and other vendors on which our operations and infrastructure rely are or will be
year 2000 compliant in a timely manner.  Interruptions in the services  provided
to us by these  third  parties  could  result in  disruptions  in our  services.
Depending upon the extent and duration of any such  disruptions and the specific
services affected,  such disruptions could have a material adverse affect on our
business,  financial  condition  and  results of  operations.  As a  contingency
against any possible disruptions in services provided by vendors, we have sought
to diversify  our vendor base.  We believe that the diversity of our vendor base
is  sufficient  to  mitigate  year 2000  related  disruptions  in service to our
customers.  In addition,  we believe that the fact that we conduct  business in,
and derive revenue from,  multiple Western European  countries helps to mitigate
the potential impact of year 2000 related disruptions. In addition,  disruptions
in the economy  generally  resulting  from year 2000 problems  could also have a
material adverse affect on us. We could be subject to litigation  resulting from
any  disruption  in our  services.  The amount of  potential  liability  or lost
revenue  which  would  result  from these  disruptions  in service  could have a
material  adverse  effect on our  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

         Inflation
         ---------

         We do not believe that  inflation has had a  significant  effect on our
operations to date.

                                       27
<PAGE>

         Market Risk Exposure
         --------------------

         We are  subject to foreign  currency  exchange  rate risk  relating  to
receipts  from  customers,  payments  to  suppliers  and  interest  payments  on
outstanding  Euro  denominated  securities.  We do not  consider the market risk
exposure  relating to foreign currency  exchange to be material.  See "Liquidity
and Capital Resources - Foreign Currency".

         We have financial  instruments  that are subject to interest rate risk,
principally  short-term investments and debt obligations issued at a fixed rate.
Historically,  we have not experienced  material gains or losses due to interest
rate  changes when  selling  short-term  investments  and  typically  hold these
securities  until  maturity.   Based  on  our  current  holdings  of  short-term
investments, our exposure to interest rate risk is not material. Fixed rate debt
obligations issued by us are generally not callable until maturity.


         Item 3.  Description of Property.
         ---------------------------------

      GRG's principal  executive  offices are 100 2nd Avenue North,  Suite #200,
St. Petersburg,  Florida. GRG's lease is for 2,986 square feet at $3,338 a month
and expires on August 31,  2001.  The  facility is used  entirely for office and
administration.  The Company  anticipates  leasing additional  facilities in the
future for  telecommunications  equipment as the "Global  Resources  Network" is
built.

Item 4.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.
         ------------------------------------------------

      The following table sets forth the share holdings of those persons who own
more than five percent of GRG's common stock as of October 22, 1999,  based upon
22,299,427 outstanding shares:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                         Number of Shares                    Percentage
Name and Address                        Beneficially Owned                   of Class(1)
- ----------------                         ------------------                  -----------
<S>                                     <C>                              <C>

Carl Smith
355 Interstate Blvd.
Sarasota, FL 34240                             3,335,598 (1)                 15.0%

Ken Craig
612 Downs Avenue                               1,560,000(2)                   6.9%
Temple Terrace, FL 33617

                                       28
<PAGE>

Jeffrey M. Good
4490 38th Way South                            1,560,000(2)                   6.9%
St. Petersburg, FL 33711

Ranald Stewart
3424 Jean Circle
Tampa, FL 33629                                   3,639,512                  16.3%

                                                 10,055,110                  45.1%


(1)      Includes  1,200,000  shares  owned by SB  Resources  Group,  Inc.  (see
         "Security Ownership of Directors and Officers" below), 1,633,935 shares
         owned by ASFT, Inc. (see "Security Ownership of Directors and Officers"
         below),45,020 shares owned by Carl Smith III (son), 50,000 shares owned
         by Carl Smith III and Julie M. Smith,  50,800  shares owned by Franklin
         S. Smith (son),  2,300 shares owned by Tina S. Cook (daughter),  25,000
         shares  owned by Linzy Cook  (granddaughter),  301,876  shares owned by
         Vikki  Cook,  and  26,667  shares  owned by Tampa  Bay Financial, Inc.

(2)      Subject to vesting requirements based on 1 share released for every two
         dollars of gross profit earned by the Company

</TABLE>

         Security Ownership of Directors and Officers.
         ---------------------------------

      The following  table sets forth the share holdings of GRG's  directors and
executive officers as of October 22, 1999.  Information regarding the capacities
in which each person serves for GRG is contained in Part I, Item 5.




<PAGE>



                             Number of Shares       Percentage of
Name and Address             Beneficially Owned        of Class
- ----------------             ------------------      -------------

O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Jr.
5159 Riverwood Avenue       328,800                            1.5%
Sarasota, FL 34231

Carl L. Smith
355 Interstate Blvd.        3,335,598                          15.0%
Sarasota, FL 34240

Christopher R. Beck
235 Sunrise Avenue          480,000                            2.2%
Suite C-24
Palm Beach, FL 33629

Ranald Stewart, Jr.
3424 Jean Circle            3,639,512                          16.3%
Tampa, Fl 33629

                                       29
<PAGE>


Ken Craig
612 Downs Avenue            1,560,000                           6.9%
Temple Terrace, FL 33617

Matthew A. Veal
1004 Marlin Lakes Circle    102,500                            0.4%
#211
Sarasota, FL 34232

Jeffrey M. Good
4490 38th Way South        1,560,000                           6.9%
St. Petersburg, FL  33711

Totals                    10,966,410                          49.2%

         Changes in Control.
         -------------------

      There are no present  arrangements or pledges of GRG's securities that may
result in a change in control of GRG.


Item 5.  Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

         Identification of Directors and Executive Officers.
         ---------------------------------------------------

      The  following  table sets forth the names of all  current  directors  and
executive  officers  of GRG.  These  persons  will serve  until the next  annual
meeting  of the  stockholders  (held  in June  of  each  year)  or  until  their
successors are elected or appointed and qualified,  or their prior  resignations
or terminations.

                                  Date of         Date of
                    Positions    Election or     Termination
Name                  Held       Designation   or Resignation
- ----                  ----       -----------   --------------

O. Howard
Davidsmeyer, Jr.      Chairman        3/98            *

Carl L. Smith         Director        3/98            *

Christopher R. Beck   Director        3/98            *

Ranald Stewart, Jr.   Director        3/98            *

Matthew A. Veal       CFO             1/99            *

Jeffrey M. Good       President/COO   10/99           *

Ken Craig             CEO             10/99           *


                                       30
<PAGE>


          * These persons presently serve in the capacities indicated.

         Business Experience.
         --------------------

     O. Howard Davidsmeyer,  Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Davidsmeyer
is 76 years  of age.  Mr.  Davidsmeyer  has been  the  chairman  of  Diversified
Resources  Group,  Inc.,  formerly  known as Data 1 Inc.)  from 1994 to 1996 and
again  from  1997 to the  present.  He also  served as CEO from 1994 to 1995 and
again June 1999 to the  present.  He has also  served as  chairman  of  Catalyst
Communications,  Inc. from 1994 to the present. Mr. Davidsmeyer's career extends
many years and includes a variety of business and civic accomplishments.

     Carl L. Smith,  Director.  Mr.  Smith is 56 years of age.  Mr.  Smith is an
entrepreneur in marketing, sales and business development.  Mr. Smith has served
as the CEO of  Catalyst  Communications,  Inc.  from 1994 to the present and has
served on the board of directors of Diversified  Resources Group, Inc. from 1994
to 1996 and from April 1999 to the present.  Mr. Smith has also been chairman of
Tampa Bay Financial, Inc. from 1994 to the present.

     Christopher R. Beck,  Director.  Mr. Beck is 46 years of age. Mr. Beck is a
successful businessman and master negotiator with experience in sales, marketing
and corporate management. He has served for the last five years as the president
of Phone USA, an independent  telecommunications  firm and also became president
of Cordless Power, Inc. a division of Diversified Resources Group, Inc. in 1999.

     Ranald Stewart, Jr., Director.  Mr. Stewart is 61 years of age. Mr. Stewart
is a business  executive  and  entrepreneur  involved in new company  formation,
marketing, management and finance. Mr. Stewart has served as the Chairman/CEO of
International  Tele-Data,  Inc. from 1994 to the present.  Mr.  Stewart has also
served on the Boards of Valucar,  Genlink,  Bentely Pharmaceutical,  and Belmac.
Mr. Stewart is a graduate of The University of Florida.

     Matthew A. Veal,  CFO.  Mr. Veal is 40 years of age.  Mr.  Veal,  a CPA, is
currently  CFO for  Catalyst and Tampa Bay  Financial.  From 1997 to 1998 he was
Chief Accounting Officer for Koasmas Group  International.  From 1995 to 1997 he
was CFO for Catalyst and from 1994 to 1995 he was CFO for  ComCentral  Corp. Mr.
Veal served on the Boards of Directors of  ComCentral  and Data 1. Mr. Veal is a
graduate of the University of Florida School of Accounting.

     Jeffrey M. Good, President & COO. Mr. Good is 53 years of age. From 1994 to
1996, Mr. Good serves as Director of National Sales for Quintrel Corporation,  a
software development company specializing in telecommunications applications. In
1996,  Mr. Good became the Vice President of Systems  Communications,  Inc. from
1997 to 1998.  Mr. Good,  through Plum Creek  Communications,  Inc. a consulting
company  he  formed,  served  as  a  consultant   specializing  in  mergers  and
acquisitions  for  International  Tele-Data,  Inc. Mr. Good joined GRGI as Chief
Operating Officer in October 1998 and was promoted to President in October 1999.

     Ken Craig,  CEO.  Mr.  Craig is 45 years of age.  Mr.  Craig is an attorney
experienced in  reorganization,  compliance and management of Public  Companies.


                                       31
<PAGE>

Mr.  Craig  left the legal  profession  in the early  90's  after  founding  two
telecommunication  finance companies. He worked on the acquisition of Centel for
the benefit of the Williams Companies and became a division president of Wiltel,
the surviving entity.  From 1996 to 1997 he was President and CEO of Renaissance
Golf Products,  Inc. In 1998 - 1999 he was a consultant for Divot Golf ("PUTT"),
first reorganizing a subsidiary and then restructuring the parent at the request
of the Board of Directors.  Mr. Craig joined GRGI in September,  1999. Mr. Craig
is a graduate of Stetson  University and the University of Mississippi School of
Law, and is admitted to practice law in a variety of jurisdictions.

        Family Relationships.
         ---------------------

      There  are no family  relationships  between  any  director  or  executive
officer.

         Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings.
         -----------------------------------------

         During the past five years, except as noted below, no present or former
director,  executive  officer or person  nominated  to become a  director  or an
executive officer of GRG:

o        was a general  partner or  executive  officer of any  business  against
         which any  bankruptcy  petition  was  filed,  either at the time of the
         bankruptcy or two years prior to that time,  except Mr. Veal, Mr. Smith
         and  Mr.  Davidsmeyer  having  served  as  officers  and  directors  of
         Diversified  Resources Group, Inc. and Catalyst  Communications,  Inc.,
         which filed for bankruptcy in 1997 and 1998, respectively;

o        was  convicted in a criminal  proceeding  or named subject to a pending
         criminal  proceeding  (excluding  traffic  violations  and other  minor
         offenses);

o        was  subject  to  any  order,  judgment  or  decree,  not  subsequently
         reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction,
         permanently or temporarily enjoining,  barring, suspending or otherwise
         limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking
         activities; or

o        was found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the
         Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated
         a federal or state  securities or commodities law, and the judgment has
         not been reversed, suspended or vacated.

         Executive   Committee  In  December   1998,   the  Board  of  Directors
established  executive committee (the "Executive  Committee"),  which is granted
such authority as may be determined from time to time by a majority of the Board
of  Directors.  The  Executive  Committee  consists of Messrs.  Davidsmeyer  and
Stewart.

                                       32
<PAGE>

         Audit  Committee  Shortly  after  becoming a  registrant,  the Board of
Directors will establish an audit committee (the "Audit Committee"),  which will
consist of two or more  directors.  The Audit  Committee  will be established to
make   recommendations   concerning  the   engagement  of   independent   public
accountants,  review  with the  independent  public  accountants  the  plans and
results of the audit engagement,  approve professional  services provided by the
independent  public  accountants,  review the  independence  of the  independent
public  accountants,  consider the range of audit and non-audit fees, and review
the adequacy of the Company's internal accounting controls.

         Compensation  Committee  Shortly  after  completion  of  the  Company's
registration,  the Board of Directors will  establish a  compensation  committee
(the "Compensation  Committee"),  which will consist of two or more non-employee
or independent directors to the extent required by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange
Act and Section 162(m) of the Code, to determine  compensation for the Company's
senior executive officers.

         Nominating   Committee   Shortly  after  completion  of  the  Company's
registration,  the Board of Directors will establish a nominating committee (the
"Nominating Committee"),  which will initially consist of Mssrs. Smith and Beck.
The function of the Nominating  Committee will be to recommend to the full board
of  Directors  nominees  for  election  as  directors  of the  Company  and  the
composition of committees of the Board of Directors.

         The Board of Directors of the Company initially will not have any other
committees.

         Director Compensation

         Except for these shares  granted to directors  for board  services (see
"Certain   Relationships   and  Related   Transactions"  and  "Recent  Sales  of
Unregistered Securities"), the Company does not currently contemplate any
compensation to do its directors for 1999.

Item 6.  Executive Compensation.
- --------------------------------

         The following table sets forth the aggregate  compensation  paid by GRG
for services rendered during the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                           Long Term Compensation

                    Annual Compensation   Awards  Payouts


(a)             (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f)   (g)   (h)    (i)

                                              Secur-
                                              ities        All
Name and   Year or               Other  Rest- Under- LTIP  Other
Principal  Period   Salary Bonus Annual rictedlying  Pay-  Comp-
Position   Ended      ($)   ($)  Compen-Stock Optionsouts  ensation
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>       <C>        <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>    <C>   <C>  <C>         <C>
Vince      9/30/99   111,154        0       0        0        0        0        42,000(7)

                                       33
<PAGE>

Murone,    12/31/98        0        0       0        0        0        0        0       0
President  12/31/97        0        0       0        0        0        0        0       0

Ken Craig,  9/30/99        0        0   11,570       0        0        0        0       0(9)
CEO        12/31/98        0        0       0        0        0        0        0       0
CEO        12/31/98                 0       0        0        0        0        0
           12/31/97        0        0       0        0        0        0        0       0

Matthew A. 9/30/99         0        0       5,000(1) 0        0        0        0
Veal,     12/31/98         0        0       0        0        0        0        0       0
CFO       12/30/97         0        0       0        0        0        0        0       0

Jeffrey M. 9/30/99   113,076        0       0        0        0        0        0(9)
Good, COO 12/31/98         0        0       8,077(2) 0        0        0        0
President 12/31/97         0        0       0        0        0        0        0

O. Howard  9/30/99         0        0       0        0        0        0        0       0
Davidsmeyer12/31/98                 0       0        250,000(3)        0        0       0
Jr.Chairman12/31/97                 0       0        0        0        0        0       0

Carl L.     9/30/99        0        0        0       1,650,000(6)0     0        0
Smith,     12/31/98        0        0        0       0        0        0        0        0
Director   12/31/97        0        0        0       0        0        0        0        0

Christopher 9/30/99        0        0       0        0        0        0        0        0
R. Beck,   12/31/98        0        0        70,385(4)        0        0        0        600,000(4)
Director   12/31/97        0        0        0       0        0        0        0        0

Ranald      9/30/99        0        0        0       0        0        0        0        0
Stewart,   12/31/98        0        0        0       250,000(5)        0        0        0
Director   12/31/97        0        0        0       0        0        0        0        0

Robert      9/30/99   80,769     (8)         0       0        0        0        0        0
Alexander, 12/31/98  105,000        0        0       0        0        0        0        0
[Former    12/31/97        0        0        0       0        0        0        0        0
President,
Former Vice
President]
</TABLE>
         (1)      Received $5,000 in fees.

         (2) Received $8,077 in gross wages.

         (3)      Received   250,000  shares  of   "restricted   securities"  as
                  compensation for a Consulting Fee Agreement for Board services
                  dated March 20, 1998, valued at $0.99 per share.

         (4)      Received  $70,385 in wages and 250,000 shares as  compensation
                  for a Consulting  Fee Agreement for board services dated March
                  20, 1998 and 350,000 shares issued for merger and  acquisition
                  services which were valued at $1.00 per share.

         (5)      Received   250,000   shares    "restricted    securities"   as
                  compensation for a Consulting Fee Agreement for board services
                  dated March 20, 1998, valued at $0.99 per share.

                                       34
<PAGE>

(6)               Received (through Vikki Cook,  unmarried  cohabitant)  250,000
                  shares for board  services  pursuant to a consulting  contract
                  dated March 28, 1998,  received  200,000  shares through ASFT,
                  Inc.,  a  company  owned  by  Vikki  Cook  for  administrative
                  services in November 1998, and received  1,200,000 shares from
                  SB Resources  Group,  Inc., a company owned by Vikki Cook, for
                  telecommunication  services in December 1998,  valued at $0.99
                  per share.

(7) Terminated in Oct. 1999. This amount represents  severance  payments due Mr.
Murone.

(8)      Terminated in Oct. 1999.

(9)               Received  1,560,000  shares  each  under a  performance  stock
                  agreement on November 12, 1999,  subject to earnout provisions
                  (see Item 4, "Recent Shares of Unregistered Securities").


         Cash Compensation Awards.
         -------------------------

      No cash compensation,  deferred  compensation or long-term  incentive plan
awards  were  issued or  granted  to GRG's  management  during  the years  ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997, or the period ended  September  30, 1999,  except as
set  forth in the  Summary  Compensation  Table.  Further,  no  member  of GRG's
management   has  been  granted  any  option  or  stock   appreciation   rights;
accordingly,  no tables  relating to such items have been  included  within this
Item.


         Stock Option or Benefit Plans.
         ------------------------------

      GRG has adopted certain stock performance agreements with management dated
November 12, 1999.  Jeffrey M. Good and Ken Craig have been granted  performance
1,560,000 shares of common stock of GRG. The acquisition of these shares will be
deemed  paid in full under the formula of one paid in full share for every $2.00
of gross profit produced by GRG, through November 1, 2001, and November 1, 2004,
respectively.

         Compensation of Directors.
         --------------------------

      There are no standard  arrangements  pursuant to which GRG's directors are
compensated for any services provided as a director.  No additional  amounts are
payable to GRG's directors for committee participation or special assignments.

        Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change in Control
         Arrangements.
         -------------

      Other than the Consulting Fee Agreements  with SB Resources  Group,  Inc.,
dated March 16, 1998, Vikki C. Cook, Ranald Stewart,  Jr.,  Christopher R. Beck,
O. Howard Davidsmeyer,  Jr., all dated March 20, 1998, and Executive  Employment
Agreements and Stock Performance  agreements with Jeff Good and Ken Craig, there
are no  employment  contracts,  compensatory  plans or  arrangements,  including


                                       35
<PAGE>

payments to be received  from GRG,  with  respect to any  director or  executive
officer of GRG which  would in any way  result in  payments  to any such  person
because of his or her resignation, retirement or other termination of employment
with GRG or its  subsidiaries,  any change in control of GRG, or a change in the
person's  responsibilities  following a change in control of GRG.  Copies of the
agreements are attached hereto and  incorporated  herein by reference.  See Part
III, Item 1.


Item 7.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
- --------------------------------------------------------

         The only transactions between members of management, nominees to become
directors or executive  officers,  5% stockholders,  or promoters or persons who
may be deemed to be parents of GRG are:

o        During  1998,  the Company  issued 4  contracts  to its  directors  for
         250,000  shares each for board  services  (see item 4 "Recent  Sales of
         Unregistered Securities").  Also during 1998, United Funding Solutions,
         Inc.  a  Company  controlled  by Chris  Beck,  and  ASFT,  Inc.  and SB
         Resources  Group,  Inc.  a company  controlled  by Carl  Smith  awarded
         contracts of 350,000  shares,  200,000 shares and 1,200,000  shares for
         acquisition  services,  administrative  and  consulting  services,  and
         telecommunications  services,  respectively.  During  March  1998,  the
         Company  acquired  certain  assets from Catalyst  Communications,  Inc.
         (Catalyst),  a company controlled by Carl Smith, O. Howard Davidsmeyer,
         Jr. and Matthew A. Veal,  for 3,150,000  shares of common  stock.  (See
         Item 4, "Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities")

o        During 1998,  Catalyst  paid GRG's  expenses of $267,305,  all of which
         were  repaid.  Catalyst  and its  affiliates  also  donated  capital of
         $1,625,000 to the Company.  Chris Beck paid Company expenses of $44,406
         to the Company  and was repaid all but $3,000 as of  December  31, 1998
         which was paid in 1999.

o        During  1999,  ASFT,  Inc.  purchased  356,400  shares  for  $0.25  and
         1,277,533 shares for $0.50 per share.  Tampa Bay Financial,  Inc., also
         controlled  by Carl Smith,  also  acquired  26,667  shares at $0.50 per
         share.


Item 8.  Description of Securities.
- -----------------------------------

         Common Stock.
         -------------

         GRG has one class of securities  authorized,  consisting of 100,000,000
shares of $0.001 par value  common  voting  stock.  The holders of GRG's  common
stock are entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote at a
meeting  of  stockholders.  The shares of common  stock do not carry  cumulative
voting rights in the election of directors.



                                       36
<PAGE>




         Stockholders  of GRG have no pre-emptive  rights to acquire  additional
shares of common stock or other  securities.  The common stock is not subject to
redemption rights and carries no subscription or conversion  rights.  All shares
of the common stock now outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable.

      No Outstanding Options, Warrants or Calls.
      ------------------------------------------


         No Provisions Limiting Change of Control
         ---------------------------------------

      There is no provision in GRG's  Articles of  Incorporation  or Bylaws that
would delay, defer, or prevent a change in control of GRG.



                                     Part II

Item 1.  Market Price of and Dividends on GRG's Common Equity and
Other Stockholder Matters.
- --------------------------

         Market Information.
         -------------------

      Quotations of GRG's common stock only  commenced on the OTC Bulletin Board
of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD") on April
15, 1998. There is no "established  trading market" for the common stock of GRG,
and no  assurance  can be given that any current  market for GRG's  common stock
will  develop or be  maintained.  For any market that  develops for GRG's common
stock, the sale of "restricted  securities"  (common stock) pursuant to Rule 144
of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission by members of management and others
may have a substantial  adverse  impact on any such public  market.  Information
about the dates when current  holders'  Rule 144 holding  period of  "restricted
securities"   commenced  can  be  found  under  the  caption  "Recent  Sales  of
Unregistered  Securities," Part II, Item 4. A minimum holding period of one year
is required for resale's under Rule 144, along with other pertinent  provisions,
including publicly available  information  concerning GRG (this requirement will
be satisfied by the filing and effectiveness of this Registration Statement, the
passage  of 90 days  and  the  continued  timely  filing  by GRG of all  reports
required  to be  filed  by it  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission;
limitations on the volume of "restricted securities" which can be sold in any 90
day period; the requirement of unsolicited broker's transactions; and the filing
of a Notice of Sale of Form 144.

      Effective  January  4,  1999,  the  NASD  adopted  rules  and  regulations
requiring  that prior to any  issuer  having  its  securities  quoted on the OTC
Bulletin  Board of the NASD that such issuer must be a "reporting  issuer" which
is required to file reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the


                                       37
<PAGE>

the 1934 Act. Under the "phase-in"  schedule of the NASD, GRG has until December
1,  1999,  within  which to become a  "reporting  issuer,"  and to  satisfy  all
comments of the Securities and Exchange Commission  respecting this Registration
Statement.  This  Registration  Statement will not become  effective for 60 days
from the date of its  filing,  and it is unlikely  that GRG will timely  satisfy
these  quotation  requirements  of  the  NASD.  Therefore,  OTC  Bulletin  Board
quotations  of GRG's  common  stock will  cease on  December  1,  1999,  and the
Company's  common stock would  thereafter  be quoted in the "Pink Sheets" of the
NQB.

      The following  quotations were provided by the National  Quotation Bureau,
and do not represent actual transactions; these quotations do not reflect dealer
markups, markdowns or commissions.

                             STOCK QUOTATIONS*

                                               CLOSING BID

Quarter ended:                          High                Low
- --------------                          ----                ---


June 30, 1998                           $5.25             $0.625

September 30, 1998                      $3.125            $0.3125

December 31, 1998                       $1.09375          $0.5625

March 31, 1999                          $2.25             $0.625

June 30, 1999                           $1.96875          $0.9375

September 30, 1999                      $1.3125           $0.78125


*        The Company's stock did not trade before the second quarter of 1998.



         Holders.
         --------

      The number of record  holders of GRG's  securities  as of the date of this
Registration Statement is approximately 1,420.

         Dividends.
         ----------

      GRG has not declared any cash  dividends with respect to its common stock,
and does not intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable  future.  The future
dividend  policy of GRG cannot be  ascertained  with any  certainty,  and if and
until  GRG  completes  any  sales  of its  products,  no  such  policy  will  be
formulated.  There are no material restrictions  limiting, or that are likely to
limit, GRG's ability to pay dividends on its securities.

Item 2.  Legal Proceedings.
- ---------------------------




                                       38
<PAGE>



         Other than as indicated  below, GRG is not a party to any pending legal
proceeding.  No  Federal,  state  or  local  governmental  agency  is  presently
contemplating  any  proceeding  against GRG. No director,  executive  officer or
persons  who may be  deemed  to be an  "affiliate"  of GRG or owner of record or
beneficially  of more than five percent of GRG's common stock is a party adverse
to GRG or has a material  interest  adverse to GRG in any proceeding,  except in
the cases disclosed below:

(1)      Global Resources Group, Inc. vs. E-Tel Corporation, Phil Martin and
         Raymond Klingenburg, Case NO: CL 99-381 AF, Circuit Court of the 15th
         Judicial Circuit, In and For Palm Beach County, Florida:

         In this action,  we have sued the  Defendants,  E-Tel,  Phil Martin and
         Raymond  Klingenburg for a breach of an Agreement and Plan of Exchange,
         unjust  enrichment,  money had and received,  fraud in the  inducement,
         constructive   fraud/breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  conversion  and  for
         impression of a constructive trust. In turn, E-Tel and Phil Martin have
         filed an Ame3nded Counterclaim alleging two causes of action for breach
         of contract. This cause is not set for trial. We do not believe we will
         make a significant  recovery but hope to recover 10,000 shares of stock
         issued t these individuals.

(2)      Michael  Williams vs. GRG, Inc. d/b/a/ Global  Resources  Group,  Inc.,
         Christopher  Beck and Jeffrey M. Good,  Case No: CL 99-2502 AG, Circuit
         Court of the 15th  Judicial  Circuit,  In and for  Palm  Beach  County,
         Florida:

         In this action, the Plaintiff, Michael Williams has sued the defendants
         for tortious  interference  with his contract of employment with E-Tel.
         In  his  complaint,   Williams  alleges  that  he  executed  a  written
         employment  agreement pursuant to which he was to be paid a base salary
         of $80,000.00 per year during the two year term of the agreement,  plus
         other benefits including health insurance, bonus, stock option, company
         car, reimbursement of expenses and an auto allowance. GRG, Inc. and the
         other  defendants have denied that they tortiously  interfered with Mr.
         Williams'  employment  agreement and have alleged  various  affirmative
         defenses.  This matter is currently  set for trial on the Court's March
         6, 2000 Trial Docket.  We will vigorously  defend this case and believe
         our liability to be minimal, if any.

(3)      Cooney,  Ward, Lesher & Damon,  P.A., vs. Global Resources Group, Inc.,
         Joseph Simmons,  etc. Case No:  98-10774-AF,  Circuit Court of the 15th
         Judicial Circuit in and for Palm Beach County, Florida.

         This  action,  filed on December 3, 1998,  in the Circuit  Court of the
         fifteenth  Judicial  Circuit,  in and for Palm Beach  County,  Florida,
         arises out of a stock ownership dispute.  Cooney, Ward, Lesher & Damon,
         P.A., acting as an escrow agent, is currently holding 400,000 shares of
         stock of GRG,  Inc. GRG,  Inc.,  is involved in a claim against  Joseph
         Simmons,  his wife, and their related  entities  ("the Simmons  group")
         regarding  ownership  of the  stock.  The  nature  of the  action is an


                                       39
<PAGE>

         interpleader  action filed by Cooney,  Ward, et al., seeking to release
         the  stock to the  Registry  of the  Court  for a  determination  as to
         ownership  between GRG, Inc.,  and the Simmons Group.  We have filed an
         answer to the  interpleader  complaint  and a claim against the Simmons
         group alleging GRG,  Inc.'s  interest in the stock.  The Simmons group,
         has  received  and  extension  of time  within  which to respond to the
         cross-claim and to file its own claim regarding ownership of the stock.
         It is the intention of the Company to  vigorously  contest any claim by
         the Simmons group to ownership of the stock.  We believe the court will
         find in our favor,  but we have expensed the entire amount of shares as
         a loss since our recovery may take a significant amount of time.

Item 3.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure.
- ---------------------

         Anderson,  Anderson and Strong, L.C., Certified Public Accountants,  of
Salt Lake City, Utah,  audited the financial  statements of GRG for the calendar
years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995;  these  financial  statements are
filed as a part of this Registration Statement.

         Jones,  Jensen & Company,  LLC, Certified Public  Accountants,  of Salt
Lake City,  Utah,  were  engaged by the Board of Directors of GRG to prepare the
audit of the financial  statements of GRG for the year ended  December 31, 1998;
and will  prepare  the audit of the  financial  statements  for the year  ending
December 31, 1999.

         There were no  disagreements  between GRG and  Andersen,  Andersen  and
Strong,  L.L.C.,  whether resolved or not resolved,  on any matter of accounting
principles or practices,  financial  statement  disclosure or auditing  scope or
procedure,  which, if not resolved,  would have caused them to make reference to
the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with their reports.

         The Report of Andersen, Andersen and Strong, L.L.C. did not contain any
adverse  opinion or  disclaimer  of opinion,  and with the exception of a "going
concern"  qualification  because  of the  lack  of  material  operations  of and
recurring losses from operations of GRG on the date of the Independent Auditor's
Report,  were not  qualified  or  modified  as to  uncertainty,  audit  scope or
accounting principles.

      During GRG's three most recent  calendar  years,  and since then,  neither
Andersen,  Andersen and Strong nor Jones,  Jensen & Company has advised GRG that
any of the following exists or is applicable:

          (1)  That the internal controls  necessary for GRG to develop reliable
               financial  statements do not exist,  that information has come to
               their  attention  that has lead them to no longer be able to rely
               on management's  representations  or that has made them unwilling
               to be  associated  with  the  financial  statements  prepared  by
               management;

          (2)  That GRG needs to expand significantly the scope of
               its audit, or that information has come to their attention
               that if further investigated may materially impact the
               fairness or reliability of a previously issued audit report
               or the underlying financial statements or any other
               financial presentation, or cause them to be unwilling to
               rely on management's representations or be associated with
               GRG's financial statements for the foregoing reasons
               or any other reason; or

                                       40
<PAGE>

          (3)  That they have  advised  GRG that  information  has come to their
               attention  that  they  have  concluded   materially  impacts  the
               fairness  or  reliability  of either a  previously  issued  audit
               report or the underlying financial statements
               for the foregoing reasons or any other reason.

         During GRG's three most recent  calendar  years and since then, GRG has
not consulted  Jones Jensen & Company  regarding the  application  of accounting
principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type
of audit  opinion that might be rendered on GRG's  financial  statements  or any
other financial presentation whatsoever.

      GRG has provided Andersen, Andersen & Strong with a copy of the disclosure
provided under this caption of this Registration Statement, and has advised them
to provide GRG with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission
as to whether they agree or disagree with the disclosures made herein. A copy of
its response is attached hereto and is incorporated herein by this reference.
See Part III, Item 1.

Item 4.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
- -------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Common Stock
      ------------

            Name                           Date                       Number of Shares                 Aggregate
                                         Acquired                                                    Consideration
             <S>                     <C>                              <C>                          <C>
Alliance Marketing                         December 1997                  1,000,000                       (1)
International Tele-Data                 March 1998                        5,224,310                       (2)
Catalyst Communications                 March 1998                        3,150,000                       (3)
Vikki Cook                             December 1998                       250,000                        (4)
Ranald Stewart                         December 1998                       250,000                        (4)
Chris Beck                             December 1998                       250,000                        (4)
O.H. Davidsmeyer, Jr.                  December 1998                       250,000                        (4)
SB Resources Group, Inc.               December 1998                      1,200,000                       (5)
ASFT, Inc.                             November 1998                       200,000                        (6)
Justine Blankenship                    November 1998                       250,000                        (7)
United Funding Solutions,               March 1998                         350,000                        (8)
Inc.


                                       41
<PAGE>

Franklin PB Enterprises                February 1998                       450,000                        (9a)
E-Tel                                    June 1998                         10,000                         (9b)
Pro Sports Group Corp.                   June 1998                         25,000                         (9c)
504 Regulation D Offering                Fall 1998                         663,956                        (10)
504 Regulation D Offering              Winter 98/99                        448,647                        (11)
Private Placement                   Spring/Summer 1999                    3,247,514                       (12)
Performance Shares Issuance          November 12, 1999                    1,560,000                       (13)
to Ken Craig
Performance Shares Issuance          November 12, 1999                    1,560,000                       (14)
to Jeff Good
</TABLE>

*  Please refer to the below information for details on aggregate consideration

(1) In  December  1997,  the Company  issued  1,000,000  shares for  services to
Alliance  Leasing,  valued at $0.001 per share.  Those shares were  cancelled in
February 1999.

(2) In March 1998,  the Company  acquired the  international  telecommunications
assets from International Teledata, Inc. for 5,224,310 shares of common stock in
1998, in a transaction  valued at the predecessor cost of $23,749 or $0.0045 per
share.

(3) In March 1998, the Company acquired  Teleprizes(TM)  for 3,150,000 shares of
common stock, with certain  marketing rights associated with providing  internet
scratch off  sweepstakes  promotions  to internet  web sites to induce  traffic.
Teleprizes(TM)  was acquired from Catalyst  Communications,  Inc., a corporation
controlled by Carl Smith,  O. Howard  Davidsmeyer,  Jr. and Matthew A. Veal. The
acquisition was accounted for at predecessor cost of $95,934 or $0.03 per share.
That affiliate and related control parties also  contributed  $1,625,000 in cash
and payment of expenses to the Company.

(4) In December  1998,  the Company  issued  250,000  shares each under four (4)
contracts  for board  services to each of its directors  (Carl Smith,  O. Howard
Davidsmeyer,  Jr.,  Chris Beck and Ranald  Stewart,  Jr.) for  services in 1998.
Those issuances were valued at $0.991 per share,  which  approximates the market
value and offering price of the Company's shares during 1998.

(5) In  December  1998,  the  Company  issued  1,200,000  shares  of stock to SB
Resources   Group,   Inc.,  a  corporation   controlled   by  Carl  Smith,   for
telecommunications  services  associated  with  the sale  and  marketing  of the
Company's internet  sweepstakes  products.  This contract was also valued at the
$1.00 market price of the Company's stock.

                                       42
<PAGE>

(6) In November  1998,  the Company issued 200,000 shares under an agreement for
administrative services from ASFT, Inc., a corporation controlled by Carl Smith,
which accrued during 1998. These shares were also valued at $1.00 per share.


         Reimbursements
         --------------

(7) In November 1998, The Company reimbursed Justine Blankenship, a shareholder,
for a $250,000  expenditure  by issuing her 250,000 shares of common stock which
were valued at $1.00 per share.

         Mergers and Acquisitions
         ------------------------

(8) In  March  1998,  the  Company  issued  350,000  shares  to  United  Funding
Solutions,  Inc., a company controlled by Chris Beck, for services in connection
with  acquisition  made by the  Company.  These  shares were valued at $1.00 per
share.

         Rescinded Acquisitions
         ----------------------

(9) The Company issued shares in connection with the rescinded  acquisition of 3
entities, each of which is discussed below:

a. Franklin P.B.  Enterprises-  The Company  entered into  contracts in February
1998 to  acquire  companies  with  various  real  estate  holdings  owned  by an
unrelated shareholder. The Company advanced $238,494 and issued 3,150,000 shares
of its common  stock,  of which  2,700,000  shares  were  canceled.  The Company
accounted for the shares at $1.00 per share.

b. E-Tel - In June 1998,  the  Company  entered  into a contract  to acquire the
common stock of E-Tel  Corporation for 1,250,000  shares of common stock.  E-Tel
was also in the international long distance phone business.  The transaction was
canceled  after the Company's  determination  that it would be unable to recover
its  investment.  The Company  recovered and cancelled  1,240,000  shares of the
stock.

c. Pro Sports Group  Corporation - In June 1998, the Company acquired Pro Sports
Group Corporation for 200,000 shares, valued at $1.00 per share, as a complement
to its  marketing  operations.  When Pro Sports was found to have no value,  the
Company  terminated the acquisition  recovered  175,000 shares and wrote-off the
remaining 25,000 shares at $1.00 per share. The Company accounted for the shares
at $1.00 per share.


         Shares Issued in 504 Regulation D Offering at $1.00 per Share
         -------------------------------------------------------------

(10) The Company sold 663,956 of its common  shares for cash at various dates in
 September and October 1998.


         Shares Issued in 504 Regulation D Offering at $0.75 per Share
         -------------------------------------------------------------

(11) The Company sold 376,627 of its common shares to investors in November 1998
for cash, and 72,020 shares to investors for cash in January 1999.

                                       43
<PAGE>

(12) During 1999,  ASFT,  Inc., a related  party,  purchased  for cash,  356,400
shares  for  $0.25  per  share  and  1,304,200   shares  for  $0.50  per  share.
Non-affiliated investors also purchased 98,126 shares for $0.50 per share in the
spring of 1999 and 1,488,788 shares for $0.25 per share in the summer of 1999.

(13) Received  1,560,000 shares in a stock performance  agreement dated November
12,  1999,  subject to vesting  based on 1 share  released for every $2.00 gross
profit earned.

(14) Received  1,560,000 shares in a stock performance  agreement dated November
12,  1999,  subject to vesting  based on 1 share  released for every $2.00 gross
profit earned.



*per answers provided by management but not on shareholders list

         All issued  pursuant to Consulting  Fee  Agreements  with each of these
persons or entities.

      Each of these persons had access to all material information regarding GRG
prior to the offer or sale of these  securities;  ASFT,  Inc.  and SB  Resources
Group,  Inc.  are  beneficially  owned by Vikki C. Cook who is believed to be an
"accredited  investor";  and the  other  shares  were  issued  to  directors  or
executive  officers who had access to all material  information  respecting GRG.
The offers and sales of all of these securities are believed to have been exempt
from the  registration  requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended,  pursuant  to Section  4(2)  thereof,  and from  similar  applicable
states'  securities laws, rules and regulations  exempting the offer and sale of
these securities by available state exemptions from required registration.

Item 5.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
- ---------------------------------------------------

         Section  78.751(1) of the Nevada Revised Statutes ("NRS")  authorizes a
Nevada corporation to indemnify any director,  officer,  employee,  or corporate
agent  "who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether civil,
criminal,  administrative or investigative,  except an action by or in the right
of the corporation" due to his or her corporate role.  Section 78.751(1) extends
this protection "against expenses,  including attorneys' fees, judgments,  fines
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in
connection with the action,  suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith
and in a manner which he or she  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation,  and, with respect to any criminal action
or  proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to  believe  his or her  conduct  was
unlawful."

      Section  78.751(2)  of the  NRS  also  authorizes  indemnification  of the
reasonable  defense or  settlement  expenses of a corporate  director,  officer,
employee or agent who is sued, or is threatened  with a suit, by or in the right
of the  corporation.  The party must have been acting in good faith and with the
reasonable  belief that his or her actions were not opposed to the corporation's
best interests.  Unless the court rules that the party is reasonably entitled to
indemnification,  the party  seeking  indemnification  must not have been  found
liable to the corporation.

                                       44
<PAGE>


      To the extent that a corporate director,  officer,  employee,  or agent is
successful  on the merits or  otherwise in  defending  any action or  proceeding
referred to in Section  78.751(1)  or  78.751(2),  Section  78.751(3) of the NRS
requires that he be indemnified  "against expenses,  including  attorneys' fees,
actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense."

      Section 78.751 (4) of the NRS limits indemnification under Sections 78.751
(1) and  78.751(2) to situations  in which either (1) the  stockholders,  (2)the
majority  of a  disinterested  quorum of  directors,  or (3)  independent  legal
counsel determine that indemnification is proper under the circumstances.

      Pursuant to Section  78.751(5) of the NRS, the  corporation may advance an
officer's or director's  expenses incurred in defending any action or proceeding
upon receipt of an undertaking. Section 78.751(6)(a) provides that the rights to
indemnification and advancement of expenses shall not be deemed exclusive of any
other  rights  under  any  bylaw,   agreement,   stockholder  vote  or  vote  of
disinterested   directors.   Section   78.751(6)(b)   extends   the   rights  to
indemnification  and  advancement  of  expenses to former  directors,  officers,
employees and agents, as well as their heirs, executors, and administrators.

      Regardless of whether a director, officer, employee or agent has the right
to indemnity,  Section  78.752 allows the  corporation  to purchase and maintain
insurance on his behalf  against  liability  resulting from his or her corporate
role.


                       Index to Financial Statements
                  Report of Independent Auditors
          (a)
                        Jones Jensen & Company, LLC
                       Index to Financial Statements
                  Report of Independent Auditors

Financial Statements.
- ---------------------

     Audited Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 1998.
     ---------------------------------

     Independent Auditors' Report.

     Balance Sheet.

     Statements of Operations.

     Statements of Stockholders' Equity.

     Statements of Cash Flows.

     Notes to the Financial Statements.

     Unaudited Financial Statements for the period ended September 30, 1999.
     ------------------------------------

     Balance Sheet.

     Statements of Operations.

     Statement of Stockholders' Equity.

     Statements of Cash Flows.

     Notes to Financial Statements



                                       45
<PAGE>





                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba GLOBAL RESOURCES GROUP, INC.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)

                                               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                 December 31, 1998







                                       46
<PAGE>


                                              C O N T E N T S

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>

Independent Auditors' Report............................................................................ 3

Balance Sheet........................................................................................... 4

Statements of Operations.................................................................................6

Statements of Stockholders' Equity...................................................................... 7

Statements of Cash Flows............................................................................... 10

Notes to the Financial Statements...................................................................... 12

</TABLE>


                                       47
<PAGE>







                                        INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


Board of Directors
GRG, Inc.
(dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
(Formerly Gighlieri Corporation)
(A Development Stage Company)
St. Petersburg, Florida

We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet  of GRG,  Inc.  (dba  Global
Resources Group,  Inc.) (formerly  Ghiglieri  Corporation) (a development  stage
company) as of  December  31, 1998 and the  related  statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the years ended  December  31, 1998 and
1997.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of GRG, Inc. (dba Global Resources
Group, Inc.) (formerly  Ghiglieri  Corporation) (a development stage company) as
of December  31, 1998 and the results of its  operations  and its cash flows for
the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company  will  continue  as a  going  concern.  As  discussed  in  Note 4 to the
financial  statements,  the Company's  recurring  losses from operations and net
accumulated  deficit raise  substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going concern. Management's plans concerning these matters are also described in
Note 4. The  financial  statements  do not  include any  adjustments  that might
result from the outcome of this uncertainty.



Jones, Jensen & Company
Salt Lake City, Utah
November 10, 1999




                                       48
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                                   Balance Sheet
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                      ASSETS

                                                                                                    December 31,
                                                                                                     1998
CURRENT ASSETS                                                                                 -------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>

   Cash                                                                                        $         100,060
   Other current assets                                                                                      110
                                                                                               ------------------
     Total Current Assets                                                                                100,170
                                                                                               ------------------
FIXED ASSETS (Note 1)

   Furniture and fixtures                                                                                 13,424
   Accumulated depreciation                                                                               (1,134)
                                                                                               ------------------
     Net Fixed Assets                                                                                     12,290
                                                                                               ------------------
OTHER ASSETS

   Settlement receivable, net of allowance (Note 2)                                                      125,000
   Investment in contracts (Notes 3, 6 and 7)                                                             95,934
                                                                                               ------------------
     Total Other Assets                                                                                  220,934
                                                                                               ------------------
     TOTAL ASSETS                                                                              $         333,394
                                                                                               ==================
                    The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these
financial statements.
</TABLE>



                                       49
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                             Balance Sheet (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                                                    December 31,
                                                                                                     1998

CURRENT LIABILITIES
<S>                                                                                           <C>

  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                                        $          21,041
  Note payable to officer (Note 6)                                                                         3,000
                                                                                               ------------------
     Total Current Liabilities                                                                            24,041
                                                                                               ------------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 2)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes 3 and 6)

  Common stock, $.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized;
    issued and outstanding 16,899,893 shares                                                              16,900
  Additional paid-in capital                                                                           6,198,540
  Deficit accumulated during the development stage                                                    (5,906,087)
                                                                                               ------------------
     Total Stockholders' Equity                                                                          309,353
                                                                                               ------------------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                $         333,394
                                                                                               ==================

                    The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these
financial statements.
</TABLE>



                                       50
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                             Statements of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           From
                                                                                                       Inception of the
                                                                                                        Development
                                                                                                         Stage on
                                                                                                         March 19,
                                                                        For the Years Ended            1992 Through
                                                                            December 31,                December 31,
                                                                       1998             1997               1998
                                                                                                        (Unaudited)
                                                                       ---------------------           -------------
REVENUES
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>               <C>

  Sales, net                                                       $         -       $        -        $        -
  Cost of sales                                                              -                -                 -
                                                                   ---------------   -----------       -------------
     Gross Margin                                                            -                -                 -
                                                                   ---------------   -----------       -------------
EXPENSES

  General and administrative                                            4,746,129        21,983            4,794,460
  Depreciation and amortization                                             1,134           -                  1,134
                                                                   ---------------   -----------       -------------
     Total Expenses                                                     4,747,263         21,983           4,795,594
                                                                   ---------------   -----------       -------------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS                                                   (4,747,263)       (21,983)         (4,795,594)
                                                                   ---------------   -----------       -------------
OTHER (EXPENSE)

  Loss on disposition of property and equipment                           (23,749)          -                (23,749)
  Writeoff of rescinded acquisitions (Note 3)                          (1,086,744)          -             (1,086,744)
                                                                   ---------------   -----------       -------------
     Total Other (Expense)                                             (1,110,493)          -             (1,110,493)
                                                                   ---------------   -----------       -------------
(LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                             (5,857,756)      (21,983)          (5,906,087)

INCOME TAX EXPENSE                                                           -                -                 -
                                                                   ---------------   -----------       -------------
NET (LOSS)                                                         $    5,857,756)   $   (21,983)      $  (5,906,087)
                                                                   ===============   ===========       =============
BASIC (LOSS) PER SHARE                                             $        (0.48)   $     (0.01)
                                                                   ===============   ===========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING                                    12,269,191      3,461,538
                                                                   ===============   ===========

</TABLE>


                    The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these
financial statements.



                                       51
<PAGE>



                                                           GRG, INC.
                                              (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                               (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                                 (A Development Stage Company)
                                    Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Additional
                                                              Common Stock            Paid-in    Accumulated
                                                  Shares          Amount         Capital        Deficit           Total
<S>                                              <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance at inception on
 March 19, 1992, unaudited                            -       $       -       $       -       $    -          $         -

Issuance of common capital stock
 for cash at $0.003 per share at
 March 19, 1992                                   750,000             750           1,500          -                  2,250

Capital contributions by
 shareholder's through payment of
 expenses                                              -               -            2,400          -                  2,400

Net loss from inception on March 19,
1992 through December 31, 1993                         -               -               -         (9,504)             (9,504)
                                               ------------        ---------   -----------    ----------       -------------
Balance, December 31, 1993
 (unaudited)                                       750,000             750          3,900        (9,504)             (4,854)

Capital contributions by
 shareholders' through payment of
 expenses                                              -               -           16,040          -                 16,040

Issuance of common capital stock
 for cash at $0.008 per share -
 net of offering costs                           2,250,000           2,250         15,391          -                 17,641

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1994                                     -               -               -        (12,144)            (12,144)
                                               ------------        ---------   -----------    ----------       -------------
Balance, December 31, 1994
 (unaudited)                                     3,000,000           3,000         35,331       (21,648)             16,683

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1995                                     -               -               -           -                     -
                                               ------------        ---------   -----------    ----------       -------------
Balance, December 31, 1995
 (unaudited)                                     3,000,000           3,000          35,331       (21,648)            16,683

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1996                                     -               -               -          (4,700)            (4,700)
                                               ------------        ---------   -----------    ----------       -------------
Balance, December 31, 1996                       3,000,000    $      3,000    $     35,331   $   (26,348)     $      11,983
                                               ------------        ---------   -----------    ----------       -------------
</TABLE>


                    The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these
financial statements.



                                       52
<PAGE>



                                                           GRG, INC.
                                              (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                               (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                                 (A Development Stage Company)
                        Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                Additional
                                                              Common Stock            Paid-in    Accumulated
                                                  Shares          Amount         Capital        Deficit           Total
<S>                                              <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>

Balance, December 31, 1996                         3,000,000  $        3,000  $       35,331  $      (26,348) $         11,983

Issuance of common capital stock
 for services at $0.01 per share                   1,000,000           1,000           9,000          -                 10,000

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1997                                    -               -               -              (21,983)          (21,983)
                                                  ----------  --------------  --------------  --------------- -----------------
Balance, December 31, 1997                         4,000,000           4,000          44,331         (48,331)           -

Common stock issued for
 acquisition of International
 Teleservices Operating Division
 at predecessor cost of $0.00
 per share per share                               5,224,310           5,224          18,525          -                 23,749

Common stock issued for
 acquisition of Teleprizes
 Operating Division at predecessor
 cost of $0.03 per share                           3,150,000           3,150          92,784          -                 95,934

Capital contribution by shareholders                  -               -            1,625,000          -              1,625,000

Issuance of shares to directors
 for services at $0.99 per share                   1,000,000           1,000         990,000          -                991,000

Issuance of shares for
 telecommunications services at
 $1.00 per share                                   1,200,000           1,200       1,198,800          -              1,200,000
                                                  ----------  --------------  --------------  --------------- -----------------
Balance Forward                                   14,574,310  $       14,574  $    3,969,440  $      (48,331) $      3,935,683
                                                  ----------  --------------  --------------  --------------- -----------------
</TABLE>



                    The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these
financial statements.



                                       53
<PAGE>



                                                           GRG, INC.
                                              (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                               (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                                 (A Development Stage Company)
                           Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
                                                         (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                Additional
                                                      Common Stock               Paid-in        Accumulated
                                                  Shares          Amount         Capital          Deficit           Total
                                                  ---------     ----------     -------------   -------------   ---------------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>

Balance Forward                                   14,574,310  $       14,574  $    3,969,440  $      (48,331) $      3,935,683

Issuance of shares for
 administrative services at
 $1.00 per share                                     200,000             200         199,800          -                200,000

Issuance of shares to shareholder
 as reimbursement for expenses
 paid at $1.00 per share                             250,000             250         249,750          -                250,000

Issuance of shares for merger
 and acquisition services at $1.00
 per share                                           350,000             350         349,650          -                350,000

Common stock issued in rescinded
 acquisitions at $1.00 per share                     485,000             485         484,515          -                485,000

Issuance of shares in Regulation D
 Rule 504 offering at $1.00 per share                663,956             664         663,292          -                663,956

Issuance of shares in Regulation D
 Rule 504 offering at $0.75 per share                376,627             377         282,093          -                282,470

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1998                                    -               -               -           (5,857,756)       (5,857,756)
                                                  ----------  --------------  --------------  --------------- -----------------
Balance, December 31, 1998                        16,899,893  $       16,900  $    6,198,540  $   (5,906,087) $        309,353
                                                  ==========  ==============  ==============  =============== =================



</TABLE>

                    The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these
financial statements.



                                       54
<PAGE>



                                                           GRG, INC.
                                              (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                               (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                                 (A Development Stage Company)
                                                   Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              From
                                                                                                          Inception of the
                                                                                                            Development
                                                                                                              Stage on
                                                                                                              March 19,
                                                                         For the Years Ended               1992 Through
                                                                           December 31,                    December 31,
                                                                       1998             1997                  1998
                                                                                                          (Unaudited)
                                                                   ----------------  ----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>              <C> >

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

   Net (loss)                                                      $     (5,857,756) $       (21,983)  $    (5,906,087)
   Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash
    used in operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                                            1,134           -                  1,134
     Issuance of stock for services                                       2,991,000           -              2,991,000
     Issuance of stock for expenses                                          -                10,000            10,000
     Stock issued in rescinded acquisitions                                 485,000           -                485,000
     Allowance for doubtful accounts                                        125,000           -                125,000
     Loss on disposition of property and equipment                           23,749           -                 23,749
   Changes in asset and liabilities:
     Decrease in inventory                                                   -                18,668            -
     (Increase) in other assets                                                (110)          -                   (110)
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable                                 21,041           (6,685)           21,041
                                                                   ----------------  ----------------  -----------------
       Net Cash (Used) in Operating Activities                           (2,210,942)          -             (2,249,273)
                                                                   ----------------  ----------------  -----------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

   Settlement recoverable from supplier                                    (250,000)          -               (250,000)
   Purchase of fixed assets                                                 (13,424)          -                (13,424)
                                                                   ----------------  ----------------  -----------------
       Net Cash (Used) in Investing Activities                             (263,424)          -               (263,424)
                                                                   ----------------  ----------------  -----------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

   Expenses paid by shareholders                                             -                -                 18,440
   Cash contributed by promoters                                          1,625,000           -              1,625,000
   Borrowings from related parties                                          311,711           -                311,711
   Payments to related parties                                             (308,711)          -               (308,711)
   Issuance of common stock for cash                                        946,426           -                966,317
                                                                   ----------------  ----------------  -----------------
       Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities                   $      2,574,426  $        -        $     2,612,757
                                                                   ================  ================  =================

</TABLE>

                    The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these
financial statements.



                                       55
<PAGE>





                                                           GRG, INC.

                                              (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                               (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                                 (A Development Stage Company)
                                            Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              From
                                                                                                           Inception of the
                                                                                                             Development
                                                                                                             Stage on
                                                                                                             March 19,
                                                                         For the Years Ended               1992 Through
                                                                           December 31,                    December 31,
                                                                       1998             1997                   1998
                                                                                                            (Unaudited)
                                                                   ----------------  -----------       -------------------
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>               <C>


NET INCREASE IN CASH                                               $        100,060  $        -        $       100,060

CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                                                    -                -                 -
                                                                   ----------------  -----------       -------------------
CASH AT END OF YEAR                                                $        100,060  $        -        $       100,060
                                                                   ================  ===========       ===================
CASH PAID FOR:

  Interest expense                                                 $         -       $        -        $        -
  Income taxes                                                     $         -       $        -        $        -

NON CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

  Common stock issued for ITD assets                               $         23,749  $        -        $        23,749
  Common stock issued for acquisition of Teleprizes Division       $         95,934  $        -        $        95,934
  Common stock issued for services                                 $      2,991,000  $        -        $     2,991,000
  Common stock issued in rescinded acquisitions                    $        485,000  $                 $       485,000
</TABLE>

                    The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these
financial statements.



                                       56
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                           Notes to Financial Statements
                                                  December 31, 1998


NOTE 1 -      ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

              The Company was originally incorporated as Karat Productions, Inc.
              under the laws of the State of Nevada on March 19, 1992.  The
              Company changed its name to Global Resources Group, Inc. in
              February 1998.  The Company has not paid dividends.
              Dividends that may be paid in the future will depend on the
              financial requirements of the Company and other relevant factors.

              On June 5, 1997,  the Company  completed a forward  stock split of
              one share for three shares and changed the par value of its common
              stock from $0.0005 to $0.001. This report has been prepared giving
              effect to the stock split shares from inception.

              During 1994, the Company  completed a public offering of 2,250,000
              (adjusted  for) shares and received  $15,391,  net of the offering
              expenses.

              At the  organization  date, the Company had intended to pursue the
              business  of  manufacturing  jewelry  and in that  connection  the
              Company  purchased an inventory of various  types of jewelry to be
              used in that activity.  However,  after the death of an officer of
              the Company the planned activity was abandoned.

              The Company has been in the development stage since inception per
              SFAS No. 7.

              The Company's planned principle  operations are in the business of
              building a Pan-  American  communications  network  with access to
              international  switching centers in various U.S. cities and points
              of presence throughout Mexico and the Caribbean.

              A summary of the significant policies  consistently applied in the
              preparation of the financial statements follows:

              a. Accounting Method

              The Company's financial  statements are prepared using the accrual
              method of accounting. The Company has adopted a calendar year end.

              b. Basic (Loss) Per Share

              The computation of basic (loss) per share of common stock is based
              on the weighted  average number of shares  outstanding at the date
              of the consolidated financial statements.


                                       57
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                           Notes to Financial Statements
                                            December 31, 1998 and 1997


NOTE 1 -      ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES (Continued)

              c. Income Taxes

              At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  had a net  operating  loss
              carryforward  of  approximately  $5,900,000  that  may  be  offset
              against  future  taxable  income  through 2013. No tax benefit has
              been  reported in the  financial  statements,  because the Company
              believes  there is a 50% or greater chance the  carryforward  will
              expire unused. Accordingly, the potential tax benefits of the loss
              carryforward  are  offset  by a  valuation  allowance  of the same
              amount.

              d. Cash Equivalents

              The Company  considers all highly liquid  investments and deposits
              with a maturity of three months or less when  purchased to be cash
              equivalents.

              e.  Revenue Recognition

              The Company records communications  services revenue as earned, at
              the time services are provided.  Network  capacity  sales, if any,
              are recorded at the time the capacity is provided to the customer.

              f. Depreciation

              Furniture  and  fixtures  are  stated  at  cost.  Depreciation  of
              property  and  equipment  is  computed  using   straight-line  and
              accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the related
              assets, are as follows:

                     Furniture and fixtures                              5 years

              g.  Estimates

              The  preparation  of  financial   statements  in  conformity  with
              generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to
              make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
              assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure of contingent  assets and
              liabilities  at the  date  of the  financial  statements  and  the
              reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting
              period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

              h.  Advertising

              The  Company   follows  the  policy  of  charging   the  costs  of
              advertising to expense as incurred.




                                       58
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                           Notes to Financial Statements
                                                 December 31, 1998


NOTE 1 -      ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES (Continued)

              i.  Intangible Assets

              Acquired  employee  base and sales force in place  represents  the
              intangible  assets  associated with the acquisition of independent
              sales  organizations and investment in contracts discussed in Note
              3 are being amortized over five (5) years.

               j.  Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and Long-Lived  Assets to be
               Disposed   of   Long-lived   assets  and   certain   identifiable
               intangibles  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or
               changes in circumstances  indicate that the carrying amount of an
               asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held
               and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an
               asset to future net cash flows  expected to be  generated  by the
               asset.  If  such  assets  are  considered  to  be  impaired,  the
               impairment  to be  recognized  is measured by the amount by which
               the  carrying  amount of the assets  exceed the fair value of the
               assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the
               carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

              k.  Change in Accounting Principle

              The Financial  Accounting  Standards Board has issued Statement of
              Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS") No. 128,  "Earnings Per
              Share" and  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 129
              "Disclosures of Information About an Entity's Capital  Structure."
              SFAS No. 128 provides a different  method of calculating  earnings
              per share than was previously  used in accordance with APB Opinion
              No.  15,  "Earning  Per  Share."  SFAS No.  128  provides  for the
              calculation  of "Basic" and "Dilutive"  earnings per share.  Basic
              earnings  per  share  includes  no  dilution  and is  computed  by
              dividing income  available to common  shareholders by the weighted
              average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for the  period.
              Diluted  earnings  per share  reflects the  potential  dilution of
              securities that could share in the earnings of an entity,  similar
              to fully  diluted  earnings  per share.  SFAS No. 129  establishes
              standards for  disclosing  information  about an entity's  capital
              structure.  SFAS  No.  128 and  SFAS  No.  129 are  effective  for
              financial  statements issued for periods ending after December 15,
              1997. In fiscal 1998, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 128, which did
              not have a material impact on the Company's financial  statements.
              The  implementation of SFAS No. 129 did not have a material effect
              on the Company's financial statements.




                                       59
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                           Notes to Financial Statements
                                                 December 31, 1998

NOTE 1 -      ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES (Continued)

              k.  Change in Accounting Principle (Continued)

              The Financial  Accounting Standards Board has also issued SFAS No.
              130,   "Reporting   Comprehensive   Income"   and  SFAS  No.  131,
              "Disclosures   about   Segments  of  an  Enterprise   and  Related
              Information." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and
              display of  comprehensive  income,  its components and accumulated
              balances.  Comprehensive  income is defined to include all changes
              in equity except those  resulting  from  investments by owners and
              distributions  to owners.  Among other  disclosures,  SFAS No. 130
              requires that all items that are required to be  recognized  under
              current accounting standards as components of comprehensive income
              be reported in a financial  statement  that displays with the same
              prominence as other financial statements.  SFAS No. 131 supersedes
              SFAS No.  14  "Financial  Reporting  for  Segments  of a  Business
              Enterprise."  SFAS No. 131  establishes  standards on the way that
              public  companies  report  financial  information  about operating
              segments in annual financial  statements and requires reporting of
              selected information about operating segments in interim financial
              statements issued to the public. It also establishes standards for
              disclosure  regarding products and services,  geographic areas and
              major  customers.  SFAS No.  131  defines  operating  segments  as
              components of a company about which separate financial information
              is available  that is evaluated  regularly by the chief  operating
              decision  maker  in  deciding  how to  allocate  resources  and in
              assessing performance.

              SFAS No. 130 and 131 are effective for  financial  statements  for
              periods beginning after December 15, 1997 and requires comparative
              information  for earlier years to be restated.  Implementation  of
              SFAS  No.  130  and  131 did not  have a  material  effect  on the
              Company's financial statements.

              In  February  1998,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board
              ("FASB")  issued  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standard
              ("SFAS") No 132. "Employers'  Disclosures about Pensions and other
              Postretirement   Benefits"  which   standardizes   the  disclosure
              requirements  for pensions and other  Postretirement  benefits and
              requires   additional   information  on  changes  in  the  benefit
              obligations  and fair values of plan  assets that will  facilitate
              financial analysis.  SFAS No. 132 is effective for years beginning
              after December 15, 1997 and requires  comparative  information for
              earlier  years to be  restated,  unless  such  information  is not
              readily available.  The adoption of this statement had no material
              impact on the Company's financial statement.

              In June  1998,  the FASB  issued  SFAS No.  133,  "Accounting  for
              Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities"  which  requires
              companies to record derivatives as assets or liabilities, measured
              at fair market value.  Gains or losses  resulting  from changes in
              the values of those  derivatives  would be accounted for depending
              on the use of the  derivative  and whether it qualifies  for hedge
              accounting.  The key  criterion  for hedge  accounting is that the
              hedging   relationship  must  be  highly  effective  in  achieving
              offsetting  changes in fair value or cash  flows.  SFAS No. 133 is
              effective for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal years beginning after
              June 15, 1999.  Management believes the adoption of this statement
              will  have  no  material   impact  on  the   Company's   financial
              statements.


                                       60
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                         Notes to the Financial Statements
                                                 December 31, 1998


NOTE 2 -      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

              a. Leases

              The Company leases 3,000 square feet for its operations in St.
              Petersburg, Florida. Minimum future rentals for the next five
              years are as follows:

                             1999                            $           38,818
                             2000                                        39,565
                             2001                                        40,311
                             2002                                            -
                             2003                                            -
                                      Total                  $          118,694

              Rent  expense for the years ended  December  31, 1998 and 1997 was
              $43,920 and $-0-, respectively.

              b.  Employment Contracts

              Effective  November 1, 1998, the Company has entered into a 3-year
              employment  agreement  with its  Chief  Operating  Officer,  which
              provides for a base salary of $140,000 per year plus benefits. The
              agreement was modified during 1999 (see Note 7).

              c.  Litigation

              From time to time,  the  Company is subject to  litigation  in the
              normal course of business.  The Company  believes that any adverse
              outcome from litigation  would not have a material  adverse effect
              on its financial  position or results of  operations.  The Company
              has  received  a  settlement  from a supplier  resulting  from the
              supplier's inability to provide telecommunication  services during
              1998. The Company has reserved $125,000 against that settlement.

NOTE 3 -      EQUITY TRANSACTIONS

              International Teledata Acquisition

              The Company acquired the international  telecommunications  assets
              from International  Teledata,  Inc. for 5,224,310 shares of common
              stock in 1998, in a transaction  valued at the predecessor cost of
              $23,749 or $0.00 per share.  Predecessor  cost was used because it
              approximated the value of the assets acquired.




                                       61
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                         Notes to the Financial Statements
                                                 December 31, 1998


NOTE 3 -      EQUITY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

              Teleprizes

              The Company acquired  Teleprizes TM for 3,150,000 shares of common
              stock,  with certain  marketing  rights  associated with providing
              internet scratch off sweepstakes  promotions to internet  websites
              to induce  traffic.  Teleprizes TM was acquired from an affiliated
              company, Catalyst Communications,  Inc, which is controlled by the
              major  shareholders of the Company.  The acquisition was accounted
              for at predecessor  cost of $95,934 or $0.03 per share because the
              shares were issued to related parties.  That affiliate and related
              control parties also contributed $1,625,000 in cash and payment of
              expenses to the Company.

              Board Services

              The Company  issued  250,000  shares each under four (4) contracts
              for board  services to each of its directors for services in 1998.
              Those issuances were valued at $0.99 per share, which approximates
              the market value and offering price of the Company's shares during
              1998.

              Telecommunications Services

              The  Company  issued  1,200,000  shares of stock to a  corporation
              controlled  by  an  affiliate,  for  telecommunications   services
              associated  with the sale and marketing of the Company's  internet
              sweepstakes products. This contract was valued at the $1.00 market
              price of the Company's stock.

              Administrative Services

              The  Company   issued   200,000  shares  under  an  agreement  for
              administrative  services which accrued  during 1998.  These shares
              were valued at $1.00 per share.

              Reimbursements

              The Company reimbursed a shareholder for a $250,000 expenditure by
              issuing  her 250,000  shares of common  stock which were valued at
              $1.00 per share.

              Merger and Acquisition Services

              The Company issued 350,000 shares to a company affiliated with one
              of its directors for services in connection with  acquisition made
              by the Company. These shares were valued at $1.00 per share.




                                       62
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                         Notes to the Financial Statements
                                                 December 31, 1998


NOTE 3 -      EQUITY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

              Rescinded Acquisitions

              The  Company  issued  shares  in  connection  with  the  rescinded
              acquisition of 3 entities, each of which is discussed below:

              a.     Franklin  P  B  Enterprises  -  The  Company  entered  into
                     contracts  to acquire  companies  with  various real estate
                     holdings  owned  by  a  common  shareholder.   The  Company
                     advanced  cash of $238,494 and issued  3,150,000  shares of
                     its common stock, of which 2,700,000  shares were canceled.
                     The  Company  accounted  for the shares at $1.00 per share.
                     The  Company  expensed  all  amounts  associated  with this
                     transaction  based  on its  determination  that it would be
                     unable  to  recover  its   investment  and  terminated  its
                     agreement.

              b.     E-Tel - The Company  entered into a contract to acquire the
                     common stock of E-Tel  Corporation for 1,250,000  shares of
                     common  stock.  E-Tel  was also in the  international  long
                     distance phone business. The transaction was canceled after
                     the  Company's  determination  that it would be  unable  to
                     recover its  investment.  The Company  recovered  1,240,000
                     shares of the  stock  but  expensed  the  remaining  10,000
                     shares  valued  at $1.00 per  share  and cash  advances  of
                     $220,750.

              c.     Pro Sports  Group  Corporation  - The Company  acquired Pro
                     Sports  Group  Corporation  for 200,000  shares,  valued at
                     $1.00  per  share,   as  a  complement   to  its  marketing
                     operations. When Pro Sports was found to have no value, the
                     Company terminated the acquisition recovered 175,000 shares
                     and  wrote-off  the  remaining  25,000  shares at $1.00 per
                     share and cash advances of $142,500.

              Shares Issued in 504 Regulation D Offering at $1.00 Per Share

              The  Company  sold  663,956  of its  common  shares  for  cash  to
investors.

              Shares Issued in 504 Regulation D Offering at $0.75 Per Share

              The Company  sold 376,627 of its common  shares to  investors  for
cash.

NOTE 4 -      GOING CONCERN

              The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared using
              generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applicable to a going
              concern  which   contemplates   the   realization  of  assets  and
              liquidation of  liabilities in the normal course of business.  The
              Company has incurred  losses from its inception  through  December
              1998.




                                       63
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                         Notes to the Financial Statements
                                                 December 31, 1998

NOTE 4 -      GOING CONCERN (Continued)

              The Company's plans for its future are as follows:

              a.     Selling  business in its  international  telecommunications
                     area:  The  Company  has  subsequently   entered  into  new
                     contracts in its  international  telecommunications  sector
                     which it believes will generate gross margins sufficient to
                     bring the Company to profitability.  The  implementation of
                     these   contracts  will  require  that  the  Company  raise
                     additional  capital for  equipment  and deposits  with long
                     distance carriers.

              b.     Further development of internal sweepstakes marketing area:
                     As  discussed  in Note 8, the Company  has  entered  into a
                     joint  marketing  agreement  with an  Internet  sweepstakes
                     provider.  Development  of this business is promising,  but
                     will require capital for startup  purposes.  The Company is
                     also pursuing additional  strategies  including the opening
                     of a website to sell telecommunications products.

              c.     Cost  containment:  The Company  recently  reduced its work
                     force   by   approximately   30%  in  the   marketing   and
                     administrative  areas. These reductions are not expected to
                     have any long-term impact on the Company.

              d.     Pursuit of mergers: From time to time, merger opportunities
                     with  entities  generating  positive  cash flow may  arise.
                     Current   management  will  vigorously   pursue  profitable
                     opportunities.

NOTE 5 -      REGULATORY MATTERS

              The Company is subject to regulation in countries in which it does
              business. The Company believes that an adverse determination as to
              the  permissibility  of the Company's  services under the laws and
              regulations  of any  such  country  may  have a  material  adverse
              short-term effect on its business,  particularly in Mexico and the
              Caribbean. There have been no adverse regulatory findings to date.

NOTE 6 -       RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

               During 1998, the Company issued shares to related  parties in the
following manner:

               Services

               During 1998,  the Company issued 4 contracts to its directors for
               250,000  shares  each  for  board  services.  Also  during  1998,
               affiliated  companies  of  directors  were  awarded  contracts of
               350,000   shares,   200,000  shares  and  1,200,000   shares  for
               acquisition services, administrative and consulting services, and
               telecommunications services, respectively. During March 1998, the
               Company  acquired  certain  assets from Catalyst  Communications,
               Inc.  (Catalyst),  a company  controlled  by its  directors,  for
               3,150,000  shares  of  common  stock.  See Note 3 for  additional
               discussion of these transactions.



                                       64
<PAGE>



                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                           Notes to Financial Statements
                                                 December 31, 1998


NOTE 6 -       RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

               Borrowings and Contributed Capital

               During 1998,  Catalyst  paid Company  expenses of $267,305 to the
               Company all of which was repaid. Catalyst and its affiliates also
               donated  capital of $1,625,000 to the Company.  An officer of the
               Company paid  Company  expenses of $44,406 to the Company and was
               repaid all but $3,000, which was subsequently paid back.

NOTE 7 -       SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

               Issuance of Employment Contracts

               In October 1999, the Company reached a three-year  agreement with
               a new Chief Executive Officer.  The agreement provides for a base
               salary of $150,000,  plus benefits and stock options. Final terms
               of the stock options have not been determined.

               Potential Dispute with Internet Supplier

               In June 1999, the Company  modified its existing  agreements with
               Real Time Media, Inc., to enter into a joint venture agreement to
               market   an   Internet   scratch-and-win   sweepstakes   product.
               Subsequently,  there arose a dispute between the Company and Real
               Time Media,  Inc. over certain  elements of that  agreement.  The
               Company  believes  that a  resolution  can be reached and has not
               reserved  against  capitalized  intangibles  associated with this
               relationship.

               Carrier Contracts

               In January 1999,  the Company  entered into contracts to purchase
               transmission capacity from various domestic and foreign carriers,
               particularly Qwest  International,  Inc. However,  the Company is
               currently  renegotiating  those  contracts.  The  Company  is not
               involved in disputes with carriers arising in the ordinary course
               of business other than as described below.

               Related Party Transactions

               During 1999,  ASFT,  Inc., a related  party,  purchased for cash,
               356,400 shares for $0.25 per share and 1,304,200 shares for $0.50
               per share.


                                       65
<PAGE>


                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                           Notes to Financial Statements
                                                 December 31, 1998


NOTE 7 -       SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

               Notes Payable

               From January through October 1999, the Company borrowed  $325,000
               of 10% notes  payable,  due in  monthly  installments  of $14,199
               until fully paid. The notes were  collateralized  by certain long
               distance  contracts of the Company.  The Company  issued  325,000
               warrants to noteholders  which are exercisable when the Company's
               stock price reaches $1.50 and expire on July 8, 2003.


                                       66
<PAGE>



















                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba GLOBAL RESOURCES GROUP, INC.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)

                                               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                     September 30, 1999 and December 31, 1998



                                       67
<PAGE>



                                                       GRG, INC.
                                          (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                           (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                             (A Development Stage Company)
                                                    Balance Sheets


                                                        ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  September 30,          December 31,
                                                                                   1999                   1998
                                                                             ------------------    --------------------
                                                                                 (Unaudited)

CURRENT ASSETS
<S>                                                                         <C>                   <C>

  Cash                                                                       $           74,033    $          100,060
  Refundable deposits                                                                     1,500                -
  Supplies and inventory                                                                 50,000                -
  Other                                                                                   2,610                   110
                                                                             ------------------    --------------------
     Total Current Assets                                                               128,143               100,170
                                                                             ------------------    --------------------
FIXED ASSETS (Note 1)

  Telecommunications equipment                                                          328,036                -
  Furniture and fixtures                                                                 13,424                13,424
  Accumulated depreciation                                                              (19,517)               (1,134)
                                                                             ------------------    --------------------
     Net Fixed Assets                                                                   321,943                12,290
                                                                             ------------------    --------------------
OTHER ASSETS

  Settlement receivable, net of allowance of $125,000
    and $125,000 at September 30, 1999 and
    December 31, 1998, respectively                                                      50,000               125,000
   Investment in contracts, net of accumulated amortization
    of $14,388 and $-0- at September 30, 1999 and
    December 31, 1998, respectively                                                      81,546                95,934
                                                                             ------------------    --------------------
     Total Other Assets                                                                 131,546               220,934
                                                                             ------------------    --------------------
     TOTAL ASSETS                                                            $          581,632    $          333,394
                                                                             ==================    ====================
</TABLE>


                      The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of  these
financial statements.




                                       68
<PAGE>



                                                       GRG, INC.
                                          (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                           (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                             (A Development Stage Company)
                                              Balance Sheets (Continued)


                                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  September 30,          December 31,
                                                                                   1999                   1998
                                                                             ------------------    -------------------
                                                                                  (Unaudited)
CURRENT LIABILITIES
<S>                                                                         <C>                   <C>

  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                      $           45,428    $           21,041
  Customer security deposits                                                             20,000                 -
  Note payable to officer                                                                      -                3,000
                                                                             ------------------    -------------------
     Total Current Liabilities                                                           65,428                24,041
                                                                             ------------------    -------------------
LONG-TERM NOTE PAYABLE                                                                  193,419                -
                                                                             ------------------    -------------------
     Total Liabilities                                                                  258,847                24,041
                                                                             ------------------    -------------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized;  19,219,427 and
   16,899,893 shares issued and outstanding,
   at September 30, 1999 and December 31, 1998, respectively                             19,219                16,900
  Additional paid-in capital                                                          7,411,696             6,198,540
  Accumulated deficit                                                                (7,108,130)           (5,906,087)
                                                                             ------------------    -------------------
     Total Stockholders' Equity                                                         322,785               309,353
                                                                             ------------------    -------------------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                              $          581,632    $          333,394
                                                                             ==================    ===================

</TABLE>


                      The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of  these
financial statements.




                                       69
<PAGE>



                                    GRG, INC.
                           (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                            (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                             (A Development Stage Company)
                                Statements of Operations
                                   (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       From
                                                                                                                    Inception of the
                                                                                                                      Development
                                                                                                                        Stage on
                                                       For the                            For the                       March 19,
                                                     Nine Months Ended                  Three Months Ended             1992 Through
                                                      September 30,                      September 30,                September 30,
                                                   1999             1998             1999             1998                1999
                                               --------------  -------------    ----------------  ------------    ----------------

REVENUES
<S>                                            <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>

   Sales, net                                   $       49,304  $         -       $        49,304  $      -        $        49,304
   Cost of sales                                        76,869            -                76,869         -                 76,869
                                                --------------  ---------------   ---------------  -------------   ----------------
     Gross Margin (Deficit)                            (27,565)           -               (27,565)        -                (27,565)
                                                --------------  ---------------   ---------------  -------------   ----------------
EXPENSES

   General and administrative                        1,139,559         1,508,229          446,645        356,669         5,957,768
   Depreciation and amortization                        32,771            -                21,813         -                 33,905
                                                --------------  ----------------  ---------------  -------------   ----------------
     Total Expenses                                  1,172,330         1,508,229          468,458        356,669         5,991,673
                                                --------------  ----------------  ---------------  -------------   ----------------
(LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS                              (1,199,895)       (1,508,229)        (496,023)      (356,669)       (6,019,238)
                                                --------------  ----------------  ---------------  -------------   ----------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

   Interest expense                                     (1,544)           -                (1,544)        -                 (1,544)
   Interest income                                       1,992            -                 1,333         -                  1,992
   Other income (expense)                               (2,596)           -                 1,459         -                 (2,596)
   Write-off of rescinded acquisitions                  -             (1,056,744)          -             (93,250)       (1,086,744)
                                                --------------  ----------------  ---------------  -------------   ----------------
     Total Other Income (Expense)                       (2,148)       (1,056,744)           1,248        (93,250)       (1,088,892)
                                                --------------  ----------------  ---------------  -------------   ----------------
(LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES                          (1,202,043)       (2,564,973)        (494,775)      (449,919)       (7,108,130)

INCOME TAX EXPENSE                                      -                 -                -              -                 -
                                                --------------  ----------------  ---------------  -------------   ----------------
NET (LOSS)                                      $   (1,202,043) $     (2,564,973) $      (494,775) $    (449,919)  $    (7,108,130)
                                                ==============  ================  ===============  =============   ================
BASIC INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE                   $        (0.07) $          (0.23) $         (0.03) $       (0.03)
                                                ==============  ================  ===============  =============
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES
 OUTSTANDING                                        17,894,786        11,231,729       18,738,909     13,429,460
                                                ==============  ================  ===============  =============

</TABLE>

                      The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of  these
financial statements.




                                       70
<PAGE>



                                                          GRG, INC.
                                             (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                              (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                                (A Development Stage Company)
                                    Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             Additional
                                                 Common Stock                Paid-in        Accumulated
                                             Shares            Amount        Capital         Deficit             Total
                                            -----------   --------------  -------------  ----------------   -------------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>                <C>

Balance at inception on
 March 19, 1992                                  -        $       -       $      -       $          -       $           -

Issuance of common capital stock
 for cash at $0.003 per share -
 March 19, 1992                                 750,000              750          1,500             -                    2,250

Capital contributions by
 shareholder's - expenses - 1993                 -                -               2,400             -                    2,400

Net loss from inception on
 March 19, 1992 through
 December 31, 1993                               -                -              -                  (9,504)             (9,504)
                                             ------------ --------------  ---------------  ----------------  -------------------
Balance, December 31, 1993                      750,000              750          3,900             (9,504)             (4,854)

Capital contributions by
 shareholders' - expenses - 1994                 -                -              16,040             -                   16,040

Issuance of common capital stock
 for cash at $0.008 per share -
 net of offering costs - 1994                 2,250,000            2,250         15,391             -                   17,641

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1994                               -                -              -                 (12,144)            (12,144)
                                             ------------ --------------  ---------------  ----------------  -------------------
Balance, December 31, 1994                    3,000,000            3,000         35,331            (21,648)             16,683

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1995                               -                -              -                  -                   -
                                             ------------ --------------  ---------------  ----------------  -------------------
Balance, December 31, 1995                    3,000,000            3,000         35,331            (21,648)             16,683

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1996                               -                -              -                  (4,700)             (4,700)
                                             ------------ --------------  ---------------  ----------------  -------------------
Balance, December 31, 1996                    3,000,000   $        3,000  $      35,331  $         (26,348) $           11,983
                                             ------------ --------------  ---------------  ----------------  -------------------
</TABLE>


                      The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of  these
financial statements.




                                       71
<PAGE>


                                                          GRG, INC.
                                             (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                              (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                                (A Development Stage Company)
                                    Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
                                                       (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Additional
                                                  Common Stock              Paid-in          Accumulated
                                             Shares           Amount        Capital           Deficit           Total
                                            -----------   --------------  -------------  -----------------  ------------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>                <C>

Balance, December 31, 1996                    3,000,000   $        3,000  $      35,331  $         (26,348) $           11,983

Issuance of common capital stock
 for services at $0.01 per share -
 1997                                         1,000,000            1,000          9,000             -                   10,000

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1997                               -                -              -                 (21,983)            (21,983)
                                            -----------   --------------  -------------  -----------------  ------------------
Balance, December 31, 1997                    4,000,000            4,000         44,331            (48,331)             -

Common stock issued for acquisition
 of International Teledata, Inc. and
 International Teleservices Division
 at predecessor cost of $0.00
 per share                                    5,224,310            5,224         18,525             -                   23,749

Common stock issued for acquisition
 of Teleprizes Operating Division at
 predecessor cost of $0.03 per share          3,150,000            3,150         92,784             -                   95,934

Capital contribution by shareholders             -                -           1,625,000             -                1,625,000

Issuance of shares to Directors for
 board services at $0.99 per share            1,000,000            1,000        990,000             -                  991,000

Issuance of shares for
 telecommunications services at
 $1.00 per share                              1,200,000            1,200      1,198,800             -                1,200,000

Issuance of shares for administrative
 services at $1.00 per share                    200,000              200        199,800             -                  200,000
                                            -----------   --------------  -------------  -----------------  ------------------
Balance Forward                              14,774,310   $       14,774  $   4,169,240  $         (48,331) $        4,135,683
                                            -----------   --------------  -------------  -----------------  ------------------
</TABLE>





                      The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of  these
financial statements.




                                       72
<PAGE>



                                                           GRG, INC.
                                             (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                              (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                               (A Development Stage Company)
                                    Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit
                                                       (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                             Additional
                                                  Common Stock                Paid-in        Accumulated
                                             Shares            Amount         Capital         Deficit               Total
                                            ------------  --------------  -------------  ------------------ ------------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>                 <C>

Balance Forward                              14,774,310   $       14,774  $   4,169,240  $         (48,331) $        4,135,683

Issuance of shares to shareholder as
 reimbursement for expenses                     250,000              250        249,750             -                  250,000

Issuance of shares for merger and
 acquisition services at $1.00 per
 share                                          350,000              350        349,650             -                  350,000

Common stock issued in rescinded
 acquisitions at $1.00 per share                485,000              485        484,515             -                  485,000

Issuance of shares in Regulation D
 Rule 504 offering at $1.00 per share           663,956              664        663,292             -                  663,956

Issuance of shares in Regulation D
 Rule 504 offering at $0.75 per share           376,627              377        282,093             -                  282,470

Net loss for the year ended
 December 31, 1998                               -                -               -             (5,857,756)         (5,857,756)
                                            ------------  --------------  -------------  ------------------ ------------------
Balance, December 31, 1998                   16,899,893           16,900      6,198,540         (5,906,087)            309,353

Issuance of shares in Regulation D
 Rule 504 offering at $0.75 per share
 (unaudited)                                     72,020               72         53,944             -                   54,016

Return of shares by officers and
 cancellation of shares (unaudited)          (1,000,000)          (1,000)        -                  -                   (1,000)

Issuance of shares in Private
 Placement at $0.50 per share
 (unaudited)                                  1,402,326            1,402        699,760             -                  701,162

Issuance of shares in Private
 Placement at $0.25 per share
 (unaudited)                                  1,845,188            1,845        459,452             -                  461,297

Net loss for the nine months
 ended September 30, 1999
 (unaudited)                                           -                -              -        (1,202,043)         (1,202,043)
                                            ------------  --------------  -------------  ------------------ ------------------
Balance, September 30, 1999
 (unaudited)                                 19,219,427   $       19,219  $   7,411,696  $      (7,108,130) $          322,785
                                            ============  ==============  =============  ================== ==================
</TABLE>

                      The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of  these
financial statements.




                                       73
<PAGE>



                                    GRG, INC.
                       (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                        (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                            Statements of Cash Flows
                                   (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                                       From
                                                                                                                    Inception of the
                                                                                                                      Development
                                                                                                                      Stage on
                                                         For the                            For the                   March 19,
                                                     Nine Months Ended                  Three Months Ended           1992 Through
                                                       September 30,                      September 30,              September 30,
                                                   1999             1998             1999             1998               1999
                                                --------------  ----------------- ---------------  -------------  -----------------

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                             <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>            <C>

   Net income (loss)                            $   (1,202,042) $     (2,564,973) $      (494,775) $    (449,919)  $    (7,108,129)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income
    (loss) to net cash used in operating
    activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                      32,771            -                21,813         -                 33,905
     Issuance of stock for services                     -                 -                -              -              2,991,000
     Issuance of stock for expenses                     -                 -                -              -                 10,000
     Allowance for doubtful accounts                    -                125,000           -              -                125,000
     Loss on disposition of property, plant
       and equipment                                    -                 23,749           -               -                23,749
     Stock issued in rescinded acquisitions             -                465,350           -              24,559           485,000
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
     (Increase) decrease in supplies
      inventory                                        (50,000)           -               (50,000)        -                (50,000)
     (Increase) decrease in prepaid
       expenses and other current assets                (4,000)           -                -              -                 (4,110)
     (Increase) decrease in other
      receivables                                       -                 (1,553)          -              (1,553)           -
     Increase (decrease) in customer
      deposits                                          20,000            -                20,000         -                 20,000
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable            24,386            24,673           45,428         17,944            45,428
     Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses            -                  1,062           -               2,916            -
                                                --------------  ----------------- ---------------  -------------  -----------------
     Net Cash (Used) by Operating Activities        (1,178,885)       (1,926,692)        (457,534)      (406,053)       (3,428,157)
                                                --------------  ----------------- ---------------  -------------  -----------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:

   Settlement, recoverable from supplier                75,000          (250,000)          75,000         -               (175,000)
   Purchase of fixed assets                           (328,036)           (4,200)        (327,567)        -               (341,459)
                                                --------------  ----------------- ---------------  -------------  -----------------
     Net Cash (Used) by Investing Activities    $     (253,036) $       (254,200) $      (252,567) $      -        $      (516,459)
                                                --------------  ----------------- ---------------  -------------  -----------------

</TABLE>



                      The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of  these
financial statements.




                                       74
<PAGE>



                                    GRG, INC.
                       (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                        (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                      Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
                                   (Unaudited)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         From
                                                                                                                    Inception of the
                                                                                                                       Development
                                                                                                                        Stage on
                                                       For the                            For the                       March 19,
                                                     Nine Months Ended                  Three Months Ended   1992       Through
                                                       September 30,                      September 30,               September 30,
                                                   1999             1998             1999             1998                 1999
                                                -------------  -----------------  --------------  -------------   -----------------


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                            <C>             <C>                <C>             <C>              <C>

   Cash contributed by promoters                $       -       $      1,625,000  $        -       $      -        $     1,625,000
   Issuance of stock for expenses paid                  -                 -                -              -                 18,440
   Loans from/to related parties                        -                 65,188           -             (68,397)           -
   Long-term debt                                      200,000            -               200,000         -                200,000
   Principal payments on long-term debt                 (6,581)           -                (6,581)        -                 (6,581)
   Notes from/ to officers                              (3,000)           22,269           -               9,266            -
   Issuance of common stock                          1,215,475           449,950          479,227        440,741         2,181,790
                                                -------------- -----------------  --------------- --------------  -----------------
     Net Cash Provided by Financing
      Activities                                     1,405,894         2,162,407          672,646        381,610         4,018,649
                                                -------------- -----------------  --------------- --------------  -----------------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                        (26,027)          (18,485)         (37,455)       (24,443)           74,033

CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                            100,060            -               111,488          5,958            -
                                                -------------- -----------------  --------------- --------------  -----------------
CASH (OVERDRAFT) AT END OF
 PERIOD                                         $       74,033  $        (18,485) $        74,033  $     (18,485)  $        74,033
                                                ==============  ================= ===============  ==============  ================
CASH PAID FOR:

  Interest expense                              $        1,544  $         -       $         1,544  $      -        $         1,544
  Income taxes                                  $       -       $         -       $        -       $      -        $        -

NON CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

  Common stock issued for ITD assets            $       -       $         23,749  $        -       $      -        $        23,749
  Common stock issued for acquisition of
    Teleprizes operating division               $       -       $         95,934  $        -       $      -        $        95,934
  Common stock issued in rescinded
    acquisition                                 $       -       $        465,000  $        -       $      -        $       485,000
  Common stock issued for services              $       -       $         -       $        -       $      -        $     2,991,000

</TABLE>

                      The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of  these
financial statements.




                                       75
<PAGE>


                                                     GRG, INC.
                                        (dba Global Resources Group, Inc.)
                                         (Formerly Ghiglieri Corporation)
                                           (A Development Stage Company)
                                           Notes to Financial Statements
                                     September 30, 1999 and December 31, 1998


NOTE 1 -      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

              The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been
              prepared  by  the  Company   without  audit.  In  the  opinion  of
              management,  all adjustments  (which include only normal recurring
              adjustments)  necessary to present fairly the financial  position,
              results of operations and cash flows at September 30, 1999 and for
              all periods presented have been made.

              Certain information and footnote  disclosures normally included in
              consolidated  financial  statements  prepared in  accordance  with
              general  accepted  accounting  principles  have been  condensed or
              omitted.  It  is  suggested  that  these  condensed   consolidated
              financial  statements  be read in  conjunction  with the financial
              statements  and notes thereto  included in the Company's  December
              31, 1998 audited consolidated financial statements. The results of
              operations  for the  periods  ended  September  30,  1999  are not
              necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year.


                                    Part III

Item 1.  Index to Exhibits.
- ---------------------------

         (b) The following exhibits are filed as a part of this Registration


Statement:



Exhibit
Number      Description*
- ------      ------------

3(i)              Articles of Incorporation (including amendments).
3(ii)             Bylaws.

            Material Contracts
            ------------------

10(i)(a)          Partial Liquidation Agreement between International Teledata,
                  Inc. and its shareholders and the Company dated March 20, 1998



                                       76
<PAGE>

10(i)(b)          Sale of Marketing Rights Agreement between the Company and
                  Catalyst Communications, Inc. dated March 19, 1998

10(i)(c)          Joint Marketing Agreement between the Company and Real Time
                  Media Inc. dated June 22, 1999

10(i)(d)          Carrier Service Agreement between the Company and Qwest
                  Communications Corporation dated January 19, 1999

10(i)(e)          Promissory Note and Warrant between the Company and F.
                  Stanton Moyer dated August 5, 1999

10(i)(f)          Promissory Note and Warrant between the Company and John
                  McWilliams dated August 15, 1999

10(i)(g)          Master Agreement between the Company and Value Added Services,
                  Inc. dated October 11, 1999 -
                  WAIVER of confidential information to be requested

10(i)(h)          Promissory Note and Warrant between the Company and F. Stanton
                  Moyer dated October 5, 1999

10(i)(i)          Promissory Note and Warrant between the Company and F. Stanton
                  Moyer dated November 5, 1999

          Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans/Arrangements

10(ii)(a)         Employment Agreement between the Company and Jeffrey M. Good
                  dated November 1, 1998

10(ii)(b)         Employment Agreement between the Company and Kenneth W. Craig
                  dated November 12, 1999

10(ii)(c)         Performance Stock Agreement between the Company and Jeffrey M.
                  Good dated November 12, 1999

10(ii)(d)         Performance Stock Agreement between the Company and Kenneth W.
                  Craig dated November 12, 1999


16             Change of Accountants - Letter from Anderson, Anderson & Strong,
               dated November 5, 1999

21             Subsidiaries (none)

23             Consent of Independent Auditors

27             Financial data Schedules

          *    Summaries  of all  exhibits  contained  within this  Registration
               Statement  are  modified in their  entirety by reference to these
               Exhibits.





                                       77
<PAGE>

                              SIGNATURES

          In accordance with Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
the Registrant has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

                                             GRG, INC.

Date:     /99                                By:
                                             ------------------------
                                             Kenneth W. Craig, CEO

Date:     /99                                By:
                                             ------------------------
                                             Jeffery M. Good,
                                             President/COO

Date:     /99                                By:
                                             ------------------------
                                             Matthew A. Veal,
                                             Principal Financial and Accounting
                                             Officer

Date:     /99                                By:
                                             --------------------------
                                             O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Jr.
                                                      Chairman of the Board

Date:     /99                                By:
                                             --------------------------
                                             Carl L. Smith
                                                      Director

Date:     /99                                By:
                                             --------------------------
                                             Christopher R. Beck
                                                      Director

Date:     /99                                By:
                                             --------------------------
                                             Ranald Stewart, Jr.
                                                      Director

                                       78
<PAGE>


                                              EX-3.(I)
                                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                                        OF

                                                     GRG, INC.


         WE THE  UNDERSIGNED  natural  persons,  being of the age of  twenty-one
years or more,  acting as incorporators of the corporation  under the applicable
provisions of the laws of the State of Nevada,  adopt the following  Articles of
Incorporation for such corporation.

         First: the name of the corporation shall be GRG, Inc.

         Second: The period of duration of said corporation shall be perpetual.

         Third: The purpose for which this corporation is formed and the powers
                it shall have are:

(a)      To  conduct  any  lawful  business,   including,  but  not  limited  to
         manufacture,  production,  creation, sale, distribution, both wholesale
         and retail,  of diamonds,  colored  gemstones  of all sorts,  kinds and
         varieties,  including all precious metals.  To have and to exercise all
         the  powers  conferred  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada  upon
         corporations  formed  under the laws  pursuant  to and under which this
         corporation  is  formed,  as such  laws are now in effect or may at any
         time hereafter be amended.

         (b) To carry on any business whatsoever, either as principal, agent, or
         as a partnership,  which this corporation may deem proper or convenient
         in  connection  with any  lawful  purpose,  or which may be  calculated
         directly or indirectly to promote the interest of this  corporation  or
         to enhance the value of its  property  or  business  and to conduct its
         business or businesses in the State of Nevada,  and other States and in
         the  District of Columbia  and in the  territories  and colonies of the
         United States and foreign countries.

         (c) To acquire,  by  purchase or  otherwise,  the  goodwill,  business,
         property rights,  franchises,  and assets of every kind, of any person,
         firm,  association  or  corporation;  and to acquire  any  property  or
         business  as a going  concern or  otherwise  and to pay for the same in
         cash or in  shares  of  stock  or  debentures  or  otherwise;  to hold,
         maintain,  and operate,  or in any manner dispose of, the whole part of
         the goodwill, business, rights, or property so acquired; and to conduct
         in any lawful manner the whole or any part of any business so acquired;
         and to exercise all the powers necessary or convenient in and about the
         management of such business.

         (d) To apply for, acquire by application,  take, purchase, or otherwise
         acquire, own, hold, use, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or deal with


                                       79
<PAGE>

         and dispose of patents, licenses, inventions, improvements, copyrights,
         trademarks,  and any benefit, right, privilege,  prerogative,  or power
         conferred  by,  acquired  under,  or  granted  by any type of  statute,
         ordinance,  order, license,  power, authority,  franchise,  commission,
         right or privilege  which any  Government or  non-Government  person or
         association may be empowered to enact, make or grant.

                  The  foregoing  statement of purposes  shall be construed as a
         statement of both  purposes as a statement of both  purposes and powers
         statements stated in each clause shall be in wise limited or restricted
         by reference to or influence  from the terms or provisions of any other
         clause,  but shall be regarded as independent  purposes and powers. The
         purposes and powers as above  specified are to be  interpreted in their
         broadest  intent  with the basic  intent of the  incorprators  being to
         grant to this  corporation  the power to do any and all things  which a
         natural person could do in the  furtherance of the operation of any and
         all lawful  business  activities in which the corporation may from time
         to time participate.  Fourth:  The aggregate number of shares which the
         corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Million Shares
         (100,000,000)  common,  non-assessable voting stock of equal rights and
         privileges,  of $.001 (one tenth of one cent) par value for each share,
         thus  constituting  total  authorized  capital of One Hundred  Thousand
         Dollars ($100,000.00).

         Fifth:   The corporation will not commence business until consideration
         in the value of at least One Thousand Dollars ($1,000).

         Sixth:  The  stockholders of the  corporation  shall have no preemptive
         rights to acquire  unissued  shares of the  corporation  nor shall they
         have any  presumptive  rights with respect to the reissuance or sale by
         the  corporation of its treasury stock or with respect to stock paid to
         employees in the form of bonuses or wages.

         Seventh:  After payment by any subscribing  shareholder of at least the
         par value of stock for which he has  subscribed,  the capital  stock of
         the corporation  shall not be subject to assessment to pay the debts of
         the corporation.

         Eighth:  The registered office of the corporation shall be located as
         determined by the Board of Directors. The name of the registered agent
         shall be the Company's President.

         Ninth:   There shall be up to nine (9) directors constituting the Board
         of Directors. The directors shall serve until the annual meeting or
         until successors are otherwise elected and qualified.

         Tenth:   Each share of stock shall be entitled to one vote on each
         matter submitted to vote at a meeting of shareholders. Times and places
         of the meetings of shareholders shall be set by the bylaws of the
         corporation.

         Eleventh:   It  shall  not  be  necessary  for  the  Directors  of  the
         corporation to own stock in the corporation. The board of directors may
         designate  a  committee  or  committees  consisting  of any  number  of
         directors,  which committees,  to the extent provided in the resolution
         adopted by the board of  directors  or as provided by the bylaws of the
         corporation,  may exercise all authority so provided. The delegation of
         power to such  committees  shall  not  operate  to  relieve  the  other
         Directors  or the Board of Directors  of any  responsibility  impowered
         upon them by law.


GRGL42.1

                                       80
<PAGE>


                                                     EX-3.(II)
                                                      BY-LAWS
                                                        OF
                                                     GRG, INC.



                                                      OFFICES
        Section 1. The principal  office of the Corporation  shall be located as
determined  by the Board of  Directors.  The  corporation  may have  such  other
offices,  either within or without the state of Nevada as the Board of Directors
may  designate  or as the business of the  Corporation  may require from time to
time.
        The registered office of the Corporation required by the Nevada Business
Corporation Act to be maintained in the State of Nevada may be, but need not be,
identical with the principal offices in the State of Nevada,  and the address of
the  registered  office  may be  changed,  from  time to time,  by the  Board of
Directors.


                                                    ARTICLE II
                                                   STOCKHOLDERS
1 Section 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at
the principal office of the Corporation at such other places on the Third Friday
of June of each year or at such other times as the Board of Directors  may, from
time to time,  determine.  If the day so  designated  falls upon a legal holiday
then the  meeting  shall be held upon the first day  thereafter.  The  Secretary
shall serve  personally or by mail a written notice  thereof,  not less than ten
(10) nor more than fifty (50) days previous to such  meeting,  addressed to each
stockholder  at his address as it appears on the stock book;  but at any meeting
at which all stockholders not present have waived notice in writing,  the giving
of notice as above required may be dispensed with.


         Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meeting of stockholders other than
  those  regulated  by statute  may be called at any time by a  majority  of the
  Directors.  Notice of such  meeting  stating  the place,  day and hour and the
  purpose for which it is called,  shall be served  personally  or by mail,  not
  less than ten (1-10) days before the date set for such meeting.  If mailed, it
  shall be directed to a  stockholder  at his address as it appears on the stock
  book;  but at any meeting at which all  stockholders  not present  have waived
  notice in writing,  the giving of notice as above  described  may be dispensed
  with.  The Board of  Directors  shall  also,  in like  manner,  call a special
  meeting of  stockholders  representing  not less than ten percent (10%) of the
  capital  stock  of the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  at the  meeting.  The
  President may in his direction call a special meeting of stockholders upon ten
  (10) days notice.
         Section 3. Closing of Transfer  Books or Fixing of Record Date. For the
  purpose of determining  stockholders  entitled to receive notice of or to vote
  at any meeting of  stockholders or any  adjournment  thereof,  or stockholders
  entitled  to  receive  payment  of  any  dividend;  or  in  order  to  make  a
  determination  of  stockholders  for nay other  proper  purpose,  the Board of
  Directors of the  corporation  may provide that the stock transfer books shall
  be closed for at least ten (10) days  immediately  preceding such meeting.  In
  lieu of closing the stock transfer  books,  the board of Directors may f ix in
  advance a date as the record date for any such  determination of stockholders,
  such date in any case to be not more than thirty  (30) days,  and in case of a
  meeting  of  stockholders,  not less than ten (10)  days  prior to the date on


                                       81
<PAGE>

  which the particular action, requiring such determination of stockholders,  is
  to be taken. If the stock transfer books are not closed, and no record date is
  fixed for the  determination of stockholders  entitled to receive notice of or
  to vote at a meeting of  stockholders,  or  stockholders  entitled  to receive
  payment of a  dividend,  the date on which  notice of the meeting is mailed or
  the date on which the  resolution  of the Board of  Directors  declaring  such
  dividend  is  adopted,  as the case may be,  shall be the record date for such
  determination  as  to  stockholders.  When  a  determination  of  stockholders
  entitled to vote at any meeting of  stockholders  has been made as provided in
  this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.
        Section 4. Voting.  At all meetings of the  stockholder of record having
the right to vote,  subject to the provisions of Section 3, each  stockholder of
the  Corporation  is  entitled  to one (1) vote for each  share of stock  having
voting  power  standing  in the  name of such  stockholder  on the  books of the
Corporation. Votes may be cast in person or by written authorized proxy.
         Section  5.  Proxy.  Each  proxy  must be  executed  in  writing by the
stockholder of the Corporation or his duly authorized attorney. Such proxy shall
be filed  with the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  before or at the time of the
meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from
the date of its execution unless it shall have specified therein its duration.
        Every proxy shall be revocable at the discretion of the person executing
it or of his personal representatives or assigns.
        Section 6. Voting of Shares by Certain  Holders.  Shares standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by such officer,  agent or proxy as the
by-laws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision,
as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine.
        Shares held by an administrator,  executor,  guardian or conservator may
be voted by him either in person or by proxy  without a transfer  of such shares
into his  name.  Shares  tending  in the name of a  trustee  may be voted by him
either in person or by proxy,  but no trustee  shall be  entitled to vote shares
held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name.
        Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be bored by such receiver,
and  shares  held by or under the  control  of a  receiver  may be voted by such
receiver  without the  transfer  thereof  into his name if authority so to do be
contained  in an  appropriate  order of the  Court by which  such  receiver  was
appointed.
        A  stockholder  whose shares are pledged  shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,  and
thereafter the pledge shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
        Shares of its own stock  belonging to the Corporation or held by it in a
fiduciary capacity shall not be voted,  directly or indirectly,  at any meeting,
and shall not be counted in determining  the total number of outstanding  shares
at any given time.
        Section 7. Election of Directors. At each election for Directors,  every
stockholder  entitled to vote at such election  shall have the right to vote, in


                                       82
<PAGE>

person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by him.
         Section  8.  Ouorum.  A  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of the
Corporation'  entitled  to  vote,  represented  in  person  or by  proxy,  shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of the  stockholders.  If a quorum shall not be
present or represented,  the stockholders  entitled to vote thereat,  present in
person or by proxy,  shall have the power to adjourn the  meeting,  from time to
time,  until the quorum  shall be present or  represented.  At such  rescheduled
meeting at which a  quorum-specified  item of business may be  transacted  which
might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

        The  number of votes or  consents  of the  holders of any class of stock
having voting power which shall be necessary for the transaction of any business
or any specified item of business at any meeting of stockholders,  or the giving
of any consent, shall be a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation
entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy.

        Section 9. Informal  Action by  Stockholders.  Any action required to be
taken at a meeting of the  stockholders,  or any other action which may be taken
at a meeting  of the  stockholders,  may be taken at a meeting  if a consent  in
writing  setting  forth  the  action  so  taken  shall be  signed  by all of the
stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.
                                                ARTICLE II
                                                DIRECTORS
Section 1. Number. The affairs and business of this Corporation shall be managed
by a Board of Directors. The first Board of Directors shall consist of Three (3)
members.  Thereafter  the number of directors  may be increased to not more than
Nine  (9) by  resolution  of the  Board  of  Directors.  Directors  need  not be
residents  of  the  State  of  Nevada  and  need  not  be  stockholders  of  the
Corporation.
        Section 2.  Election.  The  Directors  shall be  elected at each  annual
meeting of the stockholders,  but if any such annual meeting is not held, or the
Directors are not elected  thereat,  the Directors may be elected at any special
meeting of the Stockholders held for that purpose.
        Section 3. Term of Office.  The term of office of each of the  Directors
shall be one (1) year, which shall continue until his successor has been elected
and qualified.
        Section 4.  Duties.  The Board of  Directors  shall have the control and
general  management  of  the  affairs  and  business  of the  Corporation.  Such
Directors  shall in all cases  act as a Board,  except  as  herein  provided  in
Section  1,  regularly  convened,  by a  majority,  and may adopt such rules and
regulations  for the conduct of meetings and the management of the  Corporation,
as may be deemed proper, so long as it is not inconsistent with these Bylaws and
the Laws of the State of Nevada.
         Section  5.  Directors'  Meetings.  Regular  meetings  of the  Board of
  Directors  shall be held  immediately  following  the  annual  meeting  of the
  stockholders,  and at such other time and places as the Board of Directors may
  determine.  Special  meetings of the Board of  Directors  may be called by the
  President or the Secretary upon the written request of two (2) Directors.
         Section  6.  Notice of  Meetinqs.  Notice of  meetings  other  than the
  regular annual meeting shall be given by service upon each Director in person,
  or by mailing to him at his last known address, at least three (3) days before
  the date therein designated for such meeting, including the day of mailing, of
  a written  or printed  notice  thereof  specifying  the time and place of such
  meeting, and the business to be before the meeting, and no business other than
  that specified in such notice shall be transacted at any special  meeting.  At
  any  Directors'  meeting at which a quorum of the Board of Directors  shall be
  present (although held without notice), any and all business may be transacted
  which  might have been  transacted  if the  meeting  had been duly called if a


                                       83
<PAGE>

  quorum of the Directors waive or are willing to waive the notice  requirements
  of such meeting.
         Any Directors  may waive notice of any meeting under the  provisions of
  Article  XII. The  attendance  of a Director at a meeting  shall  constitute a
  waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Director attends a meeting for
  the express  purpose of objecting to the  transaction of any business  because
  the meeting is not lawfully convened or called.

     Section 7. Voting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, each Director
is to have one (1) vote.  The act of a majority  of the  directors  present at a
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

     Section 8.  Vacancies.  Vacancies  in the board  occurring  between  annual
meetings shall be filled for the unexpired  portion of the term by a majority of
the remaining Directors.

         Section 9. Removal of  Directors.  Any one or more of the Directors may
be removed,  with or without cause,  at any time, by a vote of the  stockholders
holding a majority of the stock, at any special meeting called for that purpose.

     Section 10.  Ouorum.  The number of  Directors  who shall be present at any
meeting  of the  board of  directors  in order to  constitute  a quorum  for the
transaction  of any  business  or any  specified  item of  business  shall  be a
majority.
         The  number  or votes of  directors  that  shall be  necessary  for the
transaction  of any business of any specified item of business at any meeting of
the Board of Directors shall be a majority.
         If a  quorum  shall  not be  present  at any  meeting  of the  board of
directors,  those  present may adjourn the meeting,  from time to time,  until a
quorum shall be present.  Section 11. Executive Committee.  By resolution of the
Board of Directors and at their option, the Directors may designate an Executive
Committee which includes at least three (3) Directors,  to manage and direct the
daily affairs of the  Corporation.  Said Executive  Committee shall have and may
exercise all of the authority that is vested in the Board of Directors as if the
Board of Directors were regularly convened,  except that the Executive Committee
shall not have authority to amend these By-Laws.
        At  all  meetings  of the  Executive  Committee,  each  member  of  said
committee  shall  have  one (1) vote and the act of a  majority  of the  members
present  at a  meeting  at which a  quorum  is  present  shall be the act of the
Executive Committee.
        The number of  Executive  Committee  members who shall be present at any
meeting  of the  Executive  Committee  in order to  constitute  a quorum for the
transaction of business or any specified item of business shall be a majority.
        The  number  of votes  of  Executive  Committee  members  that  shall be
necessary for the  transaction of any business or any specified item of business
at any meeting of the Executive Committee shall be a majority.

        Section 12. Compensation.  By resolution of the Board of Directors,  the
Directors may be paid their  expenses,  if any, of attendance at each meeting of
the Board of Directors or each may be paid a stated salary as Director.  No such
payment shall  preclude any Director from serving the  Corporation  in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
         Section 13. Presumption of Assent. A Director of the corporation who is
present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any  corporate
matter is taken shall be presumed to have  assented to the action  taken  unless
his dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his
written  dissent to such action with the person  acting as the  Secretary of the
meeting  before  the  adjournment  thereof  or shall  forward  such  dissent  by


                                       84
<PAGE>

registered  mail to the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  immediately  after  the
adjournment of the meeting.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director
who voted in favor of such action.


                                                    ARTICLE IV
                                                     OFFICERS
     Section 1. Number.  The officers of the  Corporation  shall be:  President,
Vice-President,  Secretary, and Treasurer, and such assistant Secretaries as the
President shall determine. An officer may hold more than one (1) office.

        Section 2. Election.  All officers of the  Corporation  shall be elected
annually by the Board of Directors at its meeting held immediately following the
meeting of the stockholders,  and shall hold office for the term of one (1) year
or until their successors are duly elected.  Officers need not be members of the
Board of Directors.
        The Board may appoint such other  officers,  agents and  employees as it
shall deem necessary who shall have such authority and shall perform such duties
as, from time to time, shall be prescribed by the Board.
        Section  3.  Duties of  Officers.  The duties and powers of the
officers  of the  Corporation  shall be as follows:
                                                     PRESIDENT
        The  President  shall,  when  present,  preside at all  meetings  of the
stockholders  and  Directors.  He shall  present at each  annual  meeting of the
stockholders  and  Directors,  a report of the  condition of the business of the
Corporation.  He shall cause to be called  regular  and special  meetings of the
stockholders  and Directors in accordance  with these By-laws.  He shall appoint
and  remove,  employ and  discharge,  and fix the  compensation  of all  agents,
employees, and clerks of the corporation other than the duly appointed officers,
subject to the  approval of the Board of  Directors.  He shall sign and make all
contracts and agreements in the name of the Corporation, subject to the approval
of the Board of Directors. He shall see that the books, reports,  statements and
certificates  required  by the  statutes  are  properly  kept,  made  and  filed
according to law. He shall sign all  certificates of stock,  notes,  drafts,  or
bills of exchange,  warrants or other orders for the payment of money duly drawn
by the Treasurer;  and he shall enforce these By-laws and perform all the duties
incident to the position and office, and which are required by law.
                                                  VICE PRESIDENT
        During the absence or inability  of the  President to render and perform
his duties or exercise  his powers,  as set forth in these Bylaws or in the acts
under  which the  Corporation  is  organized,  the same shall be  performed  and
exercised  by the  Vice-President;  and when so  acting,  he shall  have all the
powers  and be subject to all the  responsibilities  hereby  given to or imposed
upon such President.





                                                     SECRETARY

        The  Secretary  shall keep the  minutes of the  meetings of the Board of
Directors  and of the  stockholders  in  appropriate  books,  provided  for that
purpose.  He shall give and serve all  notices of the  Corporation.  He shall be
custodian  of the  records and of the  corporate  seal and affix the latter when
required.  He shall keep the stock and transfer  books in the manner  prescribed
By-laws,  so as to show at all times the  amount of  capital  stock  issued  and
outstanding;  the manner and the time  compensation  for the same was paid;  the


                                       85
<PAGE>

names of the owners thereof, alphabetically arranged; the number of shares owned
by each;  the time at which each person  became such owner;  and the amount paid
thereon;  and keep such stock and transfer  books open daily during the business
hours  of the  office  of the  corporation,  subject  to the  inspection  of any
stockholder  of the  corporation,  and permit such  stockholder to make extracts
from said books to the extent  prescribed by law. He shall sign all certificates
of stock.  He shall present to the Board of Directors  their stated meetings all
communications  addressed to him  officially  by the President or any officer or
stockholder of the Corporation;  and he shall attend to all  correspondence  and
perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary.
                                                     TREASURER
The Treasurer  shall have the care and custody of and be responsible for all the
funds and securities of the Corporation,  and deposit all such funds in the name
of the  Corporation in such bank or banks,  trust company or trust  companies or
safe deposit vaults as the Board of Directors may designate. He shall exhibit at
all  reasonable  times his books and accounts to any Director or  stockholder of
the  Corporation  upon  application  at the  office  of the  Corporation  during
business hours. He shall render a statement of the conditions of the finances of
the Corporation at each regular  meeting of the Board of Directors,  and at such
other  times as shall be  required of him,  and a full  financial  report at the
annual  meeting  of the  Stockholders.  He  shall  keep,  at the  office  of the
Corporation,  correct books of account of all its business and  transactions and
such other books of account as the Board of Directors  may require.  He shall do
and perform all duties  appertaining  to the office of Treasurer.  The Treasurer
shall,  if  required by the Board of  Directors,  give to the  Corporation  such
security  or bond for the  Faithful  discharge  of his  duties  as the Board may
direct.  He shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
to him by the President or by the Directors.

        Section 4. Bond. The Treasurer  shall, if required by the Board of
Directors,  give to the Corporation such security for the faithful discharge of
his duties as the board may direct.

        Section 5. Vacancies.  How Filled.  All vacancies in any office shall be
filled by the Board of  Directors  without  undue  delay,  either at its regular
meeting or at a meeting specifically called for that purpose. In the case of the
absence of any  officer of the  Corporation  or for any reason that the Board of
Directors may deem sufficient,  the Board may, except as specifically  otherwise
provided in these By-laws,  delegate the power or duties of such officers to any
other officer or Director for the time being; provided, a majority of the entire
Board concur therein.

        Section 6.  Compensation  of Officers.  The officers  shall receive such
 salary or  compensation  as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

        Section 7. Removal of Officers.  The Board of Directors may remove any
officer,  by a majority vote, at any time with or without cause.





                                                     ARTICLE V
                                               CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
Section  1.  Description  of  Stock  Certificates.  The  certificates  of  stock
representing  shares  shall  be in  such  form as  shall  be  determined  by the
Directors  and shall be numbered and  registered  in the order in which they are
issued.  They shall be bound in a book and shall be issued in consecutive  order


                                       86
<PAGE>

therefrom,  and in the margin  thereof  shall be entered  the name of the person
owing the  shares  therein  represented,  with the number of shares and the date
thereof. Such certificates shall exhibit the holder's name, number of shares and
date of issue.  They shall be signed by the  President  or  Vice-President,  and
countersigned  by the  Secretary  or  Treasurer  and sealed with the Seal of the
Corporation.
         Section 2.  Transfer of Stock.  The stock of the  Corporation  shall be
assignable and  transferable on the books of the Corporation  only by the person
in whose name it appears on said books, his legal representatives or by his duly
authorized agent. In case of transfer by attorney,  the power of attorney,  duly
executed and acknowledged,  shall be deposited with the secretary.  In all cases
of transfer, the former certificate must be surrendered up and canceled before a
new certificate  may be issued.  No transfer shall be made upon the books of the
corporation  within  ten (10) days next  preceding  the  annual  meeting  of the
stockholders.

        Section 3. Lost Certificates.  If a stockholder shall claim to have lost
or destroyed a certificate or certificates  of stock issued by the  Corporation,
the Board of  Directors  may, at its  discretion,  direct a new  certificate  or
certificates  to be issued,  upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the
person claiming the  certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed,  and upon the
deposit of a bond or other  indemnity in such form and with such  securities  if
any that the Board may require.
                                                    ARTICLE VI
                                                       SEAL
        Section 1. Seal.  The seal of the Corporation shall be as follows:


                                                    ARTICLE VII
                                                     DIVIDENDS
Section 1. When Declared. The Board of Directors shall by vote declare dividends
from the surplus  profits of the  Corporation  whenever,  in their opinion,  the
condition  of the  Corporation's  affairs  will  render  it  expedient  for such
dividends to be declared.
         Section 2. Reserve.  The Board of Directors  may set aside,  out of the
  net  profits of the  Corporation  available  for  dividends,  such sum or sums
  (before  payment of dividends)  as the Board,  in their  absolute  discretion,
  think  proper as a reserve  fund,  to meet  contingencies,  or for  equalizing
  dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or
  for such other purpose as the Directors  shall think conducive to the interest
  of the  Corporation,  and they may  abolish or modify any such  reserve in the
  manner which it was created.
                                                   ARTICLE VIII
                                                  INDEMNIFICATION
         Section  1.  Any  person  made a party  to or  involved  in any  civil,
  criminal or  administrative  action,  suit or proceeding by reason of the fact
  that  he or his  testator  or  intestate  is or was a  Director,  officer,  or
  employee of the Corporation,  or of any corporation which he, the testator, or
  intestate  served  as  such  at the  request  of  the  Corporation,  shall  be
  indemnified by the Corporation  against expenses reasonably incurred by him or
  imposed  on him in  connection  with or  resulting  from the  defense  of such
  action,  suit, or  proceeding  and in  connection  with or resulting  from any
  appeal  thereon,  except with respect to matters as to which it is adjudged in
  such action, suit or proceeding that such officer,  Director,  or employee was
  liable to the  Corporation,  or to such other  corporation,  for negligence of
  misconduct in the  performance  of his duty. As used herein the term "expense"
  shall  include  all  obligations  incurred  by such  person for the payment of
  money,  including  without  limitation,  attorney's fees,  judgments,  awards,


                                       87
<PAGE>

  fines,  penalties,  and  amounts  paid  in  satisfaction  of  judgment  or  in
  settlement of any such action,  suit, or  proceedings,  except amounts paid to
  the Corporation or such other corporation by him.
A judgment or conviction  whether based on plea of guilty or nolo  contenders or
its  equivalent,  or after trial,  shall not of itself be deemed an adjudication
that such Director,  officer or employee is liable to the  Corporation,  or such
other  corporation,  for  negligence  of misconduct  in the  performance  of his
duties.  Determination  of the  rights of such  indemnification  and the  amount
thereof  may be made at the option of the person to be  indemnified  pursuant to
procedure  set  forth,  from  time  to  time,  in the  By-laws  or by any of the
following procedures:

         a)       order of the Court or administrative body or agency having
                  jurisdiction on the action,  suit, or proceeding

         b)       resolution adopted by a majority of the quorum of the Board of
                  Directors of the Corporation without counting in such majority
                  any Directors who have  incurred  expenses in connection  with
                  such action, suit or proceeding

         c)       if there  is no  quorum  of  Directors  who have not  incurred
                  expense in connection  with such action,  suit, or proceeding,
                  then by  resolution  adopted by a majority of the committee of
                  stockholders and Directors who have not incurred such expenses
                  appointed by the Board of Directors

         d)       resolution adopted by a majority of the quorum of the
                  Directors entitled to vote at any meeting; or

         e)     order of any Court having jurisdiction over the Corporation.

Any such determination  that a payment by way of indemnification  should be made
will be binding upon the Corporation. Such right of indemnification shall not be
exclusive of any other right which such

Directors,  officers  and  employees of the  Corporation  and other person above
mentioned may have or hereafter acquire,  and without limiting the generality of
such  statement,   they  shall  be  entitled  to  their  respective   rights  of
indemnification under any By-law, Agreement, vote of stockholders,  provision of
law, or otherwise in addition to their rights under this Article. The provisions
of this  Article  shall apply to any member of any  committee  appointed  by the
Board of Directors as fully as though each person had been Director,  officer or
employee of the Corporation.


                                                     ARTICLE X
                                                    AMENDMENTS
        Section 1. How Amended. These By-laws may be altered,  amended, repealed
or added to by the vote of the  Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  at any
regular meeting of said Board,  or at a special meeting of Directors  called for
that  purpose,  provided a quorum of the Directors as provided by law and by the
Articles  of  Incorporation,  are  present  at such  regular  meeting or special
meeting.  These  By-laws and  amendments  thereto  and new By-laws  added by the
Directors may be amended,  altered or replaced by the stockholders at any annual
or special meeting of the stockholders.


Section  2.  Limitation  of  Liability  of  Directors.   The  Directors  of  the


                                       88
<PAGE>

corporation  are  provided  the  maximum  protection  and limited  liability  as
provided under Nevada Revised Statutes Section 78.300.









                                                    ARTICLE XI
                                                    FISCAL YEAR
Section 1. Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year shall begin January 1 and end
           December 31.


                                                    ARTICLE XII
                                                 WAIVER OF NOTICE
        Section  1.  Whenever  any  notice  is  required  to  be  given  to  any
shareholders  or  Directors of the  Corporation  under the  provisions  of these
By-laws or under the  Articles  of  Incorporation  under the  provisions  of the
Nevada  Business  Corporation  Act, a waiver  thereof in writing,  signed by the
person or persons  entitled  to such  notice,  whether  before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.


        GRGL43.1

                                       89
<PAGE>


=================================================


                                               EX-10.i.a

                                           PARTIAL LIQUIDATION AGREEMENT

                                                  BY AND BETWEEN

                                           GLOBAL RESOURCES GROUP, INC.

                                                        and

                                    INTERNATIONAL TELEDATA AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS


==================================================
                                                         Dated: March 20, 1998




                                       90
<PAGE>


Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                                      <C>

1.       Delivery of Assets of the Company      ................................................................  1

2.       Consideration for Transfer of Assets    ...............................................................  1

3.       Miscellaneous Provisions Relating to Delivery of Global Resources
         Group, Inc.'s Common Stock ............................................................................  1

4.       Access to Books and Records  ..........................................................................  2

5.       Closing................................................................................................  2

6.       Representations and Warranties of the Shareholders                .....................................  2
         a.       Organization and Standing.....................................................................  2
         b.       Subsidiaries, Etc.............................................................................  2
         c.       Capital Stock.................................................................................  3
         d.       Indebtedness..................................................................................  3
         e.       Financial Statements............................................................. ............  3
         f.       Contracts and Other Commitments        .......................................................  3
         g.       Intellectual Property.........................................................................  4
         h.       Assets........................................................................................  4
         i.       Insurance.....................................................................................  5
         j.       Litigation....................................................................................  5
         k.       Accounts Receivable...........................................................................  5
         l.       Inventories...................................................................................  6
         m.       Purchase Commitments and Outstanding Bids                .....................................  6
         n.       Real Estate...................................................................................  6
         o.       Changes, Dividends, Etc.......................................................................  6
         p.       Tax Returns and Liabilities...................................................................  7
         q.       Breaches of Contracts, Etc....................................................................  7
         r.       Title to Company Stock........................................................................  7
         s.       Conflict of Interests.........................................................................  8
         t.       Disclosure....................................................................................  8

7.       Representations and Warranties of Global Resources Group, Inc.                        .................. 8
         a.       Organization and Standing    .................................................................. 8
         b.       Capital Stock.................................................................................. 9
         c.       Validity of Shares............................................................................. 9
         d.       Changes, Dividends, Etc.   .................................................................... 9
         e.       Authorization of Agreement   .................................................................. 9
         f.       No Violation of Law, Etc. ..................................................................... 9
         g.       Financial Statements........................................................................... 9
         h.       No Material Changes...........................................................................  9

8.       Conditions to Obligations of Global Resources Group, Inc.                   ..........................  10
</TABLE>




                                       91
<PAGE>




Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                                      <C>

9.       Conditions to Obligations of the Company and the Shareholders                        .................  12

10.      Certain Covenants Prior to Closing     ...............................................................  14

11.      Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnification                   ........................  15
         a.       Survival.....................................................................................  15
         b.       Indemnification by Company and Shareholders                 .................................  15
         c.       Indemnification by Global Resources Group, Inc.               ...............................  16
         d.       Procedure for Indemnification   .............................................................  16
         e.       After - Tax Basis............................................................................  17

12.      Investment Representation ............................................................................  17

13.      Further Assurances....................................................................................  18

14.      Expenses..............................................................................................  19

15.      Partial Liquidation...................................................................................  19

16.      Directors.............................................................................................  19

17.      Other Matters.........................................................................................  19
         a.       No Other Agreements .........................................................................  19
         b.       Amendment....................................................................................  19
         c.       Notices......................................................................................  19
         d.       Specific Performance.........................................................................  19
         e.       Assignment...................................................................................  20
         f.       Paragraphs and Other Headings        ........................................................  20
         g.       Choice of Law................................................................................  20
         h.       No Waiver....................................................................................  20
         i.       Severability.................................................................................  20
         j.       Counterparts.................................................................................  20
         k.       Non-Competition Agreement     ...............................................................  20
                  1.       Definitions ........................................................................  21
                  2.       Ownership  .........................................................................  21
                  3.       Term  ..............................................................................  21
                  4.       Remedies............................................................................  21
                  5.       Disclaimer  ........................................................................  22

18.      Settlement of the Company's Debentures          ......................................................  22

19.      The Company's Dividends ..............................................................................  22


</TABLE>


                                       92
<PAGE>





                                           PARTIAL LIQUIDATION AGREEMENT

         PARTIAL LIQUIDATION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"),  dated as of March 20,
1998,  between Global Resources Group,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation  ("GRG") and
International  TeleData Corporation,  a New York corporation (the "Company") and
all of the  Shareholders of the Company whose names appear in Exhibit "A" hereto
("Shareholders").

Witnesseth:

         WHEREAS,  the  Shareholders  represent  that  they  are the  legal  and
beneficial  owners  of all of the  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of the
Company; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Shareholders  desire to sell its overseas  long distance
telecommunications  aggregation  business for shares of Common Stock of GRG, and
GRG desires to effect such exchange, all on the terms and conditions hereinafter
set forth in such a manner that the exchange will constitute a tax-free  partial
liquidation  pursuant to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements and  undertakings  hereinafter set forth, the parties do hereby adopt
said plan of  reorganization,  and, in order to consummate  said plan, do hereby
agree as follows:

1. Delivery of Assets of the Company. The Company agrees to transfer and deliver
to GRG, and GRG agrees to acquire the assets,  contracts  and leads  relating to
its  long  distance   telecommunications   international  aggregation  business,
including but not limited to those  contracts  known as the CFC deal and China I
and China II deals, as more fully described in Exhibit "A" attached.

2.  Consideration  for  Transfer  of Assets.  Upon the terms and  subject to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement,  GRG agrees to deliver  1,000,000 shares
to the Company upon closing and,  4,000,000  shares shall be placed in escrow to
be released upon signing  contracts  yielding in excess of four-million  dollars
($4,000,000.00)  of gross profit.  In addition to the stock  transfer,  GRG will
advance to the Company up to six- hundred thousand dollars  ($600,000.00) and up
to an additional one-million dollars ($1,000,000.00) within thirty (30) business
days of Closing  which will be used  specifically  for  working  capital for the
Company.  In addition,  one (1) seat will be made  available  and will be filled
immediately  on the Board of Directors of GRG by a designated  individual of the
Company.

3.  Miscellaneous  Provisions  Relating to Delivery of GRG's  Common  Stock.  No
fractional  shares of Common  Stock of GRG will be  delivered  and the number of
shares to be issued to any of the Shareholders will be rounded up to the nearest
whole share if the  Shareholder  is  entitled  to receive  one-half or more of a
share and rounded down to the nearest whole share if the Shareholder is entitled
to receive less than one-half of a share.


                                       93
<PAGE>



4. Access to Books and  Records.  Except as  hereinafter  provided,  GRG and its
officers,  employees and agents,  shall have full access at all reasonable times
from and after the date hereof to the plants,  facilities,  books and records of
the Company and the Company  shall  cooperate  fully with GRG to the end that it
may become familiar with the properties and business of the Company.  GRG agrees
to  treat  any  information  which is  disclosed  to GRG by the  Company  and is
proprietary or confidential to the Company, as confidential information,  and in
the event the closing does not take place, all documents will be returned to the
Company and GRG and will not make or retain  copies of any documents or make use
of any confidential information disclosed to it in the conduct of its business.

5. Closing.  The Closing of the exchange  provided for herein will take place at
GRG's office at 5841 Corporate Way, Suite 104, West Palm Beach,  Florida,  34407
on March 20, 1998,  such date being herein referred to as the "Closing Date". At
the  Closing,  the  Shareholders  arranged  to deliver to GRG all  certificates,
assignments,  and  other  instruments  which  may be  necessary,  desirable,  or
appropriate in order to transfer to GRG all of the outstanding shares of capital
stock of the  Company,  all in form and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to
counsel for GRG. At such Closing,  GRG shall deliver to the Company certificates
evidencing the shares of Common Stock of GRG to be delivered to the Shareholders
pursuant to Paragraph 2 hereof,  together with such other  instruments which may
be necessary,  desirable,  or appropriate to accomplish such  transfers,  all in
form and substance satisfactory to counsel for Shareholders.

6. Representations and Warranties of the Shareholders.  The Shareholders jointly
and severally represent and warrant to and agree with GRG as follows:

         a.  Organization  and  Standing.  The  Company  is a  corporation  duly
         organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
         State of New York,  with full corporate  power to carry on its business
         as now being  conducted  and to own and operate the property and assets
         now  owned  and  operated  by it,  and is duly  qualified  to  transact
         business and in good standing in each jurisdiction  where the ownership
         of its  properties  or the  conduct of its  business  requires it to be
         licensed or qualified to do business. The Company also delivered to GRG
         a copy of its Articles of  Incorporation  and all  amendments  thereto,
         certified  by the  Secretary  of State of the State of New York,  and a
         copy of its  By-Laws as  amended,  certified  by its  Secretary,  which
         documents are complete and correct as of the date of this Agreement.

         b. Subsidiaries,  Etc. The Company has no subsidiaries and is not party
         to any  partnership,  joint  venture  of similar  agreement,  except as
         disclosed in the schedule  referred to in subparagraph (f) of Paragraph
         6 hereof.




                                       94
<PAGE>





         c. Capital Stock. The authorized  capital stock of the Company consists
         of  20,000,000  shares of Common  Stock,  $0.001  par  value,  of which
         8,936,440  shares  are  validly  issued  and  outstanding.  All of said
         outstanding shares of the Company have been duly authorized and validly
         issued,  are  fully  paid  and  nonassessable.  There  are no  options,
         warrants or other agreements or commitments which are now or may in the
         future  obligate  the  Company to issue or  purchase  any shares of its
         capital stock or other securities.

         d.  Indebtedness.   The  Company  has  delivered  to  GRG  a  schedule,
         identified by reference to this  subparagraph,  listing all  promissory
         notes payable by the Company,  all  agreements of the Company to borrow
         money from others,  and all  commitments by others to lend money to the
         Company.  As to each note,  obligation  to borrow and loan  commitment,
         such schedule accurately sets forth the interest rate, terms of payment
         of principal and interest,  identity of security (if any) and any other
         material terms of such  indebtedness.  The Company is not in default in
         any respect under, and is not otherwise,  in violation or contravention
         of,  any of the  terms  or  provisions  of any  note,  loan  agreement,
         agreement  to borrow money from others or any  commitment  by others to
         lend money.

         e.  Financial  Statements.  The Company has  delivered to GRG a balance
         sheet (the "Balance Sheet") of the Company as of December 31, 1997 (the
         "Balance Sheet Date") and an income statement and statement of retained
         earnings for the year then ended.  Such  statements have been initialed
         by  officers of the  Company  and GRG for  identification.  All of such
         financial  statements  are  complete and fairly  present the  financial
         position of the Company on the  indicated  dates and the results of its
         present  financial  position of the Company on the indicated  dates and
         the results of its  operations for the indicated  periods.  All of such
         statements   have  been   prepared  on  the  tax  basis  of  accounting
         consistently applied. The Company has no liabilities, whether absolute,
         accrued, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities disclosed,
         (ii) incurred in  "arms-length"  transactions in the ordinary course of
         business since the Balance Sheet Date and (iii)  liabilities  disclosed
         in subparagraph (k) of this Paragraph 6 or the schedule  referred to in
         subparagraph (f) of this paragraph 6.

         f. Contracts and Other Commitments.  The Company has delivered to GRG a
         complete  and  accurate  schedule,  identified  by  reference  to  this
         subparagraph,  listing and briefly  describing all Material  Contracts.
         For this purpose,  the term  "Material  Contracts"  shall be defined to
         mean (i) all contracts and  commitments  out of the ordinary  course of
         business;  (ii) all contracts and  commitments  involving an obligation
         which cannot or, in  reasonable  probability,  will not be performed or
         terminated  within  sixty  (60)  days from the date  hereof;  (iii) all
         bonus,  incentive  compensation,  pension,  group insurance or employee
         welfare plans of any nature whatsoever;  (iv) all collective bargaining
         agreements  or other  contracts  or  commitments  to or with any  labor
         unions or other employee representatives or



                                       95
<PAGE>





         groups of employees;  (v)  employment  contracts  and other  contracts,
         agreements or commitments to or with  individual  employees,  agents or
         consultants  extending  for a period of more than three (3) months from
         the date  hereof or  providing  for earlier  termination  only upon the
         payment of a penalty or equivalent thereof; or (vi) all other contracts
         or  commitments  providing  for  payments  based in any manner upon the
         sales,  purchases  or  profits of the  Company.  There has not been any
         material default in any obligation to be performed by the Company under
         any material contract listed on the said schedule,  and the Company has
         not waived any material right under any such material contract.

         g. Intellectual Property. The Company owns, or is licensed or otherwise
         has the full and  exclusive  rights to use,  all  patents,  trademarks,
         trade names, copyrights,  technology,  know-how,  processes,  names and
         likenesses  used in or  necessary  for the  conduct of its  business as
         heretofore  conducted.  The Company has delivered to GRG a complete and
         accurate schedule identified by reference to this subparagraph, listing
         all  domestic  and  foreign  patents,  patent  applications,  licenses,
         formulae,  trademarks,  trade names and copyrights owned or held by the
         Company  and a  summary  of the  terms of all  agreements  relating  to
         technology,  know-how  or  processes  which the  Company is licensed or
         authorized to use by others. Except as set forth in this schedule,  the
         Company is licensed or authorized to use by others. Except as set forth
         in this schedule,  the Company has the sole and exclusive  right to use
         the patents, trademarks, trade names, copyright,  technology, know-how,
         processes,   names  and  likenesses   referred  to  therein,   and  the
         consummation of the contemplated  transactions will not alter or impair
         any such rights;  no claims have been asserted by any person to the use
         of any such patents, trademarks,  trade names, copyrights,  technology,
         know-how, processes, names and likenesses or challenging or questioning
         the validity or effectiveness  of any such licenses or agreements,  and
         there is no valid basis for any such claim and the use of such patents,
         trademarks, trade names, copyrights,  technology,  know-how, processes,
         names and  likenesses by the Company does not infringe on the rights of
         any person.

         h.  Assets.  The Company has  delivered  to GRG a complete and accurate
         schedule, identified by reference to this subparagraph,  containing (i)
         a complete  legal  description  of all real property  owned,  leased or
         otherwise used or occupied by the Company, (ii) a list of all banks and
         other institutions in which the Company has any account or safe deposit
         showing the identifying  numbers and names of the persons authorized to
         draw  thereon  or  have  access  thereto,  and  (iii)  a  list  of  all
         capitalized machinery, tools, equipment owned, leased or otherwise used
         by the Company.  Except as  disclosed  on the  schedule  referred to in
         subparagraph  (f) of this  Paragraph  6,  except  as  disclosed  in the
         schedule of assets supplied pursuant to this  subparagraph,  and except
         as acquired after the date hereon on terms approved by GRG, the Company
         and good and  marketable  title to all  property and assets used in its
         business, including all property and assets



                                       96
<PAGE>





         reflected in the schedule  referred to in this  subparagraph and in the
         Balance Sheet and all properties and assets  acquired after the Balance
         Sheet Date (other than assets  disposed of since the Balance Sheet Date
         in the ordinary  course of business),  subject to no liens,  mortgages,
         pledges, encumbrances or charges of any kind. The machinery,  equipment
         and other  facilities  of the  Company  are in  satisfactory  operating
         condition and repair for the business now conducted by the Company.  At
         the  Closing,  the Company will deliver to Buyer copies of all records,
         including all  signatures or  authorization  cards,  pertaining to such
         safe deposit boxes and bank accounts.

         i. Insurance.  The Company has delivered to GRG a complete and accurate
         schedule,  identified  by reference to this  subparagraph,  listing and
         briefly  describing all policies of fire,  liability,  life,  workmen's
         compensation  and other insurance  maintained by the Company.  All such
         policies  are in full  force and  effect,  all  premiums  with  respect
         thereto  covering all periods up to and including the Closing Date have
         been  paid,  and no  notice of  cancellation  or  termination  has been
         received with respect to any such policy.  Such policies are sufficient
         for compliance with all requirements of law and all agreements to which
         the  Company  is  a  party;  are  valid,  outstanding  and  enforceable
         policies;  provide  adequate  insurance  coverage  for the  assets  and
         operations of the Company, will remain in full force and effect through
         the Closing Date without the payment of additional  premiums,  and will
         not in any way be affected  by, or terminate or lapse by reason of, the
         contemplated  transactions.   The  schedule  provided  by  the  Company
         identifies  all risks that have been  designated as being self insured.
         No insurance  carrier has refused to insure any  operations or property
         assets  of the  Company,  nor  has any  insurance  carrier,  which  has
         carried,  or received any application  for, any such insurance  limited
         the coverage during the last three (3) years.

         j.  Litigation.  Except  as  identified  in  a  complete  and  accurate
         schedule, identified by reference to this subparagraph and delivered to
         GRG, the Company is not engaged in or threatened  with any legal action
         or other  proceeding  before any court or  administrative  agency.  The
         Company has not violated any laws,  regulations or order  applicable to
         its business or activities,  and the conduct of the present business of
         the Company at the present  location is in  conformity  with all zoning
         and building code requirements.

         k. Accounts Receivable. All accounts receivable of the Company, whether
         or not reflected in the Balance  Sheets or the Interim  Balance  Sheet,
         represent sales actually made in the ordinary  course of business,  and
         are current and  collectible  net of any reserves  shown on the Balance
         Sheets or the Interim  Balance  Sheet (which  reserves are adequate and
         were  calculated  consistent  with  past  practice).  Subject  to  such
         reserves, each of the accounts receivable has been collected in full or
         will be collected in full, without any set-off, within ninety (90) days
         after the day on which it first becomes due and payable.


                                       97
<PAGE>





         l. Inventories.  All inventory of the Company, whether or not reflected
         in the  Balance  Sheets or the  Interim  Balance  Sheet,  consists of a
         quality  and  quantity  usable and  salable in the  ordinary  course of
         business,  except  for  obsolete  items  and  items  of  below-standard
         quality,  all of which have been  written  off or  written  down to net
         realizable  value in the Balance  Sheets or the Interim  Balance Sheet.
         All  inventories  not  written  off have been  recorded at the lower of
         average  cost or  market.  The  quantities  of each  type of  inventory
         (whether raw  materials,  work-in-process,  or finished  goods) are not
         excessive,   but  are   reasonable   and   warranted   in  the  present
         circumstances  of the Company.  All work in process and finished  goods
         inventory is free from any defect or other deficiency.

         m. Purchase Commitments and Outstanding Bids. No purchase commitment of
         the Company is in excess of normal,  ordinary and usual requirements of
         its  business,  or was made at any price in excess of the then  current
         market price,  or contains terms and conditions more onerous than those
         usually  and  customary  in  the  industry.   In  the  aggregate,   the
         outstanding bids, sales proposals,  contracts or unfilled orders of the
         Company (i) will not (based on today's costs and reasonably foreseeable
         increases  in such  costs)  require  the  Company  to  supply  goods or
         services  at  cost to the  Company  in  excess  of the  revenues  to be
         received therefrom,  and (ii) quote prices which include a mark-up over
         reasonably  estimated  costs  consistent  with past mark-ups on similar
         business.

         n. Real  Estate.  The Company  shall have  delivered  to GRG a schedule
         identified by reference to this  subparagraph  listing all contracts or
         commitments  affecting  ownership of, title to, use of, or any interest
         in real estate.  All such leases of real  property are valid,  binding,
         and enforceable in accordance  with their terms,  and are in full force
         and  effect;  there are no existing  defaults  (or events  which,  with
         notice or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute  a default)  by the
         Company,  and all lessors under such leases have consented  (where such
         consent  is  necessary)  to  the   consummation  of  the   contemplated
         transactions   without   requiring   modification   in  the  rights  or
         obligations  of the lessee under such leases and all such  consents are
         listed in the  schedule  provided to GRG.  The  Company  has  delivered
         executed  counterpart  copies  of  all  consents  referred  to  in  the
         preceding sentence to GRG.

         o. Changes, Dividends, Etc. Since the Balance Sheet Date there has been
         no material  adverse change in the condition  (financial or otherwise),
         physical assets, capitalization or business of the Company, no dividend
         or other  distribution  declared,  paid or made on any of the shares of
         the Company's capital stock, no direct or indirect redemption, purchase
         or other acquisition by the Company of any shares of its capital stock,
         no damage,  destruction  or loss  (whether or not covered by insurance)
         adversely  affecting  the  properties,  business  or  prospects  of the
         Company,  no increase in the rate of compensation  payable or to become
         payable to any  officer or other  employee  of the  Company  (except as
         disclosed in the


                                       98
<PAGE>



         schedule referred to in subparagraph (j) of the Paragraph 6 or approved
         in writing by GRG), no  significant  labor  disturbances,  and no other
         event or condition which materially and adversely  affects the business
         of the  Company.  Since the  Balance  Sheet Date,  the  business of the
         Company has been conducted  diligently and in the ordinary course;  the
         Company  has not sold or  transferred  any of its  property  or  assets
         except in the ordinary  course of business,  and no contracts have been
         entered into by the Company  except in the ordinary  course of business
         or with the written approval of GRG.

         p. Tax Returns and Liabilities. The Company has filed on a timely basis
         all tax returns that are or were  required to be filed  pursuant to the
         laws,  regulations or administrative  requirements of each governmental
         body with taxing power of it or its assets.  The Company has  delivered
         to GRG all such Tax Returns  filed since the Company's  inception.  The
         Company has paid,  all Taxes that have or may have become due  pursuant
         to those Tax  Returns,  or  otherwise,  or pursuant  to any  assessment
         received by the Company, except such Taxes, if any, as are set forth in
         a  schedule  and are  being  contested  in good  faith  and as to which
         adequate  reserves  (determined  in  accordance  with the tax  basis of
         accounting  consistently applied) have been provided for in the Balance
         Sheets and Interim Balance Sheets.

         q. Breaches of Contracts,  Etc.  Neither the execution nor the delivery
         of this  Agreement by the Company,  nor the  performance  of any of its
         obligations hereunder, will result in a breach or violation of any term
         or provision of or constitute a default under any  indenture,  mortgage
         or other  agreement  or  instrument  to which the  Company  is a party.
         Neither  the  execution  nor  the  delivery  of this  Agreement  by the
         Shareholders,   nor  the  performance  of  any  of  their   obligations
         hereunder,  will  result  in a  breach  or  violation  of any  term  or
         provision of or constitute a default under any indenture,  mortgage, or
         other agreement which any of them is bound, or any law or order,  rule,
         regulation, writ, injunction or decree of any government,  governmental
         instrumentality  or court having  jurisdiction over the Shareholders or
         any of their assets or rights, or results in the creation or imposition
         of any lien,  charge or  encumbrance  of any kind  whatsoever on any of
         such assets or rights.

         r. Title to Company  Stock.  Each of the  Shareholders  represents  and
         warrants for themselves and not for the others; that this Agreement has
         been duly  executed and delivered by the  Shareholder(s)  and is, as to
         themselves,  a valid agreement binding upon them in accordance with its
         terms;  that he  individually  has valid title to the shares of capital
         stock of the  Company  set forth  opposite  their name in  Exhibit  "A"
         hereto,  with full right,  power and  authority to  transfer,  sell and
         deliver such shares pursuant to this Agreement; and that, upon delivery
         of their shares pursuant to this Agreement,  GRG will receive valid and
         marketable title to their shares, free and clear of all voting or other
         trust  arrangements,  liens,  encumbrances,  restrictions,  and adverse
         claims, whether existing or contingent.


                                       99
<PAGE>



         s. Conflict of Interests. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates
         (as this term is defined in the Securities Act of 1933 [the "1933 Act"]
         and in the rules and  regulations  promulgated  by the  Securities  and
         Exchange   Commission  ["SEC"]  thereunder)  has,  either  directly  or
         indirectly,   (i)  an   interest  in  any   corporation,   partnership,
         proprietorship, association or other person or entity which produces or
         sells those  products  and  services  which are produced or sold by the
         Company,  or (ii) a beneficial interest in any contract or agreement to
         which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound.  For
         the  purpose  of this  subparagraph,  there  shall be  disregarded  any
         interest  which  arises  solely  from the  ownership  of less than a 5%
         equity  interest  in a  corporation  which  has a class  of  securities
         regularly traded on any securities exchange or in the  over-the-counter
         market, or quoted on any inter dealer quotation system.

         t. Disclosure.  No representations or warranties by the Shareholders or
         the  Company  in  this  Agreement  and no  statement  contained  in any
         document  (including,  without limitation,  financial  statements,  the
         schedules),  certificate, or other writing furnished or to be furnished
         to GRG or any of its representatives  pursuant to the provisions hereof
         or in connection with the contemplated  transactions,  contains or will
         contain  any untrue  statement  of  material  fact or omits or will not
         state any  material  fact  necessary to make the  statements  herein or
         therein,  in light of the circumstances  under which they are made, not
         misleading.  Documents  delivered or to be delivered to GRG pursuant to
         this  Agreement  are or will be true and  complete  copies of what they
         purport to be.  There is no fact known to the  officers,  directors  or
         employees of the Company  unknown to GRG on the date of this  Agreement
         that may affect or does affect in a  materially  adverse  manner  GRG's
         ability  to  conduct  the  business  of the  Company  substantially  as
         conducted prior to such date.

7.  Representations  and  Warranties of GRG. GRG  represents and warrants to and
agrees with the Company as follows:

         a.  Organization  and Standing.  GRG is a corporation  duly  organized,
         validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of
         Nevada, with full corporate power to carry on its business as now being
         conducted  and to own and operate the property and assets now owned and
         operated by it, and is duly qualified to transact  business and in good
         standing in each jurisdiction  where the ownership of its properties or
         the conduct of its business  requires it to be licensed or qualified to
         do business.




                                      100
<PAGE>





         b.  Capital  Stock.  The  authorized  capital  stock of GRG consists of
         100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.0005 par value, 10,350,000 shares
         of Common  Stock are  presently  issued  and  outstanding.  All of said
         outstanding shares are validly issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable.
         At the close of business on March 4, 1998 an aggregate of -0- shares of
         Common Stock of GRG were  reserved  for  issuance  upon the exercise of
         options  granted and which may be granted to  employees  of GRG and its
         subsidiaries,  and no additional shares were reserved for issuance upon
         conversion of outstanding convertible subordinate debentures.

         c.  Validity of Shares.  The shares of Common  Stock to be delivered by
         GRG pursuant to this  Agreement  will,  when so  delivered,  be validly
         issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable.

         d. Changes,  Dividends,  Etc. Prior to the Closing hereunder,  GRG will
         not split,  combine or otherwise  change or reclassify its  outstanding
         Common Stock or declare or distribute  any cash or stock  dividend upon
         such Common Stock.

         e.  Authorization  of  Agreement.  GRG's  Board of  Directors  has duly
         authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by
         GRG has been duly authorized by GRG's Board of Directors,  and will not
         result in any breach of or violate or  constitute  a default  under its
         Articles  of  Incorporation  or By-Laws or any  indenture,  mortgage or
         other agreement or instrument to which it is a party.

         f. No Violation of Law, Etc. Neither the execution, nor the delivery of
         this Agreement by GRG, nor the  performance  of any of its  obligations
         hereunder will result in a breach or violation of any law, order, rule,
         regulation,   writ,   injunction   or   decree   or  any   governmental
         instrumentality  or court  having  jurisdiction  over GRG or any of its
         assets or rights,  or result in the creation or imposition of any lien,
         charge or  encumbrance  of any kind  whatever  on any of such assets or
         rights.

         g.  Financial  Statements.  GRG has delivered to the Company its annual
         reports  for the past  two (2)  years  which  contains  a  consolidated
         balance  sheet as of December  31, 1996,  and the related  statement of
         consolidated income for the year then ended. Such financial  statements
         have  been   initialed   by   officers  of  GRG  and  the  Company  for
         identification.  Such  financial  statements  are  complete,  have been
         prepared in accordance  with the tax basis of  accounting  consistently
         applied and fairly present the consolidated  financial  position of GRG
         at such date,  and the results of its operations for the period therein
         specified.

         h. No Material  Changes.  Since  December 31,  1997,  there has been no
         material  change in the  condition  (financial or  otherwise),  assets,
         liabilities,  capitalization  or business  of GRG,  which have not been
         disclosed to the Company.



                                      101
<PAGE>





8. Conditions to Obligations of GRG. The obligations of GRG under this Agreement
are of the following conditions precedent:

         a. All  representations  and  warranties  of the  Shareholders  and the
         Company  contained  herein and in any  certificate or other  investment
         delivered  pursuant to the provisions hereof, or in connection with the
         transactions  contemplated  hereby,  shall be true on the Closing  Date
         with the same  force  and  effect as though  such  representations  and
         warranties had been made on the Closing Date.

         b. The  Shareholders  and the Company shall have performed and complied
         with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be
         performed  or  complied  with by them,  respectively,  on or before the
         Closing Date.

         c. The Directors of the Company  shall have taken all necessary  action
         to authorize the execution and performance of this  Agreement,  and the
         Company shall have delivered to GRG true and complete copies, certified
         by the Secretary,  of Resolutions of its Board of Directors  evidencing
         such action.

         d. The Shares of GRG's Common Stock,  $.0005 par value, which are to be
         delivered on the Closing Date to the  Shareholders  in accordance  with
         the terms hereof shall have been listed or  authorized  to be listed on
         the Exhibit "B".

         e. The  Shareholders  and the Company shall have  delivered to GRG such
         certificates dated as of the Closing Date. Certifying in such detail as
         GRG  may  reasonably  request  to the  fulfillment  of  the  conditions
         specified  in this  Paragraph  8. No legend or other  reference  to any
         purported encumbrance shall appear on any certificate.  The delivery of
         certificates  to GRG  provided  in  Paragraph  2 will  result  in GRG's
         immediate acquisition of record and beneficial ownership of the Shares,
         free and clear of all  encumbrances  (which  term shall be  hereinafter
         defined as any security interest,  mortgage, lien charge, adverse claim
         or  restriction  of any  kind,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  any
         restriction on the use,  voting,  transfer,  receipt of income or other
         exercise of any attributes of ownership).

         f. The Company  shall have  delivered  to GRG an opinion of its counsel
         for the Shareholders and the Company,  dated as of the Closing Date, to
         the effect that:

                  i. The Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good
                  standing  under  the laws of the State of  Florida,  with full
                  corporate  power and  authority  to enter into and perform its
                  obligations  under  this  Agreement,   to  own  and  hold  its
                  properties  owned and leased and to carry on the  business  in
                  which it is engaged,  and is legally  qualified to do business
                  as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction
                  wherein the nature of its activities or its  properties  owned
                  or leased makes such qualification necessary.


                                      102
<PAGE>



                  ii. The execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement
                  and the instruments  executed and delivered to GRG pursuant to
                  this  Agreement  by the  Company,  have been duly and  validly
                  authorized  and  approved (as required by law and the terms of
                  this  Agreement) by the Company's  Board of Directors and this
                  Agreement  and such  instruments  have been duly  executed and
                  delivered by the Company and the  Shareholders  and constitute
                  the  valid  and  binding  obligation  of the  Company  and the
                  Shareholders,  respectively,  enforceable  in accordance  with
                  their  respective  terms,  except as  limited  by  bankruptcy,
                  insolvency  and  other  laws  affecting  the   enforcement  or
                  creditor's rights.

                  iii. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
                  and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  herein
                  will not result in any breach or violation of any of the terms
                  or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the Company's
                  Articles of incorporation or By-Laws,  or, to the knowledge of
                  such  counsel,   any  term  or  provision  of  any  indenture,
                  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  lease,  loan  agreement,  security
                  agreement,  or  other  agreement,  instrument,  commitment  or
                  arrangement,  to which the Company or any of its  Shareholders
                  is a party or by which the Company or any of the  Shareholders
                  is  bound  or to  which  any of the  Company's  properties  is
                  subject.

                  iv. The Company is authorized by its Articles of Incorporation
                  to issue 20,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.001 par value,
                  of which there are 8,936,440  shares  issued and  outstanding,
                  all  of  which  are  duly   authorized,   validly  issued  and
                  outstanding, fully paid or nonassessable, and the issuance and
                  sale of such shares did not to the  knowledge  of such counsel
                  violate the 1933 Act or the rules and  regulations  of the SEC
                  thereunder  or any  applicable  state  securities  or Blue Sky
                  Laws.  The  Company  has no other  authorized  or  outstanding
                  series  or class of  capital  stock  or other  securities,  or
                  outstanding  options,  warrants  or other  rights  to  acquire
                  securities of the Company. The Shareholders are the record and
                  beneficial  owners of the  respective  number of shares of the
                  Company's  capital  stock set forth  opposite  their  names in
                  Exhibit "A" hereto.

                  v.  Insofar  as is known  to such  counsel,  all  assignments,
                  powers and other  documents  necessary  to effect the transfer
                  and delivery of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
                  Company to GRG as provided for herein have been duly  executed
                  and delivered by the Shareholders and are adequate to transfer
                  to GRG valid and marketable title to said shares.

                  vi.  Such  counsel  has  no   knowledge  of  any   litigation,
                  proceeding or governmental  investigation  or labor dispute or
                  labor  trouble,  pending or  threatened  against the  Company,
                  except matters specifically mentioned in the schedule required
                  by subparagraph (m) of Paragraph 6 above.



                                      103
<PAGE>





                  vii.  The  issuance and delivery of the shares of GRG's Common
                  Stock to be issued and delivered to the Shareholders  pursuant
                  to  Paragraph  2 hereof is  exempt  from the  registration  or
                  qualification requirements of the state securities laws of the
                  State of Florida.

In  rendering  such  opinion,  such counsel may rely on  certificates  of public
officials and upon  certificates of officers of the Company and the Shareholders
and upon  opinions of counsel  retained by the  Company or the  Shareholders  in
States other than  Florida,  copies of which  certificates  and opinion shall be
furnished to GRG.

         g. No action or  proceeding  by any  governmental  body or agency shall
         have been  threatened,  asserted or  instituted to restrain or prohibit
         the carrying out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         h. All corporate and other  proceedings  and action taken in connection
         with  the   transactions   contemplated   by  this  Agreement  and  all
         certificates,   opinions,   agreements,   instruments,   and  documents
         mentioned in this Paragraph 8 or incident to any such transaction shall
         be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance  to GRG and to its
         counsel.

The conditions contained in this Paragraph 8 are included herein for the benefit
of GRG and, without constituting a waiver of any of its rights hereunder, may be
waived, in whole or in part, by GRG.

9.  Conditions to Obligations of the Company and the  Shareholders.  The Company
and the Shareholders under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment,  on or
before the Closing Date, of the following conditions:

         a. All  representations  and warranties of GRG contained  herein and in
         any  certificate  or  other  instrument   delivered   pursuant  to  the
         provisions hereof, or in connection with the transactions  contemplated
         hereby,  shall be true on the  Closing  Date  with the same  force  and
         effect as though such  representations  and warranties had been made on
         the Closing Date.

         b. GRG  shall  have  performed  and  complied  with  all of the  terms,
         covenants and  conditions of this Agreement to be performed or complied
         with by it on or before the Closing Date.

         c. GRG shall have  delivered to the  Shareholders  a certificate of its
         President  or a  Vice  President  and  its  Secretary  or an  Assistant
         Secretary,  dated as of the Closing Date,  certifying in such detail as
         the  Shareholders  may  reasonably  request to the  fulfillment  of the
         conditions specified in this Paragraph 9.




                                      104
<PAGE>





         d. The Shares of GRG's Common Stock,  $.0005 par value, which are to be
         issued to the  Shareholders  on the Closing Date in accordance with the
         terms  hereof shall have been listed or  authorized  for listing on the
         Exhibit "B".

         e. The Board of Directors of GRG shall have taken all necessary  action
         to authorize the execution and performance of this Agreement, including
         the  delivery of shares of Common Stock of GRG to the  Shareholders  in
         accordance  with this  Agreement,  and GRG shall have  delivered to the
         Shareholders  true and complete  copies  certified by its  Secretary or
         Assistant   Secretary,   of  Resolutions  of  its  Board  of  Directors
         evidencing such action.

         f. GRG shall represent to the Shareholders that:

                  i. GRG is a corporation  duly organized,  validly existing and
                  in good standing  under the laws of the State of Nevada,  with
                  an authorized  capitalization as set forth in subparagraph (b)
                  of Paragraph 7 of this  Agreement,  with full corporate  power
                  and authority to enter into and perform its obligations  under
                  this  Agreement,  to own and hold  its  properties  owned  and
                  leased and to carry on the business in which it is engaged.

                  ii. The Execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement
                  by GRG have been duly and validly  authorized and approved (as
                  required by law and by the terms of this  Agreement)  by GRG's
                  Board of Directors  and this  Agreement has been duly executed
                  and  delivered  by GRG and  constitutes  the valid and binding
                  obligation  of GRG in  accordance  with its  terms,  except as
                  limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  and other laws affecting
                  the enforcement of creditors' rights.

                  iii. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
                  and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  herein
                  will not result in any breach or violation of any of the terms
                  or provisions of, or constitute a default under,  the Articles
                  of  Incorporation  or By-Laws of GRG or, to the  knowledge  of
                  such counsel,  any statue,  law, order,  rule or regulation of
                  any court of governmental  agency or body having  jurisdiction
                  over GRG or any of its  activities  or  properties  or, to the
                  knowledge  of  such  counsel,  any  term or  provision  of any
                  indenture,  mortgage,  security agreement, or other agreement,
                  instrument, commitment or arrangement, to which GRG is a party
                  or by which it is bound or to which its property is subject.

                  iv. The shares of GRG to be delivered to the  Shareholders  on
                  the Closing  Date  pursuant to  Paragraph 2 hereof,  have been
                  duly authorized and upon such delivery will be validly issued,
                  fully paid, nonassessable and listed or authorized for listing
                  on the Exhibit "B".




                                      105
<PAGE>





         g. No action or  proceeding  by any  governmental  body or agency shall
         have been  threatened,  asserted or  instituted to restrain or prohibit
         the carrying out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         h. All corporate and other  proceedings and actions taken in connection
         with  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby  and  all  certificates,
         opinions,  agreements,  instruments  and  documents  mentioned  in this
         Paragraph 9 or incident to any such  transaction  shall be satisfactory
         in form and substance to the Shareholders and their counsel.

The conditions contained in this Paragraph 9 are included herein for the benefit
of the  Shareholders  and,  without  constituting  a waiver of any of its rights
hereunder, may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Shareholders.

10.      Certain Covenants Prior to Closing.

         a. The  Shareholders  will use their best efforts,  and take such other
         action as may be necessary,  to fulfill all of the conditions contained
         in Paragraph 8 hereof and to authorize  and  consummate,  and cause the
         Company to authorize and  consummate,  all of the  transactions  herein
         contemplated.

         b. GRG will use its best efforts,  and take such other action as may be
         necessary,  to fulfill all of the  conditions  contained in Paragraph 9
         hereof and to authorize and consummate all of the  transactions  herein
         contemplated.

         c. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company
         and Shareholders shall (a) give GRG and its authorized  representatives
         full  access  to all  offices,  warehouses  and  other  facilities  and
         properties  of the  Company and to the books and records of the Company
         (and  permit  GRG to  make  copies  thereof),  (b)  permit  GRG to make
         inspections  thereof,  and (c)  cause  its  officers  and its  advisors
         (including,  without  limitation,  its auditors,  attorneys,  financial
         advisors  and other  consultants,  agents and  advisors) to furnish GRG
         with such  financial  and  operating  data and other  information  with
         respect to the business and  properties of the Company,  and to discuss
         with GRG and its authorized representatives the affairs of the Company,
         all as GRG may from time to time reasonably request.

         d. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company
         and Shareholders  shall give notice to GRG promptly upon the Company or
         Shareholders  becoming aware of (a) any inaccuracy of a  representation
         or  warranty  set  forth in any  schedule  or (b) any event or state of
         facts  that,  if it had  occurred or existed on or prior to the date of
         this Agreement,  would have caused any such representation and warranty
         to be inaccurate, any such notice to describe such inaccuracy, event or
         state of facts in reasonable detail.



                                      106
<PAGE>





         e. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company
         and  Shareholders  shall  cause  (a)  copies of all  reports  and other
         documents  given  to the  members  of the  Board of  Directors  (or any
         committee  thereof) of the Company to be  delivered  to GRG at the same
         time and (b) copies of the  minutes  of all  meetings  of, and  actions
         taken  without a meeting by, the Board of Directors  (or any  committee
         thereof)  of the  Company to be  delivered  to GRG  promptly  after the
         preparation  thereof.  Between  the  date  of  this  Agreement  and the
         Closing, the Company and Shareholders shall give GRG at least three (3)
         days prior  notice of any  meeting  of or action to be taken  without a
         meeting by, the Board of Directors or committee thereof, of the Company
         and shall cause the Company to permit one individual  designated by GRG
         to attend each such meeting as an observer.

         f. Between the date of this  Agreement and the Closing  Date,  GRG, the
         Company and  Shareholders  shall discuss and coordinate with respect to
         any public filing or  announcement  concerning any of the  contemplated
         transactions.

         g. GRG and  Shareholders  shall  cause the  Company  to,  (a) file with
         applicable   regulatory   authorities  the   applications  and  related
         documents  required to be filed by them (and  prosecute  diligently and
         related   proceedings)   in  order  to  consummate   the   contemplated
         transactions  and (b) cooperate  with the others as they may reasonably
         request in connection with the following.

11.      Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnification.

         a. Survival.  All representations,  warranties and agreements contained
         in  this  Agreement  shall  survive  the  Closing  notwithstanding  any
         investigation  conducted with respect thereto;  however,  a party shall
         have no liability with respect to a representation and warranty,  or an
         agreement to be performed or complied  with prior to the Closing  Date,
         to the extent that the inaccuracy of such  representation  and warranty
         or the  failure  to  perform  and comply  with such  agreement  was not
         intentional and was disclosed in a schedule  delivered pursuant to this
         Agreement.

         b.  Indemnification  by  Company  and  Shareholders.  The  Company  and
         Shareholders,  jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless
         GRG, and shall reimburse GRG for any loss,  liability,  claim,  damage,
         expense  (including,  but not limited to,  costs of  investigation  and
         defense  and  reasonable   attorneys'  fees)  or  diminution  of  value
         (collectively  "Damages")  arising from or in connection  with, (a) any
         inaccuracy in any of the  representations and warranties of the Company
         or Shareholders in this Agreement,  or any actions,  omissions or state
         of facts inconsistent with any such representation or warranty, (b) any
         failure by the  Company or  Shareholders  to perform or comply with any
         agreement in this Agreement,  (c) any claim by any person for brokerage
         or finder's  fees or  commissions  or similar  payments  based upon any
         agreement or understanding alleged to have been made by any such person
         with the  Company or any  Shareholder  (or any  person  acting on their
         behalf) in connection with any of the contemplated transactions.


                                      107
<PAGE>



         c.  Indemnification  by GRG. GRG shall  indemnify and hold harmless the
         Company  and   Shareholders,   and  shall  reimburse  the  Company  and
         Shareholders  for, any Damages  arising from or in connection  with (a)
         any inaccuracy in any of the  representations  and warranties of GRG in
         this   Agreement,   or  any  actions,   omissions  or  state  of  facts
         inconsistent with any such representation or warranty,  (b) any failure
         by GRG to perform or comply with any  agreement in this  Agreement,  or
         (c)  any  claim  by any  person  for  brokerage  or  finder's  fees  or
         commissions   or  similar   payments   based  upon  any   agreement  or
         understanding alleged to have been made by such person with GRG (or any
         person acting on its behalf) in connection with any of the contemplated
         transactions without having been discussed by the Company.

         d.  Procedure  for  Indemnification.   Promptly  after  receipt  by  an
         indemnified  party of notice of the  commencement  of any action,  such
         indemnified  party shall,  if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made
         against an  indemnifying  party under such section,  give notice to the
         indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof,  but the failure so to
         notify the  indemnifying  party shall not  relieve it of any  liability
         that it may have to any  indemnified  party  except to the  extent  the
         indemnifying  party  demonstrates  that the  defense of such  action is
         prejudiced thereby. In case any such action shall be brought against an
         indemnified party and it shall give notice to the indemnifying party of
         the commencement  thereof,  the indemnifying party shall be entitled to
         participate  therein  and, to the extent that it shall wish,  to assume
         the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party
         and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party
         of its  election so to assume the  defense  thereof,  the  indemnifying
         party  under such  section  for any fees of other  counsel or any other
         expenses,  in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party
         in connection with the defense thereof,  other than reasonable costs of
         investigation.  If an indemnifying party assumes the defense of such an
         action,  (a) no compromise or settlement thereof may be effected by the
         indemnifying party without the indemnified party's consent, which shall
         not  be  unreasonably  withheld  unless  (i)  there  is no  finding  or
         admission of any violation of law or any violation of the rights of any
         person and no effect on any other  claims that may be made  against the
         indemnified  party  and  (b)  the  indemnifying  party  shall  have  no
         liability with respect to any compromise or settlement thereof effected
         without its  consent,  which  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  If
         notice is given to an  indemnifying  party of the  commencement  of any
         action and it does not, within ten (10) days after indemnified  party's
         notice is given,  give notice to the indemnified  party of its election
         to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall be bound by
         any  determination  made in such action or any compromise or settlement
         thereof  effected  by  the  indemnified  party.   Notwithstanding   the
         foregoing,  if an indemnified party determines in good faith that there
         is a  reasonable  probability  that an action may  adversely  affect it
         other than as a result of monetary damages, such indemnified party may,
         by notice to the  indemnifying  party,  assume the  exclusive  right to
         defend,  compromise or settle such action,  but the indemnifying  party
         shall not be bound by any determination of an action so defended or any
         compromise or settlement  thereof effected  without its consent,  which
         shall not be unreasonably withheld.


                                      108
<PAGE>



         e. After-Tax  Basis. In determining the Damages suffered by any person,
         the amount thereof shall be reduced by any tax benefit realized by such
         person as a result  of the  incurrence  of such  Damages.  Any  payment
         required by this  Paragraph 11 (for  indemnification  or  otherwise) in
         respect of the  Damages  suffered  by any person  shall be in an amount
         that after deducting any tax cost incurred by the person receiving that
         payment equal the amount  required to be paid as  determined  under the
         applicable  provisions (other than this sentence) of this Paragraph 11.
         The tax benefit  realized by a person by reason of any payment or other
         matter shall be the amount by which (a) the aggregate federal and state
         income and franchise  taxes that would have been,  but for such payment
         or other matter, payable by such person for the fiscal year, if any, in
         which such  payment or other  matter is taken  into  account  ("but-for
         tax") exceeds (b) the aggregate  federal and state income and franchise
         taxes  actually  payable by such person for such  fiscal year  ("actual
         tax") and the tax cost of any payment  shall be the amount by which the
         actual tax exceeds but-for tax.

         f. Notwithstanding  anything  hereinabove  contained to the contrary in
         Paragraph  11, (i) none of the  provisions  of this  Paragraph 11 shall
         apply  to  any  liability  (whether  by  GRG  to  one  or  more  of the
         Shareholders or by one or more the  Shareholders to GRG) arising out of
         or by virtue of the  Provisions  of Paragraph 12 below or any violation
         of the  provisions  of Paragraph  12, and (ii) the  provisions  of said
         Paragraph 12 shall survive the Closing Date.

12.  Investment  Representation.  Each  of  the  Shareholders  acknowledges  his
understanding  that the  shares of GRG's  Common  Stock to be  delivered  to the
Shareholders  pursuant to this Agreement will not be registered  pursuant to the
1933 Act and each of the Shareholders  further represents to and agrees with GRG
as follows:

         a. He/she is acquiring  the shares of GRG's  Common  Stock  pursuant to
         this Agreement for his/her own private personal  investment account and
         with no present  intention of reselling or distributing  such shares or
         any portion thereof to others.

         b. They fully comprehend that in connection with the issuance of shares
         of GRG's Common Stock pursuant to this  Agreement,  GRG is relying to a
         material  degree  on  the  representations,  warranties  and  covenants
         contained  herein,  and with such realization  he/she authorizes GRG to
         act as it may see fit in full reliance hereon.

         c.  He/she  agrees  that none of such  shares  will be  transferred  or
         distributed  unless (i) they are covered by an  effective  Registration
         Statement  prepared in accordance with the 1933 Act and are distributed
         in a  manner  complying  with the  1933  Act and  with  the  Rules  and
         Regulations promulgated thereunder;  or (ii) they may be transferred in
         accordance with Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations



                                      109
<PAGE>





         pursuant to the 1933 Act (or such similar Rule as may be  applicable to
         such shares at the time of transfer) so long as such transfer  strictly
         complies  with  said  Rule  144 and  with  such  procedures  as GRG may
         reasonably establish in connection  therewith;  or (iii) there is first
         delivered to GRG the written legal opinion of legal counsel in form and
         substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to GRG's  legal  counsel  or a "no
         action  letter" from SEC  indicating  that any of the provisions of the
         1933 Act and the Rules and Regulations promulgated  thereunder.  In the
         event such legal  opinion is based upon the  exemption now contained in
         Section  4(2) of the 1933  Act,  the  person  acquiring  shares or some
         portion  thereof  shall  execute and deliver to GRG a letter  agreement
         complying with the 1933 Act and the Rules and  Regulations  promulgated
         thereunder.

         d. He/she  hereby  agrees  that the  certificate(s)  representing  such
         shares  may bear a  legend,  as set  forth  below,  setting  forth  the
         restrictions  upon  transfer  which  are  contained  in  the  foregoing
         subparagraph  (c) and that GRG may  deliver  to its  transfer  agents a
         "stop transfer  order"  directing the transfer agents not to effect any
         transfer of such shares without  having  received the permission of GRG
         and evidence of compliance with  applicable  provisions of the 1933 Act
         and the terms of this Agreement.

                  The  shares  represented  by this  certificate  have  not been
                  registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 (the "Act") and
                  are  "restricted  securities"  as that term is defined in Rule
                  144 under the Act.  The shares  may not be  offered  for sale,
                  sold or otherwise  transferred except pursuant to an exemption
                  from registration  under the Act, the availability of which is
                  to be established to the satisfaction of GRG.

         e.  He/she  hereby  agrees  that to  indemnify  GRG against and hold it
         harmless from all losses,  liabilities,  costs and expenses  (including
         reasonable  attorneys' fees) which shall arise as a result of a sale or
         distribution  by him of such shares or any portion thereof in violation
         of the 1933 Act or the terms of this Agreement.

13.      Further Assurances.

         a. At the  request  of GRG,  and  without  further  consideration,  the
         Company and  Shareholders  will  execute and  deliver  such  additional
         instruments  of  transfer  and  will  take  such  other  action  as GRG
         reasonably  may  request in order more  effectively  to transfer to GRG
         full ownership and control of the Company.

         b.  At the  request  of one or more of the  Shareholders,  and  without
         further  consideration,  GRG will execute and deliver  such  additional
         instruments  and will take  such  other  actions  as  Shareholders  may
         reasonably   request  in  order  more  effectively  to  carry  out  the
         transaction contemplated hereby.


                                      110
<PAGE>



14.Expenses. Each party shall bear its own expenses incident to the preparation,
negotiation and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its
obligations hereunder.

15. Partial Liquidation.  Supplemental to this Agreement,  the Company agrees to
dividend  out, on a basis  acceptable  to it without any approval on GRG's part,
any or all of the GRG shares it receives to its  Shareholders  as a  non-taxable
partial  liquidation.  Upon such  dividend,  the  Company  agrees to non  longer
aggregate international long distance traffic for three (3) years.

16. Directors.  All Directors of the Company whose  resignations shall have been
requested  by GRG not less than five (5) days before the Closing Date shall have
submitted their  resignations or been removed  effective as of the Closing Date.
One (1) seat on the Board of Directors will be available for the Company.

17.      Other Matters.

         a. No Other Agreements.  All terms and conditions of this Agreement are
         set  forth  herein,   and  there  are  no  warranties,   agreements  or
         understandings,  express or implied,  except those  expressly set forth
         herein.

         b.  Amendment.  This  Agreement  may  be  amended  only  by  a  written
         instrument executed on behalf of GRG, the Company and the Shareholders;
         provided,  however, that after the Closing provided for herein, GRG and
         the  Shareholders  may amend this  Agreement  without the  execution or
         approval of the Company.

         c. Notices. Any notice or other communication  required or permitted to
         be  given  hereunder  shall be  deemed  properly  given  if  personally
         delivered  or  deposited  in the  United  States  mail,  registered  or
         certified  and  postage  prepaid,  addressed  to  the  Company  or  the
         Shareholders  at 5841  Corporate  Way,  Suite  104,  West  Palm  Beach,
         Florida,  34407, or at such other addresses as may from time to time be
         designated by the respective parties in writing.

         d.  Specific  Performance.  The  parties  acknowledge  that the subject
         matter of this Agreement (i.e., the business and assets of the Company)
         is unique and that no  adequate  remedy of law would be  available  for
         breach of this Agreement. Accordingly, each party agrees that the other
         parties  will  be  entitled  to  an  appropriate   decree  of  specific
         performance  or other  equitable  remedies  to enforce  this  Agreement
         (without  any bond or other  security  being  required)  and each party
         waives the defense in any action or proceeding  brought to enforce this
         Agreement that there exists an adequate remedy at law.



                                      111
<PAGE>


         e.  Assignment.  Except as specifically  permitted by the terms of this
         Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any right created hereby shall be
         assignable by GRG. The Company or the Shareholders (or their respective
         successors in interest)  without the prior written consent of all other
         parties  hereto,  and any  such  attempted  assignment  shall  be void.
         Nothing in this agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to convert
         upon any person,  other than the parties hereto, any rights or remedies
         under  or by  reason  of  this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  any  other
         provisions   herein  to  the  contrary,   the  right  of  each  of  the
         Shareholders  to  receive  shares of GRG's  Common  Stock  pursuant  to
         Paragraph  2 hereof  shall not be  assignable  except upon the death of
         such  Shareholder by  testamentary  disposition or the law of intestate
         succession.

         f.  Paragraphs  and  Other  Headings.   Paragraphs  or  other  headings
         contained in this  Agreement are for reference  purposes only and shall
         not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

         g. Choice of Law. It is the  intention  of the parties that the laws of
         the State of Florida should govern the validity of this Agreement,  the
         construction  of its terms and the  interpretation  of the  rights  and
         duties of the parties.

         h. No Waiver.  The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence
         to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a
         waiver or deprive  that party of the right  thereafter  to insist  upon
         strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.  Any
         waiver must be in writing.

         i.  Severability.  In the event that any one or more of the  provisions
         contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid,
         illegal  or  unenforceable,   the  same  shall  not  affect  any  other
         provisions of this Agreement,  but this Agreement shall be construed as
         if such invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable  provisions  had never been
         contained herein.

         j.       Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
         counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all shall
         constitute one and the same instrument.

         k.       Non-Competition Agreement.  The Company agrees to the
         following terms governing the confidentiality of any and all
         confidential information it has obtained from GRG and/or has provided
         to GRG:



                                      112
<PAGE>



                  1.   Definitions.   For   purposes  of  this   Non-Competition
Agreement,  "Confidential  Information"  means all information of GRG or another
party  whose  information  GRG  has  in  its  possession  under  obligations  of
confidentiality,  in whatever  form  transmitted,  relating  to business  plans,
operations, systems and/or the proposed sale, purchase and use of services which
(i) is  disclosed  by GRG or its  affiliates  to  Recipient  or its  affiliates,
indicating its confidential or proprietary  nature or obviously  confidential or
proprietary by its nature, or (ii) is developed during the relationship  between
the parties and would give or increase the advantage of GRG's  competitors  over
GRG or diminish GRG's advantage over its competitors. The term "affiliate" shall
mean any person or entity  controlling,  controlled  by or under common  control
with a party.

Confidential  Information  shall not include any information of GRG that: (i) is
already  known to the  Company  at time of its  disclosure;  (ii) is or  becomes
publicly known through no wrongful act of the Company;  (iii) is communicated to
a third  party  with  express  written  consent  of GRG;  (iv) is  independently
developed by the Company ; or (v) is lawfully required to be disclosed, provided
that,  before making such  disclosure,  the Company shall  immediately  give GRG
written notice and cooperate in GRG's actions to assure confidential handling of
such information.

                  2. Ownership.  All  Confidential  Information in whatever form
(including  without  limitation,  information  in  computer  software or held in
electronic  storage  media)  shall  be and  remain  property  of GRG.  All  such
Confidential  Information shall be returned to GRG promptly upon written request
and shall not be retained in any form by the Company.

                  3.  Term.  For a period of three  (3)  years  from the date of
disclosure,  the Company shall not disclose any Confidential  Information to any
person or entity except  employees of the Company and its  affiliates who have a
need to know and who have been informed of the Company's  obligations under this
Confidentiality  Agreement.  The Company shall use not less than the same degree
of care to avoid disclosure of Confidential  Information as the Company uses for
its own  confidential  information of like importance  and, at a minimum,  shall
exercise  reasonable  care.  Either  party may  terminate  this  Confidentiality
Agreement by written notice to the other.  However,  all rights and  obligations
under this  Agreement  shall  survive with respect to  Confidential  Information
disclosed prior to termination.

                  4. Remedies.  The parties agree that, in the event of a breach
or threatened breach of the terms of this Confidentiality  Agreement,  GRG shall
be entitled to an  injunction  in addition to and not in lieu of any other legal
or equitable relief including  monetary  damages.  The parties  acknowledge that
Confidential  Information is valuable and unique and that disclosure will result
in irreparable injury to GRG.



                                      113
<PAGE>



                  5.  Disclaimer.  This Agreement and the disclosure and receipt
of  Confidential  Information  do not  create  or imply (i) any  agreement  with
respect to the sale,  purchase or pricing of any product or service; or (ii) any
right conferred, by license or otherwise, in any Confidential  Information or in
any patent, trademark, service mark, copyright or other intellectual property.

18.  Settlement of the  Company's  Debentures.  The Company  agrees to settle or
release GRG from all of its liabilities, including debentures in accordance with
the plan indicated in Exhibit "B".

19. The  Company's  Dividends.  Pursuant  to this plan,  the  Company  agrees to
dividend its Shareholders as a partial liquidation in a manner prescribed by the
Company's  Board of Directors.  The Company  shall hold,  indemnify and hold GRG
harmless with respect to this distribution.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                          GLOBAL RESOURCES GROUP, INC.


                                         -------------------------------------
                                             Christopher R. Beck
                                           President/Chief Executive Officer


                       INTERNATIONAL TELEDATA CORPORATION


                                         -------------------------------------
                                               Ranald Stewart
                                                Chairman









GRGL06.2


                                      114
<PAGE>



                                                    EXHIBIT "A"

                                                      Assets
                                             Contracts and Leads Sold
                                                        and
                                                  Assets Excluded


         The  assets  sold  comprise  of a  group  of  contracts  and  potential
contracts,   and  any  manpower  used  to  bring  such  contracts  to  maturity,
originating in 1998 which are as follows; all operating assets relating to these
assets,  and are associated with the aggregation of international  long distance
traffic.

CFC Contract
PointCom Carrier Relationship
PointCom Customer Relationship
CRC Contract
AT&T Carrier Relationship
Contract in China known as, Shenzen Agreement, China II,
  and Related Modifications
Telex Contract
Ameritech Relationship
Qwest
Smart Talk
Intelect
JMR
PacAmtel
I.C.E. / Caricom
Orion / Patrick Flaherty & related companies
AATA
Coyote
Prinvest
RC&A
Rhinos
AIT / Interoute
Fusion
SCI / Bill Richardson
Sprint
MCIWorldcom
Realtime Media
Teleprizes and any and all associated contacts
MCG / 5OO to 1 Compression
G.D.C.


                                      115
<PAGE>



                                                    EXHIBIT "A"
                                                    (Continued)

                                                      Assets
                                             Contracts and Leads Sold
                                                        and
                                                  Assets Excluded

Nations Bell
Quest
NexCom
SDS
VitalNetworks
ComLink
Any and all agents of GRG, Inc.

Any and all Non-Disclosures, Confidentiality and Non-Circumvention Agreements

The assets  excluded  consist  entirely  of the assets of the SAS  relationship,
contracts,  rights, receivables and/or settlements associated with the Company's
long  distance  business  assets of the like,  with the  exception of the monies
advanced to China One (1) which are part of AATA Agreement.

The Company is held harmless from any  potential  violations of the  non-compete
clauses associated with the activation of SAS.




                                      116
<PAGE>



                                                    EXHIBIT "B"

                                             Settlement of Liabilities


The  Company  agrees to execute  settlements  for its May 31,  1999  convertible
debentures in the following manner:

From the Company's  pool of shares,  the Company agrees to issue up to 203,840 *
GRG shares to the convertible debenture holders on December 31, 1998. GRG agrees
to issue any additional  shares as of the settlement date to cover any shortfall
to such  parties in the event that the value of the stock  issued  using the bid
price at the settlement date if less than the debenture amount below.

* To be released in the following names
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Debenture Amount                    Names                              Settlement Date           No. of Shares
<S>                        <C>                                         <C>                       <C>
  $24,000.00               Adrian B. Rhodes, Jr.                       April 1, 2000                13,440
  $20,000.00               Harland L. Whichello                        April 1, 2000                11,200
  $10,000.00               Robert S. Miller                            April 1, 2000                 5,600
  $10,000.00               Charles Dorris                              April 1, 2000                 5,600
 $100,000.00               John J. MacWilliams, Jr.                    May 31, 1999                 56,000
  $50,000.00               Stanton Moyer                               May 31, 1999                 28,000
  $50,000.00               Samuel Greenawalt                           May 31, 1999                 28,000
 $100,000.00               Tristram C. Colket, Jr.                     May 31, 1999                 56,000
</TABLE>


                                      117
<PAGE>



                                                    EXHIBIT "C"

                                                   Modifications


To  facilitate  the final  settlement  of the  Company's  Convertible  Debenture
Holders, it is hereby agreed that GRG will issue 105,840 shares to the Debenture
Holders. The Company shall negotiate,  on GRG's behalf, the successful return in
a manner acceptable to GRG of 200,000 free trading GRG shares held by SAS, Inc.,
or agree to return 200,000 shares to the treasury of GRG in the event of failure
to negotiate the successful return of such shares.





- ---------------------------                       ---------------------------
Christopher R. Beck                                Ranald Stewart
President/Chief Executive Officer                  Chairman
Global Resources Group, Inc.                  International TeleData Corporation



                                      118
<PAGE>


                                                    EXHIBIT "D"


         International TeleData Corporation hereby assigns, grants and transfers
all rights it has obtained under noncircumvention and noncompetition  agreements
to Global Resources Group, Inc.

         GRG, Inc.  agrees to issue up to 200,000  shares of its common stock as
settlement  for any  obligations  due to Mr. Robert  Alexander  associated  with
employment  contracts or promised employment contracts between Mr. Alexander and
International  TeleData  Corporation  and/or GRG,  Inc.  International  TeleData
Corporation  agrees to use its good  offices  to  settle  all  matters  with Mr.
Alexander  with the  understanding  that in 1999 the management of GRG, Inc. can
negotiate  arrangements  with Mr.  Alexander for future services without further
reference to any past arrangements.



- ---------------------------                     ------------------------------
Ranald Stewart, Chairman                        O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Chairman
International TeleData Corporation              Global Resources Group, Inc.




- ---------------------------
Robert Alexander, Individually



                                      119
<PAGE>



4
                                                  EX-10.i.b
                                    AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE AND SALE OF EXCLUSIVE
                                                 MARKETING RIGHTS

         Agreement dated as of the 19th day of March, 1998 by and among Catalyst
Communications,  Inc.,  a  Utah  corporation  maintaining  its  business  at 355
Interstate  Blvd.,  Sarasota,  FL, 34240,  (the "Seller");  and Global Resources
Group,  Inc.,  (the "Buyer"),  a Nevada  corporation,  maintaining  its business
office at 5841 Corporate Way, Suite 104, W Palm Beach, FL, 34407.

Background Information

Seller is engaged in the prepaid phone card  business.  Buyer desires to acquire
certain  Exclusive  Marketing  Rights to products  described  within  agreements
signed  between Seller and RealTime  Media,  Inc. on July 14, 1997 and September
12, 1997, held by Seller. In addition,  Buyer desires to buy all existing retail
contracts for said products.  Seller is willing to sell the exclusive  marketing
rights to Buyer,  but only upon the terms and conditions  hereinafter set forth.
Accordingly,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual  agreements
contained in this Agreement, Seller and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

Operative Provisions

1.  Agreement to Sell and Purchase.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, at the closing referred to in Section 2. hereof (the "Closing"),  the
Buyer  shall  acquire  all  exclusive  marketing  rights of Seller in and to the
internationally  patented  products  listed or described in "Exhibit A" attached
hereto.

2. Closing. The consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
shall take place at a closing (the  "Closing")  to be held on March 4, 1998 (the
"Closing Date"),  at the office of the Seller, or at such other date or place as
the parties hereto may mutually agree;  provided that either party may terminate
this Agreement immediately upon notice if the closing shall not have occurred by
7:00 p.m.,  Sarasota,  Florida  time on March 5, 1998.  Buyer  shall  deliver to
Seller all common stock shares of Global  Resources  Groups,  Inc. in accordance
with Section 3 (a) (1) hereof.

3.      Purchase Price and Payments.

        (a) The Purchase Price shall be paid in the following manner:

        (1)    At the Closing,  the Buyer shall deliver  3,150,000 common shares
               of Global Resources Group, Inc. stock, of which 3,000,000 will be
               restricted  common  stock  shares  and  150,000  will  be  market
               tradeable common stock.

4.       No Assumption of Liabilities.

         (a) Liabilities  Not Assumed.  Buyer shall not assume or be responsible
         for any liability or obligation of Seller, and Seller shall continue to
         be  responsible   for  all  its  known  and  unknown   liabilities  and
         obligations, whether arising prior to, on, or subsequent to the Closing
         Date ("Retained Liabilities").



                                      120
<PAGE>





       (b) Adjustments.  Buyer and Seller shall make adjustments to the Purchase
        Price that may be appropriate so that Buyer does not both pay Seller for
        any  asset and  assume  Seller's  liability  to pay the  Purchase  Price
        thereof to a third party.

5.      Representations and Warranties by Seller and Shareholder.  To induce the
        Buyer to enter into this  Agreement,  Seller  represent  and warrants as
        follows:

        (a)  Organization  and Standing by Seller.  Seller is a corporation duly
        organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the
        State of Utah;  and has all requisite  corporate  power and authority to
        perform its duties under the  Contracts  and to provide the Services now
        being offered  pursuant  thereto.  The Seller is licensed to do business
        and/or  qualified as a foreign  corporation in any jurisdiction in which
        it is registered to perform the Services under the Contract.  Seller has
        the corporate power to sell,  assign,  transfer,  convey and deliver the
        Exclusive Marketing Rights contemplated by this Agreement.

        (b)  Authorization.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this
        Agreement   by  Seller  and  its   consummation   of  the   transactions
        contemplated   hereby  have  been  duly  authorized  by  Seller,   which
        authorization and approval constitute all authorization necessary on the
        part  of  Seller.  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  this
        Agreement do not and will not violate or result in a breach or give rise
        to any fight of termination or  acceleration  under any provision of any
        obligation, agreement, instrument or other document to which Seller is a
        party or by which it is  otherwise  bound,  or any order or judgement of
        any court or governmental  authority having  jurisdiction over Seller or
        any of its  assets,  and will not  violate  any  provision  of  Seller's
        Articles of  Incorporation  or By-Laws.  This Agreement  constitutes the
        legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable in accordance
        with its terms.

        (c)  Compliance  with Laws.  Seller  has  materially  complied  with all
        applicable laws and regulations of foreign,  federal,  state,  local and
        other  governmental  authorities and agencies which affect the aforesaid
        marketing rights. Neither Seller nor Buyer has received a notice or been
        made aware of any charge  asserting any violation of any law with regard
        to the Services provided pursuant to the marketing rights.

        (d) Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. To the best knowledge of Seller,
        Seller has no liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether accrued,
        absolute, contingent or otherwise, arising under or claiming an interest
        in said marketing rights. Seller knows nor has any reason to know of any
        basis for the assertion of any such liability or obligation.

6.   Buyer's Representations and Warranties. To induce Seller to enter into this
     Agreement, Buyer represents and warrants as follows:

        (a)  Organization and Standing of Buyer. The Buyer is a corporation duly
        organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the


                                      121
<PAGE>

        State of Nevada,  is properly  qualified  to do business in Florida as a
        foreign corporation and has all requisite corporate power and authority,
        and all contract rights, to own its assets and to carry on and engage in
        its business affairs as now conducted.

        (b)  Authorization.  When  executed  and  delivered  by the Buyer,  this
        Agreement will  constitute a valid and binding  obligation of the Buyer,
        enforceable in accordance with its terms.

7. Further  Assurances.  Seller  agrees that,  at any time and from time to time
after the  Closing  Date,  it will  execute  and  deliver to Buyer such  further
conveyances,  assignments  and other written  assurances as Buyer may reasonably
request in order to vest and  confirm in Buyer,  or its  assignee,  title to the
Exclusive  Marketing Rights to be transferred,  assigned and conveyed hereunder.
Following  the  Closing   Date,   Seller  will  provide   without   charge  such
explanations,  descriptions  and  general  information  as Buyer may  reasonably
request with respect to the Exclusive Marketing Rights.

8. Survival of Warranties.  All representations and warranties in this Agreement
shall  survive  for a period of three  (3) years  following  the  Closing  Date,
notwithstanding any investigation by or on behalf of any party.

9.       Brokerage Fees. Seller and Buyer hereby severally represent and warrant
         to each other that they have not, respectively,  incurred any liability
         for  brokerage or finders'  fees or agents'  commissions  in connection
         with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

10.      Miscellaneous.

       (a) Assignability. This Agreement shall not be assignable by either party
       without the prior  written  consent of the other  party.  This  Agreement
       shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of and be  enforceable  by the  permitted
       successors  and assigns of the parties  hereto and shall be binding  upon
       their respective permitted successors and assigns.

        (b) Notices. All notices,  requests, demands and other communications in
        connection  with  this  Agreement  shall be made in  writing  (including
        facsimile transmission or similar writing) addressed:


         If to Seller:

         Carl L. Smith
         Chief Executive Officer
         Catalyst Communications, Inc.
         355 Interstate Blvd.
         Sarasota, FL 34240
         941/923-1949 - 941/921-2821 (FAX)


         If to Buyer:

         Chris Beck
         Chief Executive Officer
         Global Resources Group, Inc
         5841 Corporate Way
         Suite 104
         W. Palm Beach, FL 34407
         561/802-3111



                                      122
<PAGE>





         Each notice,  request, demand or other communication shall be effective
         and deemed to have been received, (a) if given by facsimile,  when such
         facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile  number  specified  above and
         confirmation  is received,  (b) if given by mail, the earlier of actual
         receipt or 72 hours after such  communication  is deposited in the mail
         with registered  first class postage  prepaid,  addressed as aforesaid,
         (c) if given by an overnight  courier service of national  recognition,
         the  business  day  following  the  business  day of deposit  with such
         service, together with a proper airbill affixed, addressed as aforesaid
         and shipping  charges  prepaid or  prearranged,  or (d) if given by any
         other means, when delivered to the aforesaid address.  Either party may
         change the address to which notices are to be delivered to it by giving
         written notice of such other address to the other party.

         (d)   Severability;    Amendments;    Captions.   The   invalidity   or
         unenforceability  of any provision herein shall not offset the validity
         or enforceability of any provision hereof.  This Agreement shall not be
         modified,  amended or  terminated  except by written  agreement of both
         parties.  Captions appearing in this Agreement are for convenience only
         and shall not be deemed to explain,  limit,  or amplify the  provisions
         hereof.

(e)      Application of Florida Law; Venue. This Agreement, and the applications
         or interpretation  thereof,  shall be governed exclusively by its terms
         and by the laws of the State of  Florida.  Venue  for any legal  action
         which may be  brought  thereunder  shall be deemed to lie in Palm Beach
         County, Florida.

(f)      Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
         counterparts,  each of which  shall be deemed an  original,  but all of
         which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto the
day and year first above written.


Attest:                                            CATALYST COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                                     By:      Carl L Smith
Secretary                                                     Carl L. Smith
                                                             Chairman



Attest:                                           GLOBAL RESOURCES GROUP, INC.


                                                 By:      Chris Beck
Secretary                                                 Chris Beck
                             Chief Executive Officer

CCL98.1

                                      123
<PAGE>



                             EX-10.i.c
06/22/99                                                           Page 9 0f 10
                                   Initials: GRGI____________ RealTIME_________
                                             JOINT MARKETING AGREEMENT



         THIS JOINT  MARKETING  AGREEMENT is made this ____ day of June 1999, by
and between Global Resources  Group,  Inc.,  (GRGI),  a Nevada  Corporation with
offices at 100 Second Avenue North,  Suite 200, St.  Petersburg,  Florida 33701,
and RealTIME Media, Inc., (RTM), a Pennsylvania Corporation,  with offices at 15
Haverford Station Road, Haverford, Pennsylvania 19041.

             WHEREAS, RTM is in the business of creating, developing, marketing,
and managing  programs and  promotions  which  incorporate  games,  contests and
sweepstakes on the Internet, and;

             WHEREAS,  GRGI is in the  business  of  creating,  developing,  and
marketing promotions through the Internet and electronic retail networks, and;

             WHEREAS,  GRGI and RTM have  agreed to jointly  develop  and market
internet  and  electronic  promotions  with a  scratch  off  instant  win  prize
component, to be called (the "Promotion"),  pursuant to the terms and conditions
of this Agreement. The parties, under the terms and conditions set forth herein,
agree to distribute  any profits as may be realized from sales to third parties,
as  described  in  Distribution  Schedule  A,  attached  hereto,  and any future
distribution  schedules which are agreed to between the parties and incorporated
hereto in the future. Such profits, if any, as may be realized shall be from the
sale of the Promotions  products  through the internet and other such electronic
networks as the parties may decide are mutually advantageous.

             NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good and sufficient  consideration,  GRGI and
RTM, agree to enter into this  Agreement,  on the terms and conditions set forth
herein,  and by this reference hereby  incorporate the above mentioned  Recitals
into the body of this Agreement:

1.       Purpose of the Joint Marketing Agreement:

This  Agreement  shall  be  for  the  purpose  of  developing  and  implementing
Promotions  on the  world  wide  web,  online  marketing  operations  and  other
electronic  transaction  networks  whose  purpose  shall  be to  engage  in  all
activities  reasonably  necessary to the greatest  financial success that can be
achieved from the online sales of the Promotion, or related products,  which may
be developed  by the Parties.  RTM agrees to provide  technical,  creative,  and
computer  expertise in the  development  and  implementation  of the Promotions,
through which users may learn about and purchase the services, or other Internet
promotions  and to employ RTM's patent  pending  Scratch and Win  technology  to
instantly determine winners and prizes won (the  "Instant-Win").  GRGI agrees to
provide RTM with artwork,  written promotional materials, and other items, which
GRGI may possess and which may be required to fully develop the Promotion.

2.       Instant-Win:

The Promotion  product  offered for sale, by GRGI,  will contain a "Scratch Off"
graphical element,  delivered to the purchaser's browser software at the time of
their purchase of the product.  The purchaser will use their computer's mouse to
"Scratch  Off" the topmost  graphic  image on the  Promotion  revealing the game
results underneath. If the purchaser receives a game with the required number of


                                      124
<PAGE>

matching  elements out of the total  elements on the game,  they are eligible to
win that prize.

3.       Interest in the Joint Marketing Venture

A.   Ownership of Assets. The parties agree (unless defined in a schedule agreed
     to by the parties,  in writing,  and  incorporated at a future date to this
     Agreement) that RTM owns the assets specific to the Instant-Win technology.
     This includes,  but is not limited to, the host computer server,  and other
     hardware,  software,  programming language,  HTML, copyrights,  trademarks,
     patents,  patents pending, and all other intellectual  property specific to
     the development and implementation of any games, contests,  sweepstakes, or
     any other incentive based promotional  programs that RTM develops in behalf
     of the joint  marketing  Agreement.  All computer  software  related to the
     implementation  of the  Scratch-Off  portion  of the  Promotions,  and  the
     awarding or prizes, is the property of RTM.

B.       Marketing of the Promotion. The parties agree that the marketing of the
         promotion is the responsibility of GRGI.

C.       Third Party Profits.  The parties agree that GRGI and RTM will share in
         the profits  derived from the sale of RTM  Promotions to third parties,
         as specified in Distribution Schedule "A" herein.

4.       Contributions to the Joint Marketing Agreement

A.       By GRGI

I.                GRGI agrees to provide all  necessary  materials  which may be
                  required  on a  timely  basis,  including  any  logo  artwork,
                  promotional   text  copy,   photographs,   and  other  similar
                  materials.

II.               GRGI  agrees to  provide  the  tokens  for the prizes and will
                  handle the  conversion  to points for all token  prizes won in
                  the promotion via a designated  URL to the exchange  center at
                  RTM.

B.       By RTM.

I.                RTM agrees to  contribute  to Promotion  and its operation the
                  staff,  Internet expertise,  programming  experience,  and any
                  equipment,  which RTM determines, at their sole discretion, is
                  necessary for the development and management of the Promotion.

II.               RTM  agrees to  utilize  their  Promotion  technology  (patent
                  pending),  including the associated Java  programming code and
                  necessary  files,  to  provide  the  Promotion  site  with  an
                  Instant-Win program..

III.              RTM will  invoice  client and  distribute  any profits to GRGI
                  which may result from the sale of the promotional games by RTM
                  and  GRGI  according  to  Distribution  Schedule  A,  attached
                  hereto.

C.       By Both Parties:

I.                Both of the  parties  hereto  agree to exert  such  reasonable


                                      125
<PAGE>

                  efforts as would be calculated to lead to the  achievement  of
                  the maximum sales of  Promotional  product.  The parties agree
                  that  they  have  other  business   pursuits   independent  of
                  Promotion and there is no  obligation  under the terms of this
                  Agreement  that either  party  abandon  such  outside or other
                  enterprises, or place the interests of Promotion ahead of such
                  outside or other enterprises.

II.               The  Parties  agree to evenly  divide  any and all  additional
                  direct costs that may be incurred to further  promote the sale
                  of the Promotional product, excluding token fulfillment,  over
                  the Internet,  such additional costs requiring the approval of
                  both parties.

5.       Representation of the Venture

A.       Management shall be by RTM. RTM management shall perform the management
         of Promotion.  The terms of this  Agreement  shall  constitute  written
         consent for the parties to undertake the actions  addressed  herein. No
         further  consent  shall be required in order for the parties to proceed
         as provided for herein.

B.       Representation  of the  Venture.  It is the  intention  of the  parties
         hereto, that no representative is authorized to unilaterally commit the
         venture to any  further  obligations  not  defined  herein  without the
         written consent of both parties.  Failure to respect these  limitations
         by either party or authority shall be cause to terminate this Agreement
         by the  aggrieved  party  after  thirty (30) days  notice,  which shall
         provide  the  defaulting  party with the  opportunity  to cure any such
         defaulting events.

6.       Advance Payment

The parties agree that in  consideration  for RTM agreeing to develop and market
the  promotion,  GRGI will pay for the costs  associated  with the  development,
programming and management of the Promotion.  The payment for the Promotion will
be paid  according to the terms and  conditions as set forth in and specified in
Distribution Schedule "A" defined herein and attached hereto. These payments are
fees and development costs to RTM and are not part of the shared expenses of the
parties.

7.       Late Payments

Any  payment  not made  when due  under  the  terms of this  Agreement  shall be
considered  a breach  of this  Agreement  and  shall be  subject  to any and all
remedies available hereunder.

8.       Prizes Awarded

GRGI shall be responsible for fulfillment of all token prizes, including any and
all cost,  which are awarded under the Promotion  program.  Fulfillment  of such
prizes  will be handled as defined in Schedule  "B"  attached  hereto.  RealTIME
shall be responsible  for  fulfillment of all cash prizes  according to Schedule
"B".

9.       Early Termination

In the event that the parties  mutually  agree that the  Promotion  programs are


                                      126
<PAGE>

unmarketable  or, after the exertion of reasonable  efforts by GRGI for a period
of one hundred eighty (180) days (or such other period mutually agreed to by the
parties)  after the  execution of this  Agreement,  then the  agreement  for the
specific  Promotion  shall  immediately  terminate  and any hardware or software
developed for the Agreement,  shall remain the property of RTM, unless otherwise
agreed to by GRGI and RTM.

10.      An Exclusive Arrangement

The terms of the  relationship  between the parties will be mutually  exclusive.
RTM agrees not to enter into any other agreement to offer Instant-Win technology
to or through any and all Virtual  Internet Malls,  excluding  search engines or
portals,  as long as GRGI maintains gross revenues of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand
($250,000)  annually with Fifty Percent (50%) yearly increases in gross revenue,
and timely maintains any and all promotional  token  fulfillment  obligations as
determined by the rules of the  Promotion.  GRGI agrees not to sell  Instant-Win
technology,  without prior  approval of RTM, to any party,  or through any party
other than RTM. The mutual  exclusivity of this  Agreement will end  immediately
upon the termination of this Agreement.

11.      Ownership of the Database

The parties agree that title to any customer  information  database will be held
jointly  by GRGI  and RTM and  will  not be  licensed,  sold or  otherwise  used
commercially  in anyway  whatsoever  that would exploit the rights or invade the
privacy of the customer.  However, the parties do agree that RTM or GRGI may use
the Database at their sole discretion to further the marketing and sales efforts
of their respective businesses. RTM shall maintain the Database at its principle
place of business and agrees that GRGI will be furnished copies of the database,
in the format utilized by RTM, on a monthly basis at no additional  charge.  Any
costs for custom  formatting or  duplication  of the Database at GRGI's  request
will be the sole responsibility of GRGI.

12.      Record Keeping and Reporting

A.      Maintenance of Records.  The parties agree that  throughout the duration
        of this Agreement, RTM will keep and maintain full, clear and reasonable
        records  of  the  activities  of  the  sales  of  products  through  the
        Promotions.

B.      Inspection and Storage of Records.  These records shall be available for
        inspection at all reasonable  times by the parties,  or their authorized
        representatives.  Copies of all such  records  and  agreements  shall be
        maintained at RTM's  principle  place of business or accessible  storage
        facility,  for two  years  from  the  date  such  records  are  created,
        irrespective  of any  intervening  expiration  or  termination  of  this
        Agreement.  The terms of this provision shall survive any termination or
        expiration of this Agreement.

13.      Indemnification of GRGI by RTM

A.      It is agreed  that RTM  shall  indemnify,  defend  and hold GRGI and its
        principals harmless from any and all damages, losses, liabilities, suits
        and expenses,  including reasonable attorneys fees, which GRGI may incur
        due to RTM's actions or omissions under this Agreement.

B.   RTM  shall  maintain,  throughout  the  operation  of  the  Promotion:  (1)
     appropriate workers'  compensation  insurance for its employees as required


                                      127
<PAGE>

     by applicable law; (2) comprehensive general liability insurance having (i)
     limits of at least One Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  per occurrence  with
     respect  to each loss or claim  involving  the same act,  failure to act or
     matter, whether made by one or more persons and regardless of the frequency
     of repetition. and (ii) limits of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000)
     with  respect  to all such  claims or  losses;  (3) a policy of errors  and
     omissions liability insurance applicable to the operation of the Promotion,
     having  (i)  limits  of at  least  One  Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  per
     occurrence  with respect to each loss or claim involving the same offending
     act,  failure to act,  or matter  whether  made by one or more  persons and
     regardless  of the  frequency  of  repetition;  (ii) limits of at least Two
     Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000)  with  respect to all such claims or losses;
     and, (iii) a deductible of not more than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) and
     insuring RTM against all liability assumed by RTM hereunder.  GRGI shall be
     named as an additional  insured under RTM's  comprehensive  liability,  and
     errors and omissions liability  insurance policies.  Upon execution of this
     agreement RTM shall furnish GRGI with the usual  certificates  attesting to
     such insurance, outlining its term and limits, providing that it may not be
     canceled or altered without thirty (30) days prior written notice to GRGI.

14.      Indemnification of RTM by GRGI

A.      It is agreed  that GRGI  shall  indemnify,  defend  and hold RTM and its
        principals harmless from any and all damages, losses, liabilities, suits
        and expenses,  including  reasonable attorneys fees, which RTM may incur
        due to GRGI's actions or omissions under this Agreement.

B.   GRGI shall be added to RTM's  insurance  policy,  the cost of which will be
     paid by GRGI when due.  RTM's  insurance  policy for GRGI  shall  maintain,
     throughout  the  operation  of  the  Promotion:  (1)  appropriate  workers'
     compensation insurance for its employees as required by applicable law; (2)
     comprehensive general liability insurance having (i) limits of at least One
     Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  per occurrence with respect to each loss or
     claim involving the same act, failure to act or matter, whether made by one
     or more persons and  regardless  of the frequency of  repetition.  and (ii)
     limits of at least Two Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000)  with  respect to all
     such  claims or  losses;  (3) a policy of errors  and  omissions  liability
     insurance  applicable to the operation of the Promotion,  having (i) limits
     of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence with respect to
     each loss or claim  involving the same  offending  act,  failure to act, or
     matter  whether made by one or more persons and regardless of the frequency
     of  repetition;  (ii) limits of at least Two Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000)
     with respect to all such claims or losses;  and,  (iii) a deductible of not
     more than Ten Thousand  Dollars  ($10,000)  and  insuring  GRGI against all
     liability  assumed by GRGI  hereunder.  RTM shall be named as an additional
     insured  under GRGI's  comprehensive  liability,  and errors and  omissions
     liability insurance  policies.  Upon execution of this agreement GRGI shall
     furnish  RTM with  the  usual  certificates  attesting  to such  insurance,
     outlining  its term and  limits,  providing  that it may not be canceled or
     altered without thirty (30) days prior written notice to RTM.

15.      Term and Termination

A.       In General.  This Agreement commences on the date of the last signature
         and shall  remain  in  effect  for Five (5)  years,  unless  terminated
         earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. However this Agreement
         will stay in force as long as RTM operates  Promotional  sites and GRGI
         continues to provide the  promotion  pursuant to paragraph  "10" of the


                                      128
<PAGE>

         agreement.  Either party may, at its option,  terminate  this Agreement
         if,  after  having  given the other party  written  notice of the other
         party's  failure to comply with any term of this Agreement said default
         is not cured  within  thirty  (30) days after  service of said  written
         notification.

B.       Termination  Due  to  Insolvency.  This  Agreement  may  be  terminated
         immediately  in the  event  of  either  party's  voluntary  filing  for
         insolvency.  In the event of an involuntary  filing or proceeding by or
         against either party seeking relief from creditors,  the  non-insolvent
         party may also  terminate this  Agreement,  if such filing or action is
         not cured within a period of (sixty) 60 days from such filing.

C.   Procedure  Upon  Termination.  In the event of expiration or termination of
     this  Agreement it is the intention of the parties  hereto that the affairs
     of the  venture  be  promptly  wound  up and the  proceeds  distributed  as
     provided for herein.

16.      Further Actions

The  parties  agree that upon the  request of the other,  it will,  from time to
time, execute and deliver to such other party all such instruments and documents
of further assurance or otherwise, and will do any and all other acts and things
as may  reasonably  be  required,  to carry out the  obligations  of such  party
hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder.

17.      Headings

The subject  headings of the  paragraphs  of this  Agreement  are  included  for
purposes  of  convenience  only,  and  shall  not  affect  the  construction  or
interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

18.      Entire Agreement

This  Agreement  embodies  the  entire  agreement  between  the  parties  hereto
pertaining  to  the  subject   matter  hereof  and   supersedes  all  prior  and
contemporaneous  agreements  and  understandings  of the  parties in  connection
therewith.  No supplement,  modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be
binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. The parties hereto, by
mutual consent, may amend or modify this Agreement by written instrument.

19.      Waiver

No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement  shall be deemed,  or shall
constitute,  a waiver of any  other  provision  hereof  nor  shall  such  waiver
constitute a continuing waiver and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in
writing by the party making the waiver.

20.      Parties in Interest

Nothing in this Agreement  whether  expressed or implied,  is intended to confer
upon any person other than the parties hereto,  their  respective  shareholders,
and their respective  successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by
reason of this  Agreement.  All of the terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement
shall be binding upon,  and inure to the benefit of, and be  enforceable  by the
respective   successors  and  permitted  assigns  of  GRGI  and  RTM  and  their
shareholders. There are no intended third party beneficiaries.



                                      129
<PAGE>

21.      Notices

All notices,  requests,  demands and other communications  hereunder shall be in
writing  and  shall be deemed  to have  been  duly  given  upon the date of such
service if served  personally  upon the party for whom it is  intended or on the
second business day after the date of the postmark if mailed,  postage  prepaid,
to such party at its address as herein before shown, or as otherwise  designated
by such party in writing  from time to time.  Except as  otherwise  specifically
provided herein,  the contents of a fax transmission  shall be deemed served the
next business day from the date stamp shown on the transmission.

- ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
Global Resources Group, Inc.                         RealTIME MEDIA Inc.
Vincent P. Murone                                    Chuck Seidman
100 Second Avenue N., Suite 200                      15 Haverford Station Road
St. Petersburg, FL 33701                             Haverford, PA 19041
Tel: 727-550-2442                                    Tel: 610-896-9400
Fax: 727-550-2446                                    Fax: 610-896-9416
E-mail: [email protected]                        E-mail: [email protected]
- ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
22.      Arbitration

The parties agree that they will use their best efforts to amicably  resolve any
dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Any dispute that cannot be
resolved  amicably  shall be settled by final binding  arbitration in accordance
with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  and judgment  upon the
award  rendered by the  arbitrator  or  arbitrators  may be entered in any court
having  jurisdiction  thereof.  Any such arbitration  shall be conducted in such
place as may be mutually  agreed upon by the parties.  Within  fifteen (15) days
after the commencement of the arbitration, each party shall select one person to
act as  arbitrator,  and the two  arbitrators  so selected  shall select a third
arbitrator within ten (10) days of their appointment.  Each party shall bear its
own costs and  expenses  and an equal  share of the  arbitrator's  expenses  and
administrative fees of arbitration.

23.      Attorneys' Fees, Expenses and Costs

Any  administrative  expenses,  expert,  accounting or  investigator  fees,  any
statutorily  awarded costs and all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred by either
party in enforcing its rights under this Agreement against the other party shall
be  awarded  to  the  prevailing  party  either  as  additional  damages,  or as
statutorily awarded costs, and shall be paid by the defaulting party.

24.      Governing Law

This  Agreement   shall  be  governed  and  construed  under  the  laws  of  the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

25.      Severability

If any  provision of this  Agreement  shall be declared  invalid,  by statute or
otherwise, then such provision shall be deemed automatically adjusted to conform
within the requirements for validity  declared at that time and, as so adjusted,
shall be deemed a provision of this Agreement as if originally  included herein.
In the event the  provision  invalidated  cannot be so adjusted,  the  provision
shall he deemed  deleted from this  Agreement as though the  provision had never
been included herein. In either case, the remaining provisions of this Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

                                      130
<PAGE>

26.      Force Majeure

No party to this Agreement  shall be liable for damages  arising from a delay in
performance,  or a failure  to  perform,  caused by an  accidents,  fire,  labor
dispute, strike, riot, war, governmental regulation, acts of God or other causes
over which the party has no  control,  or which the other  party  could not have
been reasonably expected to avoid by the exercise of due care.

27.      Execution in Duplicate and by Counterparts:

This Agreement shall be executed in duplicate, each copy of which, when executed
and  delivered  shall  be an  original,  but all of the  copies  shall  together
constitute one and the same instrument The execution of this Agreement may be by
way of  several  counterparts,  all  of  which  together  shall  constitute  one
agreement binding on all parties hereto.  Telecopier transmission of an executed
counterpart  to the  remaining  parties  shall be  sufficient  to fully bind the
parties whose signatures are set forth on the transmission of said  counterpart.
In the event that Telecopier executes the counterparts, then the parties to this
Agreement   shall  fully   cooperate  in  arranging  for  ink  signed   original
counterparts to be circulated and distributed among the parties forthwith.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day
and year first above written.

Global Resources Group, Inc.                            RealTIME Media, Inc.

By:                                                         By:
Its:                                                        Its:
Date:                                                       Date:




                                      131
<PAGE>


           Distribution Schedule "A"                               Page 10 of 10
Project Name:                                                      Number:

I.       Payment of Advance

An initial fee for  development of the Promotion  site,  will be paid by GRGI to
RTM. Fees and payment for the site will be as follows:

1.       $15,000 payable upon execution of this Agreement
2.       $30,000 payable upon approval of the work schedule for the site
3.       $30,000 payable upon activation and acceptance of the site

II.      Distribution of Third Party Profits

Distribution of the profits from the sale of promotions to any third party shall
be  according  to the  following  formula  based  on  thirty  cents  ($.30)  per
impression,  with a minimum  of  100,000  plays per mall and a minimum of 25,000
plays per store in the mall:

1.       Once the  initial  fee of  $75,000 is paid to RTM,  an equal  amount of
         $75,000  will be  paid  to  GRGI  out of the  next  revenues  from  the
         sweepstakes as follows:

                  $.05 for tokens to GRGI
                  $.05 for prizes to RealTIME
                  $.20 until $75,000 received, then split between GRGI
                       and RealTIME.

2.       A management  fee of $5,000 per month will be paid to RTM regardless of
         sales  of the  promotion  and  shall be due on the  first of the  month
         beginning  thirty (30) days from the  completion of the  development of
         the promotion.

3.       The retail selling price of the  promotion,  LESS any costs for prizes,
         LESS any mutually  agreed upon third party costs and charges which must
         be shared, including, but not limited to sales commissions, shall yield
         the GROSS PROFITS from such third party sales.

         GRGI and RTM shall then divide any such GROSS PROFITS based upon 50% to
RTM and 50% to GRGI.

4.       On a quarterly  basis GRGI and RTM will reconcile all unused game plays
         that expired or the game has concluded due to its termination date. The
         unused  games  (known as  breakage)  value,  based on sold cost will be
         divided based upon 50% to RTM and 50% to GRGI.

III.     Back-end Games

GRGI and RTM will divide  back-end  games based upon 50% to RTM and 50% to GRGI.
Back-end  games are where the customer  has  purchased a game for a one-time fee
such as added  membership  for a  group,  a  subscription,  or  acquiring  a new
customer(s). The cost for each game will be $0.10 with the remaining revenue per
play split as identified.




                                      132
<PAGE>


               Schedule "B"                                      Page 10 of 10
Fulfillment:

1.   In the case of GRGI providing  prepaid cards as a prize component  within a
     promotion, RTM will transmit an electronic PIN number, provided by GRGI, to
     Purchasers to activate  their products use. This PIN number will be sent to
     the  Purchaser by e-mail at the same time as their  Product is delivered to
     their Internet browser.

2.   Prizes or free play  requests  will be  fulfilled  by RTM  according to the
     complete official rules of the promotion.



                                      133
<PAGE>


                               EX-10.i.d
7

                                                  PROMISSORY NOTE


$50,000                                                   Date: August 5,   1999

For value received,  Global Resources Group, Inc., (the "Borrower"),  at 100 2nd
Avenue North, Suite 200, St. Petersburg,  Florida, 33701, promises to pay to the
order of Mr. F. Stanton Moyer (the  "Lender"),  located at 445  Caversham  Road,
Bryn Mawr,  PA 19010,  (or at such other  place as the Lender may  designate  in
writing) the sum of $50,000.00  with interest from August 5, 1999, on the unpaid
principle at the rate of 10% per annum.

Unpaid  principle after the Due Date shown below shall accrue interest at a rate
of 18% annually until paid. The unpaid  principle and accrued  interest shall be
payable in monthly  installments  of $2,184.47,  beginning on September 5, 1999,
and  continuing  until  August 5,  2001,  (the "Due  Date"),  at which  time the
remaining unpaid principle or principle and interest shall be due in full.

All payments on this Note shall be applied first in payment of accrued  interest
and any remainder in payment of principle.

If any  installment  is not paid  within  thirty  (30) days after Due Date,  the
remaining  unpaid  balance and accrued  interest  shall become due  immediately,
(after a fifteen [15] day cure period), at the option of the Lender.

The Borrower  reserves the right to prepay this Note (in whole or in part) prior
to the Due Date with a  prepayment  penalty of the next  twelve  (12)  months of
scheduled interest from the date of the prepayment.

If any payment  obligation  under this Note is not paid when due,  the  Borrower
promises to pay all costs of  collection,  including  reasonable  attorney fees,
whether or not a lawsuit is commenced as part of the collection process.

If any of the  following  events  of  default  occur,  this  Note and any  other
obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, shall become due immediately, without
demand or notice:

         1.       the failure of the Borrower to pay the  principle  and any
                  accrued  interest in full on or before the Due Date;

         2.       the death of the Borrower(s) or Lender(s);

         3.       the filing of bankruptcy proceedings involving the Borrower as
                  a Debtor;

         4.       the application for appointment of a receiver for the
                  Borrower;

         5.       the making of a general assignment for the benefit of the
                  Borrower's creditors;

         6.       the insolvency of the Borrower; or

         7.       the  misrepresentation  by the  Borrower to the Lender for the
                  purpose of  obtaining or extending credit.

If any  one or  more  of the  provisions  of  this  Note  are  determined  to be
unenforceable,  in whole or in part,  for any reason,  the remaining  provisions
shall remain fully operative.

All payments of  principle  and interest on this Note shall be paid in the legal
currency of the United States. Borrower waives presentment for payment, protest,
and notice of protest and nonpayment of this Note.

No renewal or extension of this Note, delay in enforcing any right of the Lender
under this Note, or assignment by Lender of this Note shall affect the liability
of the Borrower. All rights of the Lender under this Note are cumulative and may
be exercised concurrently or consecutively at the Lender's option.

This Note shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.


Signed this        day of                            , 1999.



Borrower:
Global Resources Group, Inc.




By: O. Howard Davidsmeyer
Chairman of the Board



                                      134
<PAGE>





              Transfer of this Warrant is subject to restriction.



                                              Void after July 8, 2003

                                                 For 50,000 Shares

                                           Common Stock Purchase Warrant


         Global Resources  Group,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation,  (the "Company")
hereby certifies that, in consideration of the sum of $10.00, and other good and
valuable   consideration,   receipt   and   sufficiency   of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, F. Stanton Moyer, (the "Holder") is entitled, subject to the terms
and conditions set forth below, to purchase from the Company at any time or from
time to time,  on or before July 8, 2003,  50,000 fully paid and  non-assessable
Shares (the  "Shares")  of Common  Stock,  $.01 par value,  of the Company  (the
"Common  Stock") at a price of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) per Share (the
"Exercise  Price"),  and further  subject to the terms and  conditions set forth
herein. Transfer is subject to restrictions as set forth in Sections 2(e), 3 and
5 hereof.

1.       Investment in Notes.  This Warrant is issued to Holder in  connection
with its  Promissory  Note with the Company.

         The terms  "Warrant" or  "Warrants",  as used  herein,  shall mean this
Warrant,  and any Warrant or Warrants issued in exchange for, to replace or upon
partial exercise of this Warrant.

2.       Piggyback Registration Rights.  The Company agrees that:

         (a) Upon written  request  made by Holder at any time after  January 8,
2000,  the Company  will  include the Warrant  (but shall not be so obliged more
than once) in any registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Act"),  in  conformity  with the Act and rules and  regulations
(the "Rules  under the Act") of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  thereunder and will thereafter use its best efforts to cause said
registration to become effective as soon as possible so as to permit the holders
of the  Warrant or of the Shares  publicly  to offer or sell the  Warrant or the
Shares through the facilities of the  over-the-counter  market or any securities
exchange on which the  Company's  Common Stock may be listed.  The Company shall
include in such registration the Shares subject to this Warrant. The Company may
include  other  Shares of its Common Stock in any such  registration  unless the
underwriter  of such  offering  advises the Company  that the  inclusion of such
other Shares would adversely affect the market.  Such  registration  relating to
the  Warrant or the Shares  purchased  upon  exercise  of the  Warrant  which is
undertaken  pursuant to a request to the Company  made in  accordance  with this
subjection 2(a) shall be solely at the cost and expense of the Company.

         (b) If at any time the Company  proposes to register  any Shares of its
Common Stock under the Act (other than securities being registered in connection


                                      135
<PAGE>

with an  acquisition  by the Company or pursuant to an employee  stock option or
similar  plan),  the  Company  will each such  time give  written  notice of its
intention to do so to Warrant  Holder and to any other record  holder or holders
of the Warrant or Warrants,  as the case may be, and, if the Warrants  have been
exercised in whole or in part, to each holder of record of the Shares  purchased
upon such  exercise,  and on Holder's  written  request given within twenty (20)
days after  receipt of the  notice,  the Company  shall use its best  efforts to
cause the  Warrants  or  Shares,  the  holders  of which  shall  have  requested
registration  thereof,  to be included with the securities  registered under the
Act;  provided that the Company need not register such Warrants and/or Shares as
exceed fifty  percent  (50%) of the total amount  being  registered  without the
Company's  consent.  The Company shall give written notice to Holder and to each
such holder or holders of the  proposed  filing of a  registration  statement at
least thirty (30) days prior to such filing,  and a prompt written notice of the
proposed filing of amendments to such registration  statement.  Any registration
of the  Warrants  or Shares  which is  undertaken  pursuant  to a request to the
Company made in accordance with this subsection 2(b) shall be solely at the cost
and expense of the Company.

         (c) The costs and  expenses to be borne by the Company for  purposes of
subsection  2(a) and subsection  2(b) shall  include,  without  limitation,  all
printing expenses (including a reasonable number of prospectuses for circulation
by the  selling  holders  of the  Warrants  or the  Shares),  all legal fees and
disbursements of the Company's  counsel,  Blue Sky expenses,  accounting fees of
the Company,  and filing fees, and all accountable expenses of the underwriters'
commissions or similar  charges  attributable to the Warrants or Shares owned by
the  holders  thereof,  and,   notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   the  Company's
obligation  to register the Warrants or Shares  pursuant to this Section 2 shall
be limited such that: (i) the Company shall have no obligation to include Shares
in a registration  statement  under the Act to the extent that in the opinion of
Counsel  satisfactory  to the holder of such  Shares is then  eligible to resell
such Shares under Rule 144 under; (ii) the Company shall be required to register
securities  only if and to the extent that holders  seeking to register  furnish
the Company with a written  statement of their  intention to sell and such other
information  as  the  Company  may  reasonably  request;   (iii)  the  Company's
obligation to register the Warrants or Shares  pursuant to  subsections  2(a) or
2(b)  shall  expire  after the five (5) years  following  the date the  Warrants
become  exercisable  or the Company  shall have  purchased  the  Warrants or the
Shares in respect of which  registration  was requested,  pursuant to subsection
2(e) below; and (iv) the Company shall not be obligated to keep any registration
statement filed in accordance with this Section 2 effective for more than ninety
(90) days.

         (d) To the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  the  Company  agrees to
indemnify  each holder,  and each  underwriter,  of the Warrants or Shares being
sold by any such holder  pursuant to this Section 2 (and any person who controls
such holder or underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act) against
all  claims,  losses,  damages,  liabilities  and  expenses  under the Act,  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  or other  Federal or State
statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages,  liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise
out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of
material fact  contained in any  registration  statement  filed pursuant to this
Section 2 or in any  amendment  thereof,  or in any  preliminary  prospectus  or
prospector  relating thereto, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto,
or any omission or alleged  omission to state a material fact required  thereto,
or in any amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto,  or any omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to


                                      136
<PAGE>

make the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made,  not  misleading;  provided,  however,  that the Company shall not be
liable to any such  holder or  underwriter  in  respect of any  claims,  losses,
damages,  liabilities or expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged
untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission  made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written  information  furnished to the Company by such holder or
underwriter  specifically for use in connection with such registration statement
and  prospectus;  and each holder and  underwriter  agrees to indemnify,  to the
fullest extent permitted by law, the Company,  each person, if any, who controls
the Company within the meaning of said Section 15, and each Director and Officer
of the Company who signs the registration statement in question, against claims,
losses, damages,  liabilities and expenses which they may incur by reason of any
such  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged
omission  made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
furnished  to the  Company by such  holder or  underwriter,  as the case may be,
specifically for use in connection with such registration statement prospectus.

         (e) The holder  agrees  that this  Warrant  and any Shares  issued upon
exercise of this  Warrant will be held  subject to any  restrictions  on resales
thereof by reason of application of the Act and that the following legend may be
affixed to this Warrant or such Shares:

         THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY  MAY  NOT  BE  SOLD  OR  OTHERWISE
         TRANSFERRED  WITHOUT  COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION
         PROVISIONS  OF  APPLICABLE  FEDERAL  AND  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS OR AN
         OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY  TO THE  COMPANY  THAT AN  EXEMPTION
         THEREFROM IS AVAILABLE.

3. Exercise of Warrant;  Partial Exercise. This Warrant may be exercised for the
full  number  of  Shares  within  the  time  called  for  hereby  by the  holder
surrendering this Warrant,  properly  endorsed,  to the Company at its principal
office,  accompanied by payment, in cash or by certified or official bank check,
payable to the order of the Company,  of the sum obtained by multiplying (a) the
number of Shares  called  for on the face of this  Warrant  (or such  applicable
number of Shares as may result from an adjustment  pursuant to Section 7 hereof)
by (b) the Exercise Price.

         Upon each  exercise  of this  Warrant,  the  holder or  holders of this
Warrant shall be deemed to be the holder or holders of record of Shares issuable
upon such exercise, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company
shall then be closed or  certificates  representing  such Shares  shall not have
actually been delivered to said holder or holders.  As soon as practicable after
each such exercise of this  Warrant,  the Company shall issue and deliver to the
holder or holders of such Shares a certificate or  certificates  for such Shares
issuable upon such  exercise  registered in the name of the holder or holders or
its designee.

         This Warrant may be  exercised  for less than the full number of Shares
within the time called for hereby by such a surrender  accompanied by payment of
the  Exercise  Price for the  number of Shares in  respect  of which it is being
exercised.  Upon any such  partial  exercise,  the Company at its  expense  will
forthwith  issue to the holder  hereof a new  Warrant or  Warrants of like tenor
calling in the  aggregate  on their face for the number of Shares for which this
Warrant shall not have been  exercised,  issued in the name of the holder hereof
or as such holder (upon payment by such holder of any applicable transfer taxes)
may direct, subject however, to subsection 2(e) hereof;  provided, that, in case
this Warrant shall not have been registered  under the Act as then in effect (or
any similar statute then in effect), the Company shall not be obligated to issue


                                      137
<PAGE>

and deliver  any Warrant or Warrants to or in the name of any person  other than
the holder of this Warrant unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the
Company,  such  Warrant  or  Warrants  may be so issued  and  delivered  without
registration  under such Act and  qualifications  under  applicable  Blue Sky or
other State securities laws.

4.  Reservation of Shares  Issuable on Exercise of Warrant.  The Company will at
all times reserve and keep available,  solely for issuance and delivery upon the
exercise  of this  Warrant,  the  Shares  and any other  stock,  securities  and
property  as from time to time shall be  receivable  upon the  exercise  of this
Warrant.

5.       Adjustments.  This Warrant is subject to the following terms and
conditions during the term thereof:

         (a) Stock  Distributions and Splits. In case (i) the outstanding Shares
of the Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of Shares,  (ii) a
dividend in Common  Stock shall be paid in respect of the Common  Stock or (iii)
there shall be any other distribution on the Common Stock payable otherwise than
out of earnings,  retained  earnings or earned  surplus,  the Exercise Price per
share in effect  immediately  prior to such subdivision or at the record date of
such dividend or distribution  shall  simultaneously  with the  effectiveness of
such  subdivision  or  immediately  after the record  date of such  dividend  or
distribution be proportionately reduced; and, conversely,  if outstanding Shares
of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of Shares  thereof,  the
Exercise  Price per Share in effect  immediately  prior to such  combination  be
proportionately  increased.  If  there  shall  be a  distribution  described  in
subparagraph  (iii) of this  subsection  5(e),  the Exercise  Price per Share in
effect  immediately  prior to such  distribution  shall be  reduced by an amount
equal to the fair value thereof per Share of Common Stock.  Any dividend paid or
distributed  on the  Common  Stock  in stock of any  other  class or  securities
convertible  into Shares of Common Stock shall be treated as a dividend  paid in
Common  Stock to the extent that Shares of Common  Stock are  issuable  upon the
conversion thereof.

         (b)  Adjustment of Underlying  Shares.  Whenever the Exercise Price per
Share is adjusted as provided  in  subsection  5(a) above,  the number of Shares
purchasable  upon exercise of the Warrant  immediately  prior to such adjustment
shall be adjusted,  effective simultaneously with such adjustment,  to equal the
product  obtained  (calculated  to the nearest full Share) by  multiplying  such
number of Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exercise Price per
Share in effect  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  and the  denominator of
which is the  Exercise  Price per Share in effect  upon such  adjustment,  which
adjusted  number of Shares shall  thereupon be the number of Shares  purchasable
upon exercise of the Warrant until adjusted as provided herein.

         (c) Notice of Change of Exercise  Price.  Whenever the Company shall be
required to give effect to an adjustment in the Exercise  Price per Share or the
kind or amount of securities  purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be
adjusted pursuant to any of the provisions  hereof,  the Company shall forthwith
thereafter cause to be sent to each holder of the Warrants a certificate setting
forth the  adjustments  in the  Exercise  Price per Share and/or in said kind or
amount or securities,  and also setting forth in detail the facts requiring such
adjustments.  In addition,  the Company at its expense shall, within ninety (90)
calendar  days  following  the end of each of its fiscal  years  during the term
hereof,  and promptly  upon  reasonable  request of any holder of the Warrant in
connection  with the  exercise  from time to time of all or any  portion  of the
Warrant,  cause independent  certified public accountants of recognized standing


                                      138
<PAGE>

selected by the Company to compute any such  adjustment in  accordance  with the
terms of the Warrant and prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and
showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.

         (d)  Notice  of  Record  Date.  In the  event of (i) any  taking by the
Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of
determining  the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other
than a cash  dividend  payable  out of  earnings,  retained  earnings  or earned
surplus of the Company) or other  distribution,  or any right to subscribe  for,
purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  Shares of stock of any class or any other
securities  or  property,  or to receive  any other  right,  or (ii) any capital
reorganization of the Company,  or any  reclassification  or recapitalization of
the capital stock of the Company, or any transfer of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company or consolidation or merger of the Company with or into
any  other  person,  or  (iii)  any  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution  or
liquidation of the Company, then and in each such event the Company will mail or
cause to be mailed to each  holder of the Warrant a notice  specifying  not only
the date on which  any  such  record  is to be  taken  for the  purpose  of such
dividend,  distribution  or right,  and stating the amount and character of such
dividend,  distribution,  or  right,  but  also  the  date  on  which  any  such
reorganization,  reclassification,  recapitalization,  transfer,  consolidation,
merger,  dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time,
if any, as of which the holders  Shares of Common Stock for  securities or other
property    deliverable    upon    such    reorganization,     reclassification,
recapitalization,  transfer, consolidation,  merger, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up. Such notice shall be mailed at least thirty (30) calendar days prior
to the proposed record date therein specified.

6. Notices. All notices and other communications of the Company to the holder or
holders of this  Warrant  or  Warrants,  as the case may be,  shall be mailed by
first class registered or certified mail,  postage prepaid,  to the last address
or  addresses  furnished  to the  Company in  writing by Warrant  Holder and the
holder or holders thereof.

7.  Change;  Waiver.  Neither  this  Warrant nor any term hereof may be changed,
waived,  discharged  or  terminated  orally but only by an instrument in writing
signed by the party against which enforcement of the change,  waiver,  discharge
or termination is sought.

8. Choice of Law. This Warrant shall be construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Nevada without consideration of any principles of conflict of law.


Dated:


GLOBAL RESOURCES GROUP, INC.




By:
         O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Chairman


Attest:
















GRGL38.1

                                      139
<PAGE>



                                EX-10.i.e
7

                                                  PROMISSORY NOTE


$150,000                                                Date: August 15, 1999

For value received,  Global Resources Group, Inc., (the "Borrower"),  at 100 2nd
Avenue North, Suite 200, St. Petersburg,  Florida, 33701, promises to pay to the
order of Mr. John J.  MacWilliams  (the  "Lender"),  located at PO Box 4157, Old
Lyme, CT 06371,  (or at such other place as the Lender may designate in writing)
the sum of  $150,000.00  with  interest  from  August  15,  1999,  on the unpaid
principle at the rate of 10% per annum.

Unpaid  principle after the Due Date shown below shall accrue interest at a rate
of 18% annually until paid. The unpaid  principle and accrued  interest shall be
payable in monthly  installments of $6,553.40,  beginning on September 15, 1999,
and  continuing  until  August 15,  2001,  (the "Due  Date"),  at which time the
remaining unpaid principle or principle and interest shall be due in full.

All payments on this Note shall be applied first in payment of accrued  interest
and any remainder in payment of principle.

If any  installment  is not paid  within  thirty  (30) days after Due Date,  the
remaining  unpaid  balance and accrued  interest  shall become due  immediately,
(after a fifteen [15] day cure period), at the option of the Lender.

The Borrower  reserves the right to prepay this Note (in whole or in part) prior
to the Due Date with a  prepayment  penalty of the next  twelve  (12)  months of
scheduled interest from the date of the prepayment.

If any payment  obligation  under this Note is not paid when due,  the  Borrower
promises to pay all costs of  collection,  including  reasonable  attorney fees,
whether or not a lawsuit is commenced as part of the collection process.

If any of the  following  events  of  default  occur,  this  Note and any  other
obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, shall become due immediately, without
demand or notice:

         1.       the failure of the Borrower to pay the  principle  and any
                  accrued  interest in full on or before the Due Date;

         2.       the death of the Borrower(s) or Lender(s);

         3.       the filing of bankruptcy proceedings involving the Borrower as
                  a Debtor;

         4.       the application for appointment of a receiver for the
                  Borrower;

         5.       the making of a general assignment for the benefit of the
                  Borrower's creditors;

         6.       the insolvency of the Borrower; or

         7.       the  misrepresentation  by the  Borrower to the Lender for the
                  purpose of  obtaining or extending credit.

                                      140
<PAGE>

If any  one or  more  of the  provisions  of  this  Note  are  determined  to be
unenforceable,  in whole or in part,  for any reason,  the remaining  provisions
shall remain fully operative.

All payments of  principle  and interest on this Note shall be paid in the legal
currency of the United States. Borrower waives presentment for payment, protest,
and notice of protest and nonpayment of this Note.

No renewal or extension of this Note, delay in enforcing any right of the Lender
under this Note, or assignment by Lender of this Note shall affect the liability
of the Borrower. All rights of the Lender under this Note are cumulative and may
be exercised concurrently or consecutively at the Lender's option.

This Note shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.


Signed this                 day of                            , 1999.



Borrower:
Global Resources Group, Inc.




By: O. Howard Davidsmeyer
Chairman of the Board



                                      141
<PAGE>



          Transfer   of  this   Warrant   is   subject  to restriction.



                                              Void after July 8, 2003

                                                For 150,000 Shares

                                           Common Stock Purchase Warrant


         Global Resources  Group,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation,  (the "Company")
hereby certifies that, in consideration of the sum of $10.00, and other good and
valuable   consideration,   receipt   and   sufficiency   of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged,  Mr. John J. MacWilliams,  (the "Holder") is entitled,  subject to
the terms and  conditions  set forth below,  to purchase from the Company at any
time or from time to time,  on or before  July 8, 2003,  150,000  fully paid and
non-assessable  Shares (the  "Shares") of Common Stock,  $.01 par value,  of the
Company  (the "Common  Stock") at a price of one dollar and fifty cents  ($1.50)
per  Share  (the  "Exercise  Price"),  and  further  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions set forth herein. Transfer is subject to restrictions as set forth in
Sections 2(e), 3 and 5 hereof.

1.       Investment in Notes.  This Warrant is issued to Holder in  connection
with its  Promissory  Note with the Company.

         The terms  "Warrant" or  "Warrants",  as used  herein,  shall mean this
Warrant,  and any Warrant or Warrants issued in exchange for, to replace or upon
partial exercise of this Warrant.

2.       Piggyback Registration Rights.  The Company agrees that:

         (a) Upon written  request  made by Holder at any time after  January 8,
2000,  the Company  will  include the Warrant  (but shall not be so obliged more
than once) in any registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Act"),  in  conformity  with the Act and rules and  regulations
(the "Rules  under the Act") of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  thereunder and will thereafter use its best efforts to cause said
registration to become effective as soon as possible so as to permit the holders
of the  Warrant or of the Shares  publicly  to offer or sell the  Warrant or the
Shares through the facilities of the  over-the-counter  market or any securities
exchange on which the  Company's  Common Stock may be listed.  The Company shall
include in such registration the Shares subject to this Warrant. The Company may
include  other  Shares of its Common Stock in any such  registration  unless the
underwriter  of such  offering  advises the Company  that the  inclusion of such
other Shares would adversely affect the market.  Such  registration  relating to
the  Warrant or the Shares  purchased  upon  exercise  of the  Warrant  which is
undertaken  pursuant to a request to the Company  made in  accordance  with this
subjection 2(a) shall be solely at the cost and expense of the Company.

         (b) If at any time the Company  proposes to register  any Shares of its
Common Stock under the Act (other than securities being registered in connection
with an  acquisition  by the Company or pursuant to an employee  stock option or
similar  plan),  the  Company  will each such  time give  written  notice of its
intention to do so to Warrant  Holder and to any other record  holder or holders
of the Warrant or Warrants,  as the case may be, and, if the Warrants  have been
exercised in whole or in part, to each holder of record of the Shares  purchased
upon such  exercise,  and on Holder's  written  request given within twenty (20)
days after  receipt of the  notice,  the Company  shall use its best  efforts to
cause the  Warrants  or  Shares,  the  holders  of which  shall  have  requested


                                      142
<PAGE>

registration  thereof,  to be included with the securities  registered under the
Act;  provided that the Company need not register such Warrants and/or Shares as
exceed fifty  percent  (50%) of the total amount  being  registered  without the
Company's  consent.  The Company shall give written notice to Holder and to each
such holder or holders of the  proposed  filing of a  registration  statement at
least thirty (30) days prior to such filing,  and a prompt written notice of the
proposed filing of amendments to such registration  statement.  Any registration
of the  Warrants  or Shares  which is  undertaken  pursuant  to a request to the
Company made in accordance with this subsection 2(b) shall be solely at the cost
and expense of the Company.

         (c) The costs and  expenses to be borne by the Company for  purposes of
subsection  2(a) and subsection  2(b) shall  include,  without  limitation,  all
printing expenses (including a reasonable number of prospectuses for circulation
by the  selling  holders  of the  Warrants  or the  Shares),  all legal fees and
disbursements of the Company's  counsel,  Blue Sky expenses,  accounting fees of
the Company,  and filing fees, and all accountable expenses of the underwriters'
commissions or similar  charges  attributable to the Warrants or Shares owned by
the  holders  thereof,  and,   notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   the  Company's
obligation  to register the Warrants or Shares  pursuant to this Section 2 shall
be limited such that: (i) the Company shall have no obligation to include Shares
in a registration  statement  under the Act to the extent that in the opinion of
Counsel  satisfactory  to the holder of such  Shares is then  eligible to resell
such Shares under Rule 144 under; (ii) the Company shall be required to register
securities  only if and to the extent that holders  seeking to register  furnish
the Company with a written  statement of their  intention to sell and such other
information  as  the  Company  may  reasonably  request;   (iii)  the  Company's
obligation to register the Warrants or Shares  pursuant to  subsections  2(a) or
2(b)  shall  expire  after the five (5) years  following  the date the  Warrants
become  exercisable  or the Company  shall have  purchased  the  Warrants or the
Shares in respect of which  registration  was requested,  pursuant to subsection
2(e) below; and (iv) the Company shall not be obligated to keep any registration
statement filed in accordance with this Section 2 effective for more than ninety
(90) days.

         (d) To the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  the  Company  agrees to
indemnify  each holder,  and each  underwriter,  of the Warrants or Shares being
sold by any such holder  pursuant to this Section 2 (and any person who controls
such holder or underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act) against
all  claims,  losses,  damages,  liabilities  and  expenses  under the Act,  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  or other  Federal or State
statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages,  liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise
out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of
material fact  contained in any  registration  statement  filed pursuant to this
Section 2 or in any  amendment  thereof,  or in any  preliminary  prospectus  or
prospector  relating thereto, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto,
or any omission or alleged  omission to state a material fact required  thereto,
or in any amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto,  or any omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made,  not  misleading;  provided,  however,  that the Company shall not be
liable to any such  holder or  underwriter  in  respect of any  claims,  losses,
damages,  liabilities or expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged
untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission  made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written  information  furnished to the Company by such holder or
underwriter  specifically for use in connection with such registration statement
and  prospectus;  and each holder and  underwriter  agrees to indemnify,  to the


                                      143
<PAGE>

fullest extent permitted by law, the Company,  each person, if any, who controls
the Company within the meaning of said Section 15, and each Director and Officer
of the Company who signs the registration statement in question, against claims,
losses, damages,  liabilities and expenses which they may incur by reason of any
such  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged
omission  made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
furnished  to the  Company by such  holder or  underwriter,  as the case may be,
specifically for use in connection with such registration statement prospectus.

         (e) The holder  agrees  that this  Warrant  and any Shares  issued upon
exercise of this  Warrant will be held  subject to any  restrictions  on resales
thereof by reason of application of the Act and that the following legend may be
affixed to this Warrant or such Shares:

         THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY  MAY  NOT  BE  SOLD  OR  OTHERWISE
         TRANSFERRED  WITHOUT  COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION
         PROVISIONS  OF  APPLICABLE  FEDERAL  AND  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS OR AN
         OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY  TO THE  COMPANY  THAT AN  EXEMPTION
         THEREFROM IS AVAILABLE.

3. Exercise of Warrant;  Partial Exercise. This Warrant may be exercised for the
full  number  of  Shares  within  the  time  called  for  hereby  by the  holder
surrendering this Warrant,  properly  endorsed,  to the Company at its principal
office,  accompanied by payment, in cash or by certified or official bank check,
payable to the order of the Company,  of the sum obtained by multiplying (a) the
number of Shares  called  for on the face of this  Warrant  (or such  applicable
number of Shares as may result from an adjustment  pursuant to Section 7 hereof)
by (b) the Exercise Price.

         Upon each  exercise  of this  Warrant,  the  holder or  holders of this
Warrant shall be deemed to be the holder or holders of record of Shares issuable
upon such exercise, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company
shall then be closed or  certificates  representing  such Shares  shall not have
actually been delivered to said holder or holders.  As soon as practicable after
each such exercise of this  Warrant,  the Company shall issue and deliver to the
holder or holders of such Shares a certificate or  certificates  for such Shares
issuable upon such  exercise  registered in the name of the holder or holders or
its designee.

         This Warrant may be  exercised  for less than the full number of Shares
within the time called for hereby by such a surrender  accompanied by payment of
the  Exercise  Price for the  number of Shares in  respect  of which it is being
exercised.  Upon any such  partial  exercise,  the Company at its  expense  will
forthwith  issue to the holder  hereof a new  Warrant or  Warrants of like tenor
calling in the  aggregate  on their face for the number of Shares for which this
Warrant shall not have been  exercised,  issued in the name of the holder hereof
or as such holder (upon payment by such holder of any applicable transfer taxes)
may direct, subject however, to subsection 2(e) hereof;  provided, that, in case
this Warrant shall not have been registered  under the Act as then in effect (or
any similar statute then in effect), the Company shall not be obligated to issue
and deliver  any Warrant or Warrants to or in the name of any person  other than
the holder of this Warrant unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the
Company,  such  Warrant  or  Warrants  may be so issued  and  delivered  without
registration  under such Act and  qualifications  under  applicable  Blue Sky or
other State securities laws.

4.  Reservation of Shares  Issuable on Exercise of Warrant.  The Company will at
all times reserve and keep available,  solely for issuance and delivery upon the


                                      144
<PAGE>

exercise  of this  Warrant,  the  Shares  and any other  stock,  securities  and
property  as from time to time shall be  receivable  upon the  exercise  of this
Warrant.

5.  Adjustments.  This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions
during the term thereof:

         (a) Stock  Distributions and Splits. In case (i) the outstanding Shares
of the Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of Shares,  (ii) a
dividend in Common  Stock shall be paid in respect of the Common  Stock or (iii)
there shall be any other distribution on the Common Stock payable otherwise than
out of earnings,  retained  earnings or earned  surplus,  the Exercise Price per
share in effect  immediately  prior to such subdivision or at the record date of
such dividend or distribution  shall  simultaneously  with the  effectiveness of
such  subdivision  or  immediately  after the record  date of such  dividend  or
distribution be proportionately reduced; and, conversely,  if outstanding Shares
of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of Shares  thereof,  the
Exercise  Price per Share in effect  immediately  prior to such  combination  be
proportionately  increased.  If  there  shall  be a  distribution  described  in
subparagraph  (iii) of this  subsection  5(e),  the Exercise  Price per Share in
effect  immediately  prior to such  distribution  shall be  reduced by an amount
equal to the fair value thereof per Share of Common Stock.  Any dividend paid or
distributed  on the  Common  Stock  in stock of any  other  class or  securities
convertible  into Shares of Common Stock shall be treated as a dividend  paid in
Common  Stock to the extent that Shares of Common  Stock are  issuable  upon the
conversion thereof.

         (b)  Adjustment of Underlying  Shares.  Whenever the Exercise Price per
Share is adjusted as provided  in  subsection  5(a) above,  the number of Shares
purchasable  upon exercise of the Warrant  immediately  prior to such adjustment
shall be adjusted,  effective simultaneously with such adjustment,  to equal the
product  obtained  (calculated  to the nearest full Share) by  multiplying  such
number of Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exercise Price per
Share in effect  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  and the  denominator of
which is the  Exercise  Price per Share in effect  upon such  adjustment,  which
adjusted  number of Shares shall  thereupon be the number of Shares  purchasable
upon exercise of the Warrant until adjusted as provided herein.

         (c) Notice of Change of Exercise  Price.  Whenever the Company shall be
required to give effect to an adjustment in the Exercise  Price per Share or the
kind or amount of securities  purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be
adjusted pursuant to any of the provisions  hereof,  the Company shall forthwith
thereafter cause to be sent to each holder of the Warrants a certificate setting
forth the  adjustments  in the  Exercise  Price per Share and/or in said kind or
amount or securities,  and also setting forth in detail the facts requiring such
adjustments.  In addition,  the Company at its expense shall, within ninety (90)
calendar  days  following  the end of each of its fiscal  years  during the term
hereof,  and promptly  upon  reasonable  request of any holder of the Warrant in
connection  with the  exercise  from time to time of all or any  portion  of the
Warrant,  cause independent  certified public accountants of recognized standing
selected by the Company to compute any such  adjustment in  accordance  with the
terms of the Warrant and prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and
showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.

         (d)  Notice  of  Record  Date.  In the  event of (i) any  taking by the
Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of
determining  the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other
than a cash  dividend  payable  out of  earnings,  retained  earnings  or earned


                                      145
<PAGE>

surplus of the Company) or other  distribution,  or any right to subscribe  for,
purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  Shares of stock of any class or any other
securities  or  property,  or to receive  any other  right,  or (ii) any capital
reorganization of the Company,  or any  reclassification  or recapitalization of
the capital stock of the Company, or any transfer of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company or consolidation or merger of the Company with or into
any  other  person,  or  (iii)  any  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution  or
liquidation of the Company, then and in each such event the Company will mail or
cause to be mailed to each  holder of the Warrant a notice  specifying  not only
the date on which  any  such  record  is to be  taken  for the  purpose  of such
dividend,  distribution  or right,  and stating the amount and character of such
dividend,  distribution,  or  right,  but  also  the  date  on  which  any  such
reorganization,  reclassification,  recapitalization,  transfer,  consolidation,
merger,  dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time,
if any, as of which the holders  Shares of Common Stock for  securities or other
property    deliverable    upon    such    reorganization,     reclassification,
recapitalization,  transfer, consolidation,  merger, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up. Such notice shall be mailed at least thirty (30) calendar days prior
to the proposed record date therein specified.

6. Notices. All notices and other communications of the Company to the holder or
holders of this  Warrant  or  Warrants,  as the case may be,  shall be mailed by
first class registered or certified mail,  postage prepaid,  to the last address
or  addresses  furnished  to the  Company in  writing by Warrant  Holder and the
holder or holders thereof.

7.  Change;  Waiver.  Neither  this  Warrant nor any term hereof may be changed,
waived,  discharged  or  terminated  orally but only by an instrument in writing
signed by the party against which enforcement of the change,  waiver,  discharge
or termination is sought.

8. Choice of Law. This Warrant shall be construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Nevada without consideration of any principles of conflict of law.


Dated:


GLOBAL RESOURCES GROUP, INC.




By:
         O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Chairman


Attest:
















GRGL38.1

                                      146
<PAGE>



                                          EX-10.i.g
7

                                                  PROMISSORY NOTE


$75,000                                                 Date: October 5,   1999

For value received,  Global Resources Group, Inc., (the "Borrower"),  at 100 2nd
Avenue North, Suite 200, St. Petersburg,  Florida, 33701, promises to pay to the
order of Mr. F. Stanton Moyer (the  "Lender"),  located at 445  Caversham  Road,
Bryn Mawr,  PA 19010,  (or at such other  place as the Lender may  designate  in
writing) the sum of $75,000.00 with interest from October 5, 1999, on the unpaid
principle at the rate of 10% per annum.

Unpaid  principle after the Due Date shown below shall accrue interest at a rate
of 18% annually until paid. The unpaid  principle and accrued  interest shall be
payable in monthly installments of $3,276.70, beginning on November 5, 1999, and
continuing until October 5, 2001, (the "Due Date"),  at which time the remaining
unpaid principle or principle and interest shall be due in full.

All payments on this Note shall be applied first in payment of accrued  interest
and any remainder in payment of principle.

If any  installment  is not paid  within  thirty  (30) days after Due Date,  the
remaining  unpaid  balance and accrued  interest  shall become due  immediately,
(after a fifteen [15] day cure period), at the option of the Lender.

The Borrower  reserves the right to prepay this Note (in whole or in part) prior
to the Due Date with a  prepayment  penalty of the next  twelve  (12)  months of
scheduled interest from the date of the prepayment.

If any payment  obligation  under this Note is not paid when due,  the  Borrower
promises to pay all costs of  collection,  including  reasonable  attorney fees,
whether or not a lawsuit is commenced as part of the collection process.

If any of the  following  events  of  default  occur,  this  Note and any  other
obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, shall become due immediately, without
demand or notice:

         1.       the failure of the Borrower to pay the  principle  and any
                  accrued  interest in full on or before the Due Date;

         2.       the death of the Borrower(s) or Lender(s);

         3.       the filing of bankruptcy proceedings involving the Borrower
                  as a Debtor;

         4.       the application for appointment of a receiver for the
                  Borrower;

         5.       the making of a general assignment for the benefit of the
                  Borrower's creditors;

         6.       the insolvency of the Borrower; or

         7.       the  misrepresentation  by the  Borrower to the Lender for the
                  purpose of  obtaining or extending credit.

If any  one or  more  of the  provisions  of  this  Note  are  determined  to be
unenforceable,  in whole or in part,  for any reason,  the remaining  provisions
shall remain fully operative.

All payments of  principle  and interest on this Note shall be paid in the legal
currency of the United States. Borrower waives presentment for payment, protest,
and notice of protest and nonpayment of this Note.

No renewal or extension of this Note, delay in enforcing any right of the Lender
under this Note, or assignment by Lender of this Note shall affect the liability
of the Borrower. All rights of the Lender under this Note are cumulative and may
be exercised concurrently or consecutively at the Lender's option.

This Note shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.


Signed this        day of                            , 1999.



Borrower:
Global Resources Group, Inc.




By: O. Howard Davidsmeyer
Chairman of the Board



                                      147
<PAGE>





                                Transfer   of  this   Warrant   is   subject  to
restriction.



                                              Void after July 8, 2003

                                                 For 75,000 Shares

                                           Common Stock Purchase Warrant


         Global Resources  Group,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation,  (the "Company")
hereby certifies that, in consideration of the sum of $10.00, and other good and
valuable   consideration,   receipt   and   sufficiency   of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, F. Stanton Moyer, (the "Holder") is entitled, subject to the terms
and conditions set forth below, to purchase from the Company at any time or from
time to time,  on or before July 8, 2003,  75,000 fully paid and  non-assessable
Shares (the  "Shares")  of Common  Stock,  $.01 par value,  of the Company  (the
"Common  Stock") at a price of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) per Share (the
"Exercise  Price"),  and further  subject to the terms and  conditions set forth
herein. Transfer is subject to restrictions as set forth in Sections 2(e), 3 and
5 hereof.

1.       Investment in Notes.  This Warrant is issued to Holder in  connection
with its  Promissory  Note with the Company.

         The terms  "Warrant" or  "Warrants",  as used  herein,  shall mean this
Warrant,  and any Warrant or Warrants issued in exchange for, to replace or upon
partial exercise of this Warrant.

2.       Piggyback Registration Rights.  The Company agrees that:

         (a) Upon written  request  made by Holder at any time after  January 8,
2000,  the Company  will  include the Warrant  (but shall not be so obliged more
than once) in any registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Act"),  in  conformity  with the Act and rules and  regulations
(the "Rules  under the Act") of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  thereunder and will thereafter use its best efforts to cause said
registration to become effective as soon as possible so as to permit the holders
of the  Warrant or of the Shares  publicly  to offer or sell the  Warrant or the
Shares through the facilities of the  over-the-counter  market or any securities
exchange on which the  Company's  Common Stock may be listed.  The Company shall
include in such registration the Shares subject to this Warrant. The Company may
include  other  Shares of its Common Stock in any such  registration  unless the
underwriter  of such  offering  advises the Company  that the  inclusion of such
other Shares would adversely affect the market.  Such  registration  relating to
the  Warrant or the Shares  purchased  upon  exercise  of the  Warrant  which is
undertaken  pursuant to a request to the Company  made in  accordance  with this
subjection 2(a) shall be solely at the cost and expense of the Company.

         (b) If at any time the Company  proposes to register  any Shares of its
Common Stock under the Act (other than securities being registered in connection


                                      148
<PAGE>

with an  acquisition  by the Company or pursuant to an employee  stock option or
similar  plan),  the  Company  will each such  time give  written  notice of its
intention to do so to Warrant  Holder and to any other record  holder or holders
of the Warrant or Warrants,  as the case may be, and, if the Warrants  have been
exercised in whole or in part, to each holder of record of the Shares  purchased
upon such  exercise,  and on Holder's  written  request given within twenty (20)
days after  receipt of the  notice,  the Company  shall use its best  efforts to
cause the  Warrants  or  Shares,  the  holders  of which  shall  have  requested
registration  thereof,  to be included with the securities  registered under the
Act;  provided that the Company need not register such Warrants and/or Shares as
exceed fifty  percent  (50%) of the total amount  being  registered  without the
Company's  consent.  The Company shall give written notice to Holder and to each
such holder or holders of the  proposed  filing of a  registration  statement at
least thirty (30) days prior to such filing,  and a prompt written notice of the
proposed filing of amendments to such registration  statement.  Any registration
of the  Warrants  or Shares  which is  undertaken  pursuant  to a request to the
Company made in accordance with this subsection 2(b) shall be solely at the cost
and expense of the Company.

         (c) The costs and  expenses to be borne by the Company for  purposes of
subsection  2(a) and subsection  2(b) shall  include,  without  limitation,  all
printing expenses (including a reasonable number of prospectuses for circulation
by the  selling  holders  of the  Warrants  or the  Shares),  all legal fees and
disbursements of the Company's  counsel,  Blue Sky expenses,  accounting fees of
the Company,  and filing fees, and all accountable expenses of the underwriters'
commissions or similar  charges  attributable to the Warrants or Shares owned by
the  holders  thereof,  and,   notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   the  Company's
obligation  to register the Warrants or Shares  pursuant to this Section 2 shall
be limited such that: (i) the Company shall have no obligation to include Shares
in a registration  statement  under the Act to the extent that in the opinion of
Counsel  satisfactory  to the holder of such  Shares is then  eligible to resell
such Shares under Rule 144 under; (ii) the Company shall be required to register
securities  only if and to the extent that holders  seeking to register  furnish
the Company with a written  statement of their  intention to sell and such other
information  as  the  Company  may  reasonably  request;   (iii)  the  Company's
obligation to register the Warrants or Shares  pursuant to  subsections  2(a) or
2(b)  shall  expire  after the five (5) years  following  the date the  Warrants
become  exercisable  or the Company  shall have  purchased  the  Warrants or the
Shares in respect of which  registration  was requested,  pursuant to subsection
2(e) below; and (iv) the Company shall not be obligated to keep any registration
statement filed in accordance with this Section 2 effective for more than ninety
(90) days.

         (d) To the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  the  Company  agrees to
indemnify  each holder,  and each  underwriter,  of the Warrants or Shares being
sold by any such holder  pursuant to this Section 2 (and any person who controls
such holder or underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act) against
all  claims,  losses,  damages,  liabilities  and  expenses  under the Act,  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  or other  Federal or State
statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages,  liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise
out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of
material fact  contained in any  registration  statement  filed pursuant to this
Section 2 or in any  amendment  thereof,  or in any  preliminary  prospectus  or
prospector  relating thereto, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto,
or any omission or alleged  omission to state a material fact required  thereto,
or in any amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto,  or any omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to


                                      149
<PAGE>

make the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made,  not  misleading;  provided,  however,  that the Company shall not be
liable to any such  holder or  underwriter  in  respect of any  claims,  losses,
damages,  liabilities or expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged
untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission  made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written  information  furnished to the Company by such holder or
underwriter  specifically for use in connection with such registration statement
and  prospectus;  and each holder and  underwriter  agrees to indemnify,  to the
fullest extent permitted by law, the Company,  each person, if any, who controls
the Company within the meaning of said Section 15, and each Director and Officer
of the Company who signs the registration statement in question, against claims,
losses, damages,  liabilities and expenses which they may incur by reason of any
such  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged
omission  made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
furnished  to the  Company by such  holder or  underwriter,  as the case may be,
specifically for use in connection with such registration statement prospectus.

         (e) The holder  agrees  that this  Warrant  and any Shares  issued upon
exercise of this  Warrant will be held  subject to any  restrictions  on resales
thereof by reason of application of the Act and that the following legend may be
affixed to this Warrant or such Shares:

         THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY  MAY  NOT  BE  SOLD  OR  OTHERWISE
         TRANSFERRED  WITHOUT  COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION
         PROVISIONS  OF  APPLICABLE  FEDERAL  AND  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS OR AN
         OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY  TO THE  COMPANY  THAT AN  EXEMPTION
         THEREFROM IS AVAILABLE.

3. Exercise of Warrant;  Partial Exercise. This Warrant may be exercised for the
full  number  of  Shares  within  the  time  called  for  hereby  by the  holder
surrendering this Warrant,  properly  endorsed,  to the Company at its principal
office,  accompanied by payment, in cash or by certified or official bank check,
payable to the order of the Company,  of the sum obtained by multiplying (a) the
number of Shares  called  for on the face of this  Warrant  (or such  applicable
number of Shares as may result from an adjustment  pursuant to Section 7 hereof)
by (b) the Exercise Price.

         Upon each  exercise  of this  Warrant,  the  holder or  holders of this
Warrant shall be deemed to be the holder or holders of record of Shares issuable
upon such exercise, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company
shall then be closed or  certificates  representing  such Shares  shall not have
actually been delivered to said holder or holders.  As soon as practicable after
each such exercise of this  Warrant,  the Company shall issue and deliver to the
holder or holders of such Shares a certificate or  certificates  for such Shares
issuable upon such  exercise  registered in the name of the holder or holders or
its designee.

         This Warrant may be  exercised  for less than the full number of Shares
within the time called for hereby by such a surrender  accompanied by payment of
the  Exercise  Price for the  number of Shares in  respect  of which it is being
exercised.  Upon any such  partial  exercise,  the Company at its  expense  will
forthwith  issue to the holder  hereof a new  Warrant or  Warrants of like tenor
calling in the  aggregate  on their face for the number of Shares for which this
Warrant shall not have been  exercised,  issued in the name of the holder hereof
or as such holder (upon payment by such holder of any applicable transfer taxes)
may direct, subject however, to subsection 2(e) hereof;  provided, that, in case
this Warrant shall not have been registered  under the Act as then in effect (or
any similar statute then in effect), the Company shall not be obligated to issue


                                      150
<PAGE>

and deliver  any Warrant or Warrants to or in the name of any person  other than
the holder of this Warrant unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the
Company,  such  Warrant  or  Warrants  may be so issued  and  delivered  without
registration  under such Act and  qualifications  under  applicable  Blue Sky or
other State securities laws.

4.  Reservation of Shares  Issuable on Exercise of Warrant.  The Company will at
all times reserve and keep available,  solely for issuance and delivery upon the
exercise  of this  Warrant,  the  Shares  and any other  stock,  securities  and
property  as from time to time shall be  receivable  upon the  exercise  of this
Warrant.

5.       Adjustments.  This Warrant is subject to the following terms and
conditions during the term thereof:

         (a) Stock  Distributions and Splits. In case (i) the outstanding Shares
of the Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of Shares,  (ii) a
dividend in Common  Stock shall be paid in respect of the Common  Stock or (iii)
there shall be any other distribution on the Common Stock payable otherwise than
out of earnings,  retained  earnings or earned  surplus,  the Exercise Price per
share in effect  immediately  prior to such subdivision or at the record date of
such dividend or distribution  shall  simultaneously  with the  effectiveness of
such  subdivision  or  immediately  after the record  date of such  dividend  or
distribution be proportionately reduced; and, conversely,  if outstanding Shares
of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of Shares  thereof,  the
Exercise  Price per Share in effect  immediately  prior to such  combination  be
proportionately  increased.  If  there  shall  be a  distribution  described  in
subparagraph  (iii) of this  subsection  5(e),  the Exercise  Price per Share in
effect  immediately  prior to such  distribution  shall be  reduced by an amount
equal to the fair value thereof per Share of Common Stock.  Any dividend paid or
distributed  on the  Common  Stock  in stock of any  other  class or  securities
convertible  into Shares of Common Stock shall be treated as a dividend  paid in
Common  Stock to the extent that Shares of Common  Stock are  issuable  upon the
conversion thereof.

         (b)  Adjustment of Underlying  Shares.  Whenever the Exercise Price per
Share is adjusted as provided  in  subsection  5(a) above,  the number of Shares
purchasable  upon exercise of the Warrant  immediately  prior to such adjustment
shall be adjusted,  effective simultaneously with such adjustment,  to equal the
product  obtained  (calculated  to the nearest full Share) by  multiplying  such
number of Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exercise Price per
Share in effect  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  and the  denominator of
which is the  Exercise  Price per Share in effect  upon such  adjustment,  which
adjusted  number of Shares shall  thereupon be the number of Shares  purchasable
upon exercise of the Warrant until adjusted as provided herein.

         (c) Notice of Change of Exercise  Price.  Whenever the Company shall be
required to give effect to an adjustment in the Exercise  Price per Share or the
kind or amount of securities  purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be
adjusted pursuant to any of the provisions  hereof,  the Company shall forthwith
thereafter cause to be sent to each holder of the Warrants a certificate setting
forth the  adjustments  in the  Exercise  Price per Share and/or in said kind or
amount or securities,  and also setting forth in detail the facts requiring such
adjustments.  In addition,  the Company at its expense shall, within ninety (90)
calendar  days  following  the end of each of its fiscal  years  during the term
hereof,  and promptly  upon  reasonable  request of any holder of the Warrant in
connection  with the  exercise  from time to time of all or any  portion  of the
Warrant,  cause independent  certified public accountants of recognized standing


                                      151
<PAGE>

selected by the Company to compute any such  adjustment in  accordance  with the
terms of the Warrant and prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and
showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.

         (d)  Notice  of  Record  Date.  In the  event of (i) any  taking by the
Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of
determining  the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other
than a cash  dividend  payable  out of  earnings,  retained  earnings  or earned
surplus of the Company) or other  distribution,  or any right to subscribe  for,
purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  Shares of stock of any class or any other
securities  or  property,  or to receive  any other  right,  or (ii) any capital
reorganization of the Company,  or any  reclassification  or recapitalization of
the capital stock of the Company, or any transfer of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company or consolidation or merger of the Company with or into
any  other  person,  or  (iii)  any  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution  or
liquidation of the Company, then and in each such event the Company will mail or
cause to be mailed to each  holder of the Warrant a notice  specifying  not only
the date on which  any  such  record  is to be  taken  for the  purpose  of such
dividend,  distribution  or right,  and stating the amount and character of such
dividend,  distribution,  or  right,  but  also  the  date  on  which  any  such
reorganization,  reclassification,  recapitalization,  transfer,  consolidation,
merger,  dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time,
if any, as of which the holders  Shares of Common Stock for  securities or other
property    deliverable    upon    such    reorganization,     reclassification,
recapitalization,  transfer, consolidation,  merger, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up. Such notice shall be mailed at least thirty (30) calendar days prior
to the proposed record date therein specified.

6. Notices. All notices and other communications of the Company to the holder or
holders of this  Warrant  or  Warrants,  as the case may be,  shall be mailed by
first class registered or certified mail,  postage prepaid,  to the last address
or  addresses  furnished  to the  Company in  writing by Warrant  Holder and the
holder or holders thereof.

7.  Change;  Waiver.  Neither  this  Warrant nor any term hereof may be changed,
waived,  discharged  or  terminated  orally but only by an instrument in writing
signed by the party against which enforcement of the change,  waiver,  discharge
or termination is sought.

8. Choice of Law. This Warrant shall be construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Nevada without consideration of any principles of conflict of law.


Dated:


GLOBAL RESOURCES GROUP, INC.




By:
         O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Chairman


Attest:







GRGL38.1

                                      152
<PAGE>



                                   EX-10. (i) (h)
7

                                                  PROMISSORY NOTE


$50,000                                               Date: November 5, 1999

For value received,  Global Resources Group, Inc., (the "Borrower"),  at 100 2nd
Avenue North, Suite 200, St. Petersburg,  Florida, 33701, promises to pay to the
order of Mr. F. Stanton Moyer (the  "Lender"),  located at 445  Caversham  Road,
Bryn Mawr,  PA 19010,  (or at such other  place as the Lender may  designate  in
writing) the sum of  $50,000.00  with  interest  from  November 5, 1999,  on the
unpaid principle at the rate of 10% per annum.

Unpaid  principle after the Due Date shown below shall accrue interest at a rate
of 18% annually until paid. The unpaid  principle and accrued  interest shall be
payable in monthly installments of $2,184.47, beginning on December 5, 1999, and
continuing until November 5, 2001, (the "Due Date"), at which time the remaining
unpaid principle or principle and interest shall be due in full.

All payments on this Note shall be applied first in payment of accrued  interest
and any remainder in payment of principle.

If any  installment  is not paid  within  thirty  (30) days after Due Date,  the
remaining  unpaid  balance and accrued  interest  shall become due  immediately,
(after a fifteen [15] day cure period), at the option of the Lender.

The Borrower  reserves the right to prepay this Note (in whole or in part) prior
to the Due Date with a  prepayment  penalty of the next  twelve  (12)  months of
scheduled interest from the date of the prepayment.

If any payment  obligation  under this Note is not paid when due,  the  Borrower
promises to pay all costs of  collection,  including  reasonable  attorney fees,
whether or not a lawsuit is commenced as part of the collection process.

If any of the  following  events  of  default  occur,  this  Note and any  other
obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, shall become due immediately, without
demand or notice:

         1.       the failure of the Borrower to pay the  principle  and any
                  accrued  interest in full on or before the Due Date;

         2.       the death of the Borrower(s) or Lender(s);

         3.       the filing of bankruptcy proceedings involving the Borrower as
                  a Debtor;

         4.       the application for appointment of a receiver for the
                  Borrower;

         5.       the making of a general assignment for the benefit of the
                  Borrower's creditors;

         6.       the insolvency of the Borrower; or

         7.       the  misrepresentation  by the  Borrower to the Lender for the
                  purpose of  obtaining or extending credit.

                                      153
<PAGE>

If any  one or  more  of the  provisions  of  this  Note  are  determined  to be
unenforceable,  in whole or in part,  for any reason,  the remaining  provisions
shall remain fully operative.

All payments of  principle  and interest on this Note shall be paid in the legal
currency of the United States. Borrower waives presentment for payment, protest,
and notice of protest and nonpayment of this Note.

No renewal or extension of this Note, delay in enforcing any right of the Lender
under this Note, or assignment by Lender of this Note shall affect the liability
of the Borrower. All rights of the Lender under this Note are cumulative and may
be exercised concurrently or consecutively at the Lender's option.

This Note shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.


Signed this        day of                            , 1999.



Borrower:
Global Resources Group, Inc.


By: O. Howard Davidsmeyer
Chairman of the Board



                                      154
<PAGE>





                                Transfer   of  this   Warrant   is   subject  to
restriction.



                                              Void after July 8, 2003

                                                 For 50,000 Shares

                                           Common Stock Purchase Warrant


         Global Resources  Group,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation,  (the "Company")
hereby certifies that, in consideration of the sum of $10.00, and other good and
valuable   consideration,   receipt   and   sufficiency   of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, F. Stanton Moyer, (the "Holder") is entitled, subject to the terms
and conditions set forth below, to purchase from the Company at any time or from
time to time,  on or before July 8, 2003,  50,000 fully paid and  non-assessable
Shares (the  "Shares")  of Common  Stock,  $.01 par value,  of the Company  (the
"Common  Stock") at a price of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) per Share (the
"Exercise  Price"),  and further  subject to the terms and  conditions set forth
herein. Transfer is subject to restrictions as set forth in Sections 2(e), 3 and
5 hereof.

1.       Investment in Notes.  This Warrant is issued to Holder in  connection
with its  Promissory  Note with the Company.

         The terms  "Warrant" or  "Warrants",  as used  herein,  shall mean this
Warrant,  and any Warrant or Warrants issued in exchange for, to replace or upon
partial exercise of this Warrant.

2.       Piggyback Registration Rights.  The Company agrees that:

         (a) Upon written  request  made by Holder at any time after  January 8,
2000,  the Company  will  include the Warrant  (but shall not be so obliged more
than once) in any registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Act"),  in  conformity  with the Act and rules and  regulations
(the "Rules  under the Act") of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  thereunder and will thereafter use its best efforts to cause said
registration to become effective as soon as possible so as to permit the holders
of the  Warrant or of the Shares  publicly  to offer or sell the  Warrant or the
Shares through the facilities of the  over-the-counter  market or any securities
exchange on which the  Company's  Common Stock may be listed.  The Company shall
include in such registration the Shares subject to this Warrant. The Company may
include  other  Shares of its Common Stock in any such  registration  unless the
underwriter  of such  offering  advises the Company  that the  inclusion of such
other Shares would adversely affect the market.  Such  registration  relating to
the  Warrant or the Shares  purchased  upon  exercise  of the  Warrant  which is
undertaken  pursuant to a request to the Company  made in  accordance  with this
subjection 2(a) shall be solely at the cost and expense of the Company.

         (b) If at any time the Company  proposes to register  any Shares of its
Common Stock under the Act (other than securities being registered in connection
with an  acquisition  by the Company or pursuant to an employee  stock option or


                                      155
<PAGE>

similar  plan),  the  Company  will each such  time give  written  notice of its
intention to do so to Warrant  Holder and to any other record  holder or holders
of the Warrant or Warrants,  as the case may be, and, if the Warrants  have been
exercised in whole or in part, to each holder of record of the Shares  purchased
upon such  exercise,  and on Holder's  written  request given within twenty (20)
days after  receipt of the  notice,  the Company  shall use its best  efforts to
cause the  Warrants  or  Shares,  the  holders  of which  shall  have  requested
registration  thereof,  to be included with the securities  registered under the
Act;  provided that the Company need not register such Warrants and/or Shares as
exceed fifty  percent  (50%) of the total amount  being  registered  without the
Company's  consent.  The Company shall give written notice to Holder and to each
such holder or holders of the  proposed  filing of a  registration  statement at
least thirty (30) days prior to such filing,  and a prompt written notice of the
proposed filing of amendments to such registration  statement.  Any registration
of the  Warrants  or Shares  which is  undertaken  pursuant  to a request to the
Company made in accordance with this subsection 2(b) shall be solely at the cost
and expense of the Company.

         (c) The costs and  expenses to be borne by the Company for  purposes of
subsection  2(a) and subsection  2(b) shall  include,  without  limitation,  all
printing expenses (including a reasonable number of prospectuses for circulation
by the  selling  holders  of the  Warrants  or the  Shares),  all legal fees and
disbursements of the Company's  counsel,  Blue Sky expenses,  accounting fees of
the Company,  and filing fees, and all accountable expenses of the underwriters'
commissions or similar  charges  attributable to the Warrants or Shares owned by
the  holders  thereof,  and,   notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   the  Company's
obligation  to register the Warrants or Shares  pursuant to this Section 2 shall
be limited such that: (i) the Company shall have no obligation to include Shares
in a registration  statement  under the Act to the extent that in the opinion of
Counsel  satisfactory  to the holder of such  Shares is then  eligible to resell
such Shares under Rule 144 under; (ii) the Company shall be required to register
securities  only if and to the extent that holders  seeking to register  furnish
the Company with a written  statement of their  intention to sell and such other
information  as  the  Company  may  reasonably  request;   (iii)  the  Company's
obligation to register the Warrants or Shares  pursuant to  subsections  2(a) or
2(b)  shall  expire  after the five (5) years  following  the date the  Warrants
become  exercisable  or the Company  shall have  purchased  the  Warrants or the
Shares in respect of which  registration  was requested,  pursuant to subsection
2(e) below; and (iv) the Company shall not be obligated to keep any registration
statement filed in accordance with this Section 2 effective for more than ninety
(90) days.

         (d) To the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  the  Company  agrees to
indemnify  each holder,  and each  underwriter,  of the Warrants or Shares being
sold by any such holder  pursuant to this Section 2 (and any person who controls
such holder or underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act) against
all  claims,  losses,  damages,  liabilities  and  expenses  under the Act,  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  or other  Federal or State
statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages,  liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise
out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of
material fact  contained in any  registration  statement  filed pursuant to this
Section 2 or in any  amendment  thereof,  or in any  preliminary  prospectus  or
prospector  relating thereto, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto,
or any omission or alleged  omission to state a material fact required  thereto,
or in any amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto,  or any omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they


                                      156
<PAGE>

were made,  not  misleading;  provided,  however,  that the Company shall not be
liable to any such  holder or  underwriter  in  respect of any  claims,  losses,
damages,  liabilities or expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged
untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission  made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written  information  furnished to the Company by such holder or
underwriter  specifically for use in connection with such registration statement
and  prospectus;  and each holder and  underwriter  agrees to indemnify,  to the
fullest extent permitted by law, the Company,  each person, if any, who controls
the Company within the meaning of said Section 15, and each Director and Officer
of the Company who signs the registration statement in question, against claims,
losses, damages,  liabilities and expenses which they may incur by reason of any
such  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged
omission  made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
furnished  to the  Company by such  holder or  underwriter,  as the case may be,
specifically for use in connection with such registration statement prospectus.

         (e) The holder  agrees  that this  Warrant  and any Shares  issued upon
exercise of this  Warrant will be held  subject to any  restrictions  on resales
thereof by reason of application of the Act and that the following legend may be
affixed to this Warrant or such Shares:

         THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY  MAY  NOT  BE  SOLD  OR  OTHERWISE
         TRANSFERRED  WITHOUT  COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION
         PROVISIONS  OF  APPLICABLE  FEDERAL  AND  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS OR AN
         OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY  TO THE  COMPANY  THAT AN  EXEMPTION
         THEREFROM IS AVAILABLE.

3. Exercise of Warrant;  Partial Exercise. This Warrant may be exercised for the
full  number  of  Shares  within  the  time  called  for  hereby  by the  holder
surrendering this Warrant,  properly  endorsed,  to the Company at its principal
office,  accompanied by payment, in cash or by certified or official bank check,
payable to the order of the Company,  of the sum obtained by multiplying (a) the
number of Shares  called  for on the face of this  Warrant  (or such  applicable
number of Shares as may result from an adjustment  pursuant to Section 7 hereof)
by (b) the Exercise Price.

         Upon each  exercise  of this  Warrant,  the  holder or  holders of this
Warrant shall be deemed to be the holder or holders of record of Shares issuable
upon such exercise, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company
shall then be closed or  certificates  representing  such Shares  shall not have
actually been delivered to said holder or holders.  As soon as practicable after
each such exercise of this  Warrant,  the Company shall issue and deliver to the
holder or holders of such Shares a certificate or  certificates  for such Shares
issuable upon such  exercise  registered in the name of the holder or holders or
its designee.

         This Warrant may be  exercised  for less than the full number of Shares
within the time called for hereby by such a surrender  accompanied by payment of
the  Exercise  Price for the  number of Shares in  respect  of which it is being
exercised.  Upon any such  partial  exercise,  the Company at its  expense  will
forthwith  issue to the holder  hereof a new  Warrant or  Warrants of like tenor
calling in the  aggregate  on their face for the number of Shares for which this
Warrant shall not have been  exercised,  issued in the name of the holder hereof
or as such holder (upon payment by such holder of any applicable transfer taxes)
may direct, subject however, to subsection 2(e) hereof;  provided, that, in case
this Warrant shall not have been registered  under the Act as then in effect (or
any similar statute then in effect), the Company shall not be obligated to issue
and deliver  any Warrant or Warrants to or in the name of any person  other than


                                      157
<PAGE>

the holder of this Warrant unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the
Company,  such  Warrant  or  Warrants  may be so issued  and  delivered  without
registration  under such Act and  qualifications  under  applicable  Blue Sky or
other State securities laws.

4.  Reservation of Shares  Issuable on Exercise of Warrant.  The Company will at
all times reserve and keep available,  solely for issuance and delivery upon the
exercise  of this  Warrant,  the  Shares  and any other  stock,  securities  and
property  as from time to time shall be  receivable  upon the  exercise  of this
Warrant.

5.       Adjustments.  This Warrant is subject to the following terms and
conditions during the term thereof:

         (a) Stock  Distributions and Splits. In case (i) the outstanding Shares
of the Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of Shares,  (ii) a
dividend in Common  Stock shall be paid in respect of the Common  Stock or (iii)
there shall be any other distribution on the Common Stock payable otherwise than
out of earnings,  retained  earnings or earned  surplus,  the Exercise Price per
share in effect  immediately  prior to such subdivision or at the record date of
such dividend or distribution  shall  simultaneously  with the  effectiveness of
such  subdivision  or  immediately  after the record  date of such  dividend  or
distribution be proportionately reduced; and, conversely,  if outstanding Shares
of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of Shares  thereof,  the
Exercise  Price per Share in effect  immediately  prior to such  combination  be
proportionately  increased.  If  there  shall  be a  distribution  described  in
subparagraph  (iii) of this  subsection  5(e),  the Exercise  Price per Share in
effect  immediately  prior to such  distribution  shall be  reduced by an amount
equal to the fair value thereof per Share of Common Stock.  Any dividend paid or
distributed  on the  Common  Stock  in stock of any  other  class or  securities
convertible  into Shares of Common Stock shall be treated as a dividend  paid in
Common  Stock to the extent that Shares of Common  Stock are  issuable  upon the
conversion thereof.

         (b)  Adjustment of Underlying  Shares.  Whenever the Exercise Price per
Share is adjusted as provided  in  subsection  5(a) above,  the number of Shares
purchasable  upon exercise of the Warrant  immediately  prior to such adjustment
shall be adjusted,  effective simultaneously with such adjustment,  to equal the
product  obtained  (calculated  to the nearest full Share) by  multiplying  such
number of Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exercise Price per
Share in effect  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  and the  denominator of
which is the  Exercise  Price per Share in effect  upon such  adjustment,  which
adjusted  number of Shares shall  thereupon be the number of Shares  purchasable
upon exercise of the Warrant until adjusted as provided herein.

         (c) Notice of Change of Exercise  Price.  Whenever the Company shall be
required to give effect to an adjustment in the Exercise  Price per Share or the
kind or amount of securities  purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be
adjusted pursuant to any of the provisions  hereof,  the Company shall forthwith
thereafter cause to be sent to each holder of the Warrants a certificate setting
forth the  adjustments  in the  Exercise  Price per Share and/or in said kind or
amount or securities,  and also setting forth in detail the facts requiring such
adjustments.  In addition,  the Company at its expense shall, within ninety (90)
calendar  days  following  the end of each of its fiscal  years  during the term
hereof,  and promptly  upon  reasonable  request of any holder of the Warrant in
connection  with the  exercise  from time to time of all or any  portion  of the
Warrant,  cause independent  certified public accountants of recognized standing
selected by the Company to compute any such  adjustment in  accordance  with the


                                      158
<PAGE>

terms of the Warrant and prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and
showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.

         (d)  Notice  of  Record  Date.  In the  event of (i) any  taking by the
Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of
determining  the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other
than a cash  dividend  payable  out of  earnings,  retained  earnings  or earned
surplus of the Company) or other  distribution,  or any right to subscribe  for,
purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  Shares of stock of any class or any other
securities  or  property,  or to receive  any other  right,  or (ii) any capital
reorganization of the Company,  or any  reclassification  or recapitalization of
the capital stock of the Company, or any transfer of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company or consolidation or merger of the Company with or into
any  other  person,  or  (iii)  any  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution  or
liquidation of the Company, then and in each such event the Company will mail or
cause to be mailed to each  holder of the Warrant a notice  specifying  not only
the date on which  any  such  record  is to be  taken  for the  purpose  of such
dividend,  distribution  or right,  and stating the amount and character of such
dividend,  distribution,  or  right,  but  also  the  date  on  which  any  such
reorganization,  reclassification,  recapitalization,  transfer,  consolidation,
merger,  dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time,
if any, as of which the holders  Shares of Common Stock for  securities or other
property    deliverable    upon    such    reorganization,     reclassification,
recapitalization,  transfer, consolidation,  merger, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up. Such notice shall be mailed at least thirty (30) calendar days prior
to the proposed record date therein specified.

6. Notices. All notices and other communications of the Company to the holder or
holders of this  Warrant  or  Warrants,  as the case may be,  shall be mailed by
first class registered or certified mail,  postage prepaid,  to the last address
or  addresses  furnished  to the  Company in  writing by Warrant  Holder and the
holder or holders thereof.

7.  Change;  Waiver.  Neither  this  Warrant nor any term hereof may be changed,
waived,  discharged  or  terminated  orally but only by an instrument in writing
signed by the party against which enforcement of the change,  waiver,  discharge
or termination is sought.

8. Choice of Law. This Warrant shall be construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Nevada without consideration of any principles of conflict of law.


Dated:


GLOBAL RESOURCES GROUP, INC.




By:
         O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Chairman


Attest:
















GRGL38.1

                                      159
<PAGE>


                                  EX-10.ii.a


                  5

                                               EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         This Employment Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement"),
made as of this 1st day of November,  1998 between Global Resources Group, Inc.,
(GRG) as  employer,  a Florida  corporation  with a principal  place of business
located at 235 Sunrise Avenue,  Suite C-24,  Palm Beach,  FL 33480  (hereinafter
referred to as "Company"),  and Jeffrey Michael Good, residing at 6158 Palma Del
Mar Blvd.,  Suite 301 -B, St. Petersburg,  FL 33715 (hereinafter  referred to as
"Executive").
                                                    WITNESSETH:

    WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors of the Company  believes  that it is in the
best  interest of the Company to enter into this  Agreement  with  Executive and
Executive desires to enter into this Agreement with Company.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing and the promises,  covenants
and  agreements  hereinafter  set forth,  Company and Executive  hereby agree as
follows:

1. Term of Employment. The term of this Agreement shall be for an initial period
of three (3) years commencing  November 1, 1998 and terminating October 31, 2001
and  shall be  automatically  renewed  thereafter  for  additional  one (1) year
periods,  unless at least sixty (60) days prior to the renewal date, the parties
have terminated this relationship.

2.       Position.  Executive shall hold the office of Director of Business
Development of GRG, Inc.

3 Duties.  Executive  shall have the  responsibilities  and  perform the duties,
including  but not  limited  to, the  general  duties  outlined  in  Appendix A,
Executive Function.

4. Best Efforts.  While  employed by the Company,  Executive  shall at all times
faithfully,  industriously,  and to the  best of his  ability,  experience,  and
talents,  perform  all of the  duties  that  may be  required  of,  and from him
pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof,  to the  satisfaction  of the
Company. Executive shall work full time for Company.

5. Indemnification. The Company shall, to the maximum extent permitted by and in
accordance with applicable  law,  indemnify and hold the Executive  harmless for
expenses,  including reasonable attorney's fees, judgments,  fines, settlements,
and other  amounts  actually  and  reasonably  incurred in  connection  with any
proceeding  arising  by reason of the  Executive's  employment  by the  Company.
Executive  agrees to promptly  notify Company of any actual or threatened  claim
arising out of or as a result of his employment with Company.



                                      160
<PAGE>





6.       Compensation.  The Executive's compensation for services provided
hereunder shall consist of:

         (a) An  annual  base  salary  of One  Hundred  Forty  Thousand  Dollars
($140,000). The base salary shall be payable in equal installments not less than
two times per month.  Increases  in the  Executive's  base salary may be awarded
from time to time as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

         (b) An annual incentive  compensation  plan for each year of employment
shall be available to the Executive as per Appendix B, Incentive Plan.

7. Stock.  Executive shall be entitled to receive and participate in the Capital
Stock  Ownership  and  Stock  Option  Plan as  outlined  herein in  Appendix  C,
Executive Capital Stock Ownership and Stock Option Plan.

8. Benefits.  Executive and his  dependents  shall be entitled to participate in
all employee  welfare benefits plans (as that term is defined in Section 3(l) of
the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974,as amended) and to receive
or participate in all other benefit arrangements, policies or practices to which
any executives of Company and/or their  dependents are or shall become  entitled
to receive or participate in at any time during the term of this  Agreement.  In
addition, without limiting the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to receive
the perquisites as outlined  herein,  in Appendix D, Executive  Benefits Package
and in Appendix E, Executive Relocation Package.

9. Office Space, Furnishings,  Equipment, and Support Staff. Throughout the term
of his employment,  Company shall provide  Executive with appropriate  furnished
office space, and equipment.

10. Reimbursement for Expenses. Company shall reimburse Executive for all of his
approved actual, reasonable and customary business-related expenses,  including,
but not limited to,  business class travel,  transportation,  meals and lodging,
telephone,  and  entertainment.  Reimbursement  shall be made by Company  within
fifteen (15) days of submission by Executive of proof of his expenses.

11. Non-Competition.  Executive shall not, during the term of this Agreement, be
interested directly or indirectly, in any manner, as partner, officer, director,
advisor,  employee  or in any other  capacity in any other  business  similar to
Company's  business  provided  however,  that nothing herein  contained shall be
deemed to prevent or limit the right of  Executive to invest any of his funds in
the  capital  stock  of  other  securities  of any  corporation  whose  stock or
securities are publicly owned or are regularly traded on any public exchange.



                                      161
<PAGE>





12. Proprietary Information.  The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that his
engagement  by  Company  will  result  in  disclosure  to  him  of  confidential
information  which is a  valuable,  special  and unique  asset of the  Company's
business.  Any  written  materials  with  regard to  concepts  and ideas,  sales
strategy,  marketing policies,  processes,  and any other information treated or
described by the Company as confidential  shall not be disclosed by Executive to
any person, firm,  corporation,  association,  or other entity for any reason or
purpose  whatsoever during or after the term of this agreement and any renewals.
Upon  termination of this  Agreement by either party for any reason,  all files,
manuals,  client lists or other documents  containing any such information shall
forthwith be returned to the Company by Executive.



                                      162
<PAGE>




Termination for "Cause".  The term Termination for Cause shall mean a
termination based upon:



                                      163
<PAGE>



        Verification to the Board of Directors that the Executive  committed any
                  material  act of  gross  carelessness  or  misconduct  causing
                  damage to the Business,
         The commission by Executive of any felony or crime involving moral
                  turpitude; or
         The      engagement  of  Executive  in any  business  that is  directly
                  competitive with the primary business of Company. In the event
                  that the Company  terminates  Executive's  employment with the
                  Company for Cause,  Executive's  right to future  compensation
                  and benefits of any kind shall immediately cease.



<PAGE>



Termination  Without "Cause".  Provided that the Executive has been terminated
without "Cause",  Executive shall be entitled to the following:



<PAGE>



         Severance  pay in the amount  equal to 1/2 of the annual base salary in
         effect at the time of  termination,  Applicable  Bonuses due at time of
         termination, Any past due payments owed to the Executive,  Acceleration
         to 100% of all options  granted to  Executive  under any  incentive  or
         bonus plan of Company
                  with a thirty (30) day right to exercise  said  plan(s);  and,
         Continuation, at no charge to Executive, of all health insurance plans
                  and programs in effect at time of termination  for a period of
                  three (3) months. In the event that within the three (3) month
                  period Executive  becomes covered by another  employer's group
                  plan, the Company's similar plans and programs shall no longer
                  continue.  Additionally,  COBRA is available for eighteen (18)
                  months at Executive's expense.

15.  Notices.  Any notice given under this  Agreement  shall be sufficient if in
writing,  sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,  addressed,  in
the case of Company,  to its principal  office and to the attention of its Board
of Directors;  in the case of Executive,  to his last known address; in the case
of the designated  beneficiary,  to his, or their last known address; or, in the
case of Executive's dependents, to their last known address.

16.      Successors: Binding Effect.

         (a) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect,
by purchase, merger,  consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of
the  business or assets of the  Company,  by  agreement  in forms and  substance
reasonably  acceptable  to Executive,  to expressly  assume and agree to perform
this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

         (b) This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to
the  benefit  of  and  be   enforceable   by   Executive's   personal  or  legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs,  distributes,
devisees  and  legatees.  If  Executive  should die while any  amounts  would be
payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live,  all such amounts,  unless
otherwise  provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement to Executive's devisee, legatee, or other designees or, if there be no
such designee, to Executive's estate.

17. Non-Waiver of Breach. Either party may specifically waive any breach of this
Agreement by the other party,  provided  that no such waiver shall be binding or
effective  unless in writing and no such waiver  shall  constitute  a continuing
waiver of  similar  or other  breaches.  A waiving  party may at any time,  upon
notice given in writing to the breaching  party,  direct future  compliance with
the waived term or terms of this  Agreement,  in which event the breaching party
shall comply as directed from such time forward.

18.  Governing  Law.  All  questions  relating  to the  validity,  construction,
interpretation, performance and administration of the Employment Agreement shall
be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida
covering contracts made and to be performed in that state.

19. Submission to Jurisdiction. Each party agrees that it shall bring any action
or  proceeding  in  respect  to any claim  arising  out of or in respect of this
Employment  Agreement  whether  in  tort  or  contract  or  law  or  in  equity,
exclusively  in the United States  District  Court for the Southern  District of
Florida or the Supreme  Court of the State of Florida for the county of Pinellas
(the "Chosen Courts), and (I) irrevocably submits to the exclusive  jurisdiction
of the chosen  courts,  (II) waives any objection to laying of venue in any such
action or proceeding in the chosen  courts,  and (III) waives any objection that
the chosen courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over any
party hereto.



                                      164
<PAGE>



20.  Severability.  The provisions of the Employment  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the  validity or  enforceability  of the other  provisions  hereof If any
provision  of this  Employment  Agreement  is  invalid or  unenforceable,  (a) a
suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry
out,  so far as may be valid and  enforceable,  the intent  and  purpose of such
invalid or  unenforceable  provision  and (b) the  remainder of this  Employment
Agreement  shall not be affected by such  invalidity  or  unenforceability,  nor
shall such invalidity or unenforceability  affect the validity or enforceability
of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

21.  Representations  and  Warrants,   Consultation   Obligations.   Each  party
represents  and warrants  to, and agrees with,  the other that it has the right,
power,  and  authority  to enter into and  perform  its  obligations  under this
Agreement.

22.      Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall
 constitute one and the same Agreement.

23.      Modifications.  This Agreement may not be modified except in writing
and signed by both parties.

24. Confidentiality. The terms of this Agreement and all matters relating hereto
shall be confidential  and shall not be disclosed to any person or entity except
as  necessary  to carry  out the  terms  hereof  or to  comply  with any laws or
regulations applicable hereto.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement  has been  executed  as a sealed
instrument  by Company,  by its officer duly  authorized by vote of its Board of
Directors, and by Executive, as of the date first above written.

By:                                              Global Resources Group, Inc.
         Jeffrey Michael Good, Executive

                                               By:
                                               O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Chairman

                                                   Date:
Sworn and subscribed before me this
_______ day of _____________, 19____


- -------------------------------------
(Signature of Notary Public - State of Florida)

GRGL40.1

                                      165
<PAGE>



                                      EX-10.ii.b

                                                EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT



         Agreement  made this 1st day of  October,  1999 by and  between  Global
Resources Group,  Inc., a Utah corporation (the "Company")  having its principal
place of  business  at 100  second  Avenue  North,  Suite 200,  St.  Petersburg,
Florida, and Ken Craig (the "Employee")  currently residing at 612 Downs Avenue,
Temple Terrace, Florida.

                                               BACKGROUND INFORMATION

         The Company  wishes to secure the  employment  services of the Employee
for a  definite  period of time and upon the  particular  terms  and  conditions
hereinafter set forth. The Employee is willing to be so employed.
Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:


                                                OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

         1.       Employment and Term.

         The Company  hereby  employs  Employee  and the latter  hereby  accepts
employment  by the  Company for a (3) year term  commencing  on October 1, 1999,
(the  "Commencement  Date") and expiring  September 30, 2002,  which  employment
shall be  automatically  extended for  unlimited  successive  two (2) year terms
unless it is terminated  during any such term,  whether initial or extended,  by
the occurrence of one of the events  described in Section 8 or at the end of any
such term  (subject to  extension  by  operation  of the  disability  provisions
contained in Section 8) by one party  furnishing the other with written  notice,
at least one hundred  twenty days notice (120) days prior to the  expiration  of
such term,  of any intent to terminate  this  Agreement  upon the  expiration of
current term.


         2.       Duties.

         During the term of this  Agreement,  whether  initial or extended,  the
Employee  shall render to the Company  services as Chief  Executive  Officer and
shall perform such duties as may be designated by and subject to the supervision
of the  Company's  Board  of  Directors,  and  shall  serve  in such  additional
capacities appropriate to his responsibilities and skills as shall be designated
by the Company,  through  action of its Board of Directors.  During such period,
the Employee shall devote his full attention,  time and energies to the business
affairs of the Company (subject to the terms of Section 4. below),  and will use
his best  efforts  to promote  the  interests  and  reputation  of the  Company;
provided that he may pursue such non-competitive  activities during weekdays and
on weekends, such as teaching, entertaining, consulting or other remunerative or
non-remunerative  affairs, as do not interfere, with the complete performance of
his  obligations  hereunder.  Hours of service to the Company during the term of
this  Agreement  shall be a minimum  of forty per week.  During the term of this
Agreement,  without  his  written  consent,  the  Company  shall not  remove the
Employee's  permanent  place of  business  from Tampa / St.  Petersburg  area of
Florida.

         3.       Compensation.

                                      166
<PAGE>

         For the services to be rendered by the Employee  under this  Agreement,
the Company shall pay him,  while he is rendering  such services and  performing
his duties  hereunder,  and the  Employee  shall accept as full payment for such
service,  a base  compensation  of $150,000 per year,  (inclusive of any amounts
subject  to  federal  or state  employment  related  withholding  requirements),
payable in arrears in equal  installments  on the last business day of each week
occurring during the period of employment or otherwise as the parties may agree.
Such base  compensation may be periodically  increased on any anniversary of the
Commencement  Date to take into account  superior  performance or increases,  if
any,  in the annual  cost of  living,  and may at such time be  supplemented  by
discretionary  bonuses  or other  benefits  payable  from  time to time,  all as
determined by action of the Company's Board of Directors.

         4.       Vacation; Fringe Benefits; Reimbursement of Expenses.

         The  Employee  shall be  entitled  to  three  (3)  weeks of fully  paid
vacation during the initial and each extended term of this  Agreement.  He shall
not be entitled to receive monetary or other valuable consideration for vacation
time to which he is entitled but does not take.  The timing of vacation  periods
shall be within the discretion of the Company, reasonably exercised so as not to
unnecessarily inconvenience the Employee.

         During his period of employment  hereunder,  the Employee shall further
be  entitled to (a) such leave by reason of  physical  or mental  disability  or
incapacity  and to such  participation  in medical and life  insurance,  pension
benefits,  disability  and other  fringe  benefit  plans as the Company may make
generally  available  to all of its  executive  employees  from  time  to  time;
subject,  however,  as to such plans,  to such  budgetary  constraints  or other
limitations as may be imposed by the Board of Directors of the Company from time
to  time;  and  (b)  reimbursement  for  all  normal  and  reasonable   expenses
necessarily  incurred by him in the  performance of his  obligations  hereunder,
subject to such reasonable substantiation  requirements as may be imposed by the
Company. (c) Paid Holidays as approved by the Company for all employees.

         5.       Proprietary Interests.

         During  or after  the  expiration  of his term of  employment  with the
Company,  the  Employee  shall not  communicate  or  divulge  to, or use for the
benefit of, any  individual,  association,  partnership,  trust,  corporation or
other entity  except the Company,  any  proprietary  information  of the Company
received by the Employee by virtue of such  employment,  without  first being in
receipt of the Company's written consent to do so.

         6.       Restrictive Covenant.

         During the term of his employment  hereunder and for one year following
the   termination   thereof  for  any  reason  other  than  (a)  the   Company's
discontinuance  of activities;  (b) an  adjudication  of the Company's  material
breach of any of its obligations set forth in Sections 1-4, inclusive;  or (c) a
termination of the Employee by the Company under the provisions of  subparagraph
d (2) of Section 8, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in or
become an owner of, render any service to, enter the employment of, or represent
or solicit for any  business  which  competes  with any  activity of the Company
conducted at any time during the  Employee's  period of employment  and which is
located  in any  county  of the State of  Florida  in which  the  Company  shall
maintain   activity.   The  parties   expressly  agree  that  the  duration  and
geographical area of this restrictive covenant are reasonable.

                                      167
<PAGE>

         This  covenant  shall be construed as an agreement  independent  of any
other provision herein, and the existence of any claim or cause of action of the
Employee against the Company  regardless of how arising,  shall not constitute a
defense to the  enforcement  by the Company of its terms.  If any portion of the
covenant is held by a court of law to be  unenforceable  with respect  either to
its duration or geographical  area, for whatever reason,  it shall be considered
divisible  both as to time and  geographical  area,  so that  each  month of the
specified  period  shall be deemed a  separate  period  of time and each  county
within  the State of  Florida a  separate  geographical  area,  resulting  in an
intended  requirement  that the longest  lesser period of time or largest lesser
geographical  area  found by such  court to be a  reasonable  restriction  shall
remain an effective restrictive covenant,  specifically  enforceable against the
Employee.

         Notwithstanding   any  statement  contained  in  this  Section  to  the
contrary,  legal or  beneficial  ownership  by the  Employee of a less than five
percent (5%)  interest in a  competitive  corporation  at least one (1) class of
capital  stock of which is  publicly  traded on a  national  or  regional  stock
exchange or by means of an electronic interdealer quotation system, shall not be
deemed to constitute a breach by the Employee of the terms hereof.

         7.       Remedies for Breach of Employee's Obligations.

         The parties  agree that the services of the Employee are of a personal,
specific,  unique and extraordinary  character and cannot be readily replaced by
the Company.  They further agree that in the course of performing  his services,
the Employee will have access to various types of proprietary information of the
Company, which, if released to others or used by the Employee other than for the
benefit of the Company,  in either case  without the  Company's  consent,  could
cause the Company to suffer irreparable  injury.  Therefore,  the obligations of
the Employee established under Sections 5 and 6 hereof shall be enforceable both
at law and in equity,  by  injunction,  specific  performance,  damages or other
remedy;  and the  right  of the  Company  to  obtain  any such  remedy  shall be
cumulative  and not  alternative  and shall not be  exhausted by any one or more
uses thereof.

         8.       Modifications and Termination.

         a.       Modification.  This  Agreement  may be amended or modified
only with the mutual  written  consent of the parties, and in its present form
consists of the entire Agreement between the parties.

         b.  Termination  - General.  This  Agreement is subject to  termination
prior to the  expiration of its initial or any extended term, if by the Employee
upon delivery to the Company of written notice of such  intention,  which notice
shall be deemed to result in  termination  one  hundred  twenty  days (120) days
after its receipt by the Company (the Company  having the right  following  such
receipt to  accelerate  the  effective  date of  termination  but  retaining the
obligation to pay Employee his compensation due for the full period);  and if by
the Company upon the  occurrence  of any one of the  following  events:  (a) the
complete  discontinuance  of the  Company's  activities;  (b) the  death  of the
Employee;  (c) the  occurrence  to Employee  of a physical or mental  disability
which, in the judgment, reasonably exercised, of the Board of Directors, renders
him  unable  to  perform  his  normal  duties on  behalf  of the  Company  for a
continuous  period of three(3) months  (measured from the first day of the month
immediately following the occurrence of such disability); or (d) a determination
by the Board of Directors that there is cause (as described in subsection d.
below) to terminate Employee's employment.

                                      168
<PAGE>

         c. By Death or Disability.  In the event of the Employee's  death,  his
base  compensation  otherwise due for the  succeeding  six full calendar  months
following  his  death  shall  be paid to his  Beneficiary.  In the  event of his
disability, for the period ending on the last business day of the third calendar
month  following the occurrence of such  disability,  the Employee shall be paid
his base compensation  (reduced by any amount received by the Employee under the
terms of any disability  insurance policy  maintained by the Company at its sole
expense);  thereafter,  for the succeeding three shall be treated as being on an
authorized but unpaid leave of absence.

         d. For Cause.  In the event of a decision by the Board of  Directors to
terminate Employee's employment for cause:

                  (1) If, in the judgment of the  Company's  Board of Directors,
                  reasonably  exercised,  such  termination  is due  to (i)  the
                  Employee's  willful  misconduct or gross negligence;  (ii) his
                  conscious  disregard  of his  obligations  hereunder or of any
                  other duties reasonably assigned him by the Company; (iii) his
                  repeated conscious violation of any provision of the Company's
                  By-Laws  or  of  its  other  stated  policies,   standards  or
                  regulations;  (iv) his  commission of any act involving  moral
                  turpitude;  or (v) a determination  that he has demonstrated a
                  dependence upon any addictive  substance,  including  alcohol,
                  controlled substances,  narcotics or barbiturates;  then, upon
                  termination,  he shall be entitled to receive severance pay in
                  an amount equal to 12.5% of his annual base compensation. As a
                  condition  precedent to the Company's  right to terminate this
                  Agreement  for one of the causes  specified  in the  preceding
                  sentence which  requires a repeated  action or omission by the
                  Employee [clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)],  there shall have been
                  created by the Company and furnished to the  Employee,  within
                  the sixty (60) day period immediately  following commission of
                  the proscribed act or omission,  a written description thereof
                  and a statement and a statement  advising him that the Company
                  views such  conduct as being of the type which could lead to a
                  termination of this Agreement  under the provisions of Section
                  8d. Further,  if the Company seeks to terminate this Agreement
                  on the basis of clause (iii),  it must be able to  demonstrate
                  that the Employee has been furnished with a copy of the By-Law
                  provision, or of the policy, standard or regulation,  which he
                  is being  accused of having  violated,  at a time prior to the
                  alleged commission of the violation.

                  (2) if such  termination  is for a cause (the  nature of which
                  may be  arbitrarily  determined)  other than as  specified  in
                  subparagraph ((1)) above, he shall be entitled to receive:

                       (a) if before 10-1-2000            5% of his annual base
                       (b)10-1-2000 to 9-30-2001          50% of annual base.
                       (c) 10-1-2001 to 9-30-200275% of annual base.
                       (d) 10-1-2002 forward              100% of annual base.

e.       Payment of Termination Compensation

                  Effectiveness  of Certain  Obligations.  Any  compensation  or
severance  due the  Employee  as a result of the  premature  termination  of his
employment  status shall be paid to him within seven (7) days after  termination
as one lump  sum.  No  termination  or  expiration  of this  Agreement,  whether
consummated by action of either party or by operation of the terms hereof, shall
relieve  the  Employee  from  his  continued   performance  of  the  obligations
established under Sections 5 and 6.

                                      169
<PAGE>

         9.  Indebtedness of Employee.  If, during the course of his employment,
Employee becomes  indebted to the Company for any reason,  the Company shall, if
it so elects,  have the right to set-off and to collect any sums due it from the
Employee  out of any  amounts  which  it may  owe  to the  Employee  for  unpaid
compensation.  In the event that this Agreement  terminates for any reason,  all
sums owed by the  Employee  to the  Company  shall  become  immediately  due and
payable.

         10.      Miscellaneous Provisions.

                  a.       Nonassignability:  Neither this Agreement nor any
         right or interest  hereunder  shall be assignable by the Employee,  his
         Beneficiary of his legal  representatives  except as otherwise
         expressly provided herein.

                  b. Enforceability:  If any term or condition or this Agreement
         shall be invalid or  unenforceable to any extent or in any application,
         then the remainder of this Agreement, and such term or condition except
         to such extent or in such  application,  shall not be affected  thereby
         and each and every term and condition of this Agreement  shall be valid
         and  enforced to the  fullest  extent and in the  broadest  application
         permitted by law.

                  c.  Notice:  All notices or other  communications  required or
         permitted  to be  furnished  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall  be in
         writing  and  shall  be  considered  as  properly   furnished  if  hand
         delivered,  mailed  from  within  the  United  States by  certified  or
         registered  mail, or sent by prepaid telegram to the recipient party at
         the address  appearing  in the  preamble to this  Agreement  or to such
         other  address as any such  party may have  designated  by like  notice
         forwarded to the other party hereto. Change of address notices shall be
         deemed  furnished  when  received.  All other  notices  shall be deemed
         furnished when mailed, telegraphed or hand delivered.

                  d.  Application  of  Florida  Law:  This  Agreement,  and  the
         application or interpretation thereof, shall be governed exclusively by
         its  terms  and by the laws of the  State of  Florida.  Venue  shall be
         deemed located in Sarasota County, Florida.

                  e. Counterparts:  This Agreement may be executed by any number
         of counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
         which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  f.  Binding  Effect:  Each of the  provisions  and  agreements
         herein  contained shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
         personal representatives,  devisees, heirs, successors, transferees and
         assigns of the respective parties hereto.

                  g. Beneficiary:  As used herein, the term "Beneficiary"  shall
         mean the  person or  persons  (who may be  designated  contingently  or
         successively  and  who  may be an  entity  other  than  an  individual,
         including an estate or trust)  designated on a written form  prescribed
         by the Board of  Directors  to receive the  expiration  of Agreement or
         death  benefits   described  in  Section  8  above.   Each  Beneficiary
         designation  shall be effective  only when filed with the  Secretary of
         the  Company  during  the   Employee's   lifetime.   Each   Beneficiary
         designation  filed with the  Secretary  will  cancel  all  designations
         previously so filed.

                                      170
<PAGE>

                  If the Employee  fails to properly  designate a Beneficiary or
         if the  Beneficiary  predeceases  the Employee or dies before  complete
         distribution of the benefit has been made, the Company shall distribute
         the  benefit  (or  balance  thereof)  to the  surviving  spouse  of the
         Employee or if he/she be then deceased to the Employee's estate.

                  h. Legal Fees and Costs: If a legal action is initiated by any
         party to this Agreement against another,  arising out of or relating to
         the alleged  performance or  non-performance of any right or obligation
         established hereunder,  or any dispute concerning the same, any and all
         fees,  costs and expenses  reasonably  incurred by successful  party or
         legal counsel thereof,  in investigating,  preparing for,  prosecuting,
         defending against, or providing evidence, producing documents or taking
         any other  action in respect  of,  such  action  shall be the joint and
         several   obligation  of  and  shall  be  paid  or  reimbursed  by  the
         unsuccessful party.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have hereunto  executed this Agreement
as of the date stated above.

Attest:                                    Global Resources Group, Inc.

By:      _________________________  By:     O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Jr.
                                            O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Jr.
                                            Chairman of the Board

Witnesses:                                  EMPLOYEE

Sign     _________________________          Ken Craig
                                    Ken Craig
Print    _________________________


GRGL11.

                                      171
<PAGE>



                                          EX-1.ii.c
4

                                                     GRG, INC.

                                            Performance Stock Agreement


         This  Performance  Stock Agreement (the  "Agreement"),  effective as of
November 2, 1999 is made by and between Global Resources  Group,  Inc., a Nevada
corporation (the "Company"),  and Jeffrey M. Good hereinafter referred to as the
"Grantee" and supercedes exhibit "C" of that certain Employment  Agreement dated
November 2, 1998 between the Company and Jeffrey Michael Good.

         WHEREAS,  THE Company  wishes to grant shares of the  Company's  common
stock to the Grantee  pursuant to the terms of the Company's  Stock  Performance
Plan (the "Plan") and subject to certain conditions established by the Company's
Board of Directors;

         NOW  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained and other good and valuable consideration,  receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                                                     ARTICLE I
                                                  GRANT OF STOCK

Section 1.1 - Grant of Stock

                  In  consideration of service to the Company and for other good
and valuable  consideration,  the Company grants to the Grantee 1,560,000 shares
of the Company's  common stock which equates to an initial value of $1,560 based
upon a $0.001 par value (the  "Performance  Shares")  in  accordance  with,  and
subject to, the terms and  conditions of the Plan, and subject to the conditions
described  below.  The Grantee's  rights with respect to the Performance  Shares
shall be governed by the terms herein.

Section 1.2 - Adjustments in Number of Shares

         In the event that the shares of the Company's  common stock are changed
into or  exchanged  for a  different  number or kind of shares of the Company or
other   securities   of  the   Company  by  reason  of  merger,   consolidation,
recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock split, stock dividend or combination
of shares,  the number and kind of Performance Shares will be equitably adjusted
to retain the same percentage of ownership.


                                      172
<PAGE>






                                                    ARTICLE II

Section 2.1 - Resale to Company

         The Grantee has the right to apply future Gross Profits from  contracts
signed,  negotiated  or pending  acceptance  at the time of  termination  to the
removal of Performance Condition Legends for a period of twelve months. Further,
at the end of that period Grantee has the right for a period of ninety (90) days
to have the Performance  Condition Legend, from all shares held subject to same,
removed at a cost to the Grantee  not to exceed  fifty  percent  (50%) of market
value on a per share basis. Should Grantee not exercise the right,  Company will
buy back shares at par value.

Section 2.2 - Performance Condition

         It shall be a condition to removal of the Performance  Condition Legend
from the  Performance  Shares that one share shall have said legend  removed for
each two dollars of gross profit  produced by the Company  between this date and
November 1, 2001. Gross profit is defined as defined by G.A.A.P.

Section 2.3 - Issuance of Stock Certificates

         A  certificate   representing   the  Granted  Shares  shall  be  issued
immediately.  Said common stock shall have legends  indicating  the  restrictive
nature of Rule 144 and the Performance Condition of the Plan.

Section 2.4 - Dividend Rights

         If a cash dividend is declared on shares of the Company's common stock,
the Company will pay the dividend to the Grantee as the holder of the stock.

Section 2.5 - Voting Rights

         The Grantee will be allowed to exercise  voting  rights with respect to
those Performance Shares.

Section 2.6 - Change of Control

         If the Company agrees to sell all or substantially all of its assets or
agrees to any merger,  reorganization,  or other corporate  transaction in which
its common stock is converted into another security or into the right to receive
securities or property,  and such  agreement does not provide for the assumption
or substitution of the Performance  Shares,  all such  Performance  Shares shall
have the  Performance  Condition  Legend  removed.  In the  event of a Change in
Control,  this  Agreement  shall remain in full force and effect with respect to
the Performance Shares under the Plan.  Furthermore,  the Board of Directors has
the right to take  different  actions  with  respect to  different  Grantees  or
different  groups  of  Grantees  as  the  Board  deems   appropriate  under  the
circumstances.



                                                    ARTICLE III
                                                   MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1 - Notices

         Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company
shall be addressed to the Company in care of its  Secretary and any notice to be
given to the  Grantee  shall be  addressed  to the  address  given  beneath  the
Grantee's  signature  below.  By a notice  given  pursuant to this  Section 3.4,
either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given
to such party.  Any notice  required to be given to the  Grantee  shall,  if the
Grantee is then deceased,  be given to the Grantee's personal  representative if
such  representative  has previously  informed the Company of his/her status and
address by written notice under this Section.  Any notice shall have been deemed
duly given when enclosed in a properly sealed  envelope  addressed as aforesaid,
deposited (with postage prepaid) in a United States postal receptacle.

Section 3.2 - Titles

         Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as
a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

Section 3.3 - Disposition

         At the  request of Grantee and upon  receipt of any of the  Performance
Shares after  satisfaction  of all  conditions  to the Grant,  the Company shall
remove  the  Performance  Condition  Legend and  reissue  the stock free of said
legend.

Section 3.4 - Counterparts

         This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one
(1) agreement.



                                      173
<PAGE>





         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed and delivered by
the parties as of the date first written above.

                                            GRG, INC.



                                            By:      O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Jr.
                           O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Jr.
                                                     Chairman of the Board


                                            GRANTEE



                                            Jeffrey M. Good
                                            Jeffrey M. Good
                                            Chief Operating Officer
                                            4490 38th Way South
                                            St. Petersburg, FL 33711



GRGL35.1

                                      174
<PAGE>


                                            EX-10.ii.d
4

                                                     GRG, INC.

                                            Performance Stock Agreement


         This  Performance  Stock Agreement (the  "Agreement"),  effective as of
October 1, 1999, is made by and between Global Resources  Group,  Inc., a Nevada
corporation (the "Company"), and Kenneth W. Craig hereinafter referred to as the
"Grantee".

         WHEREAS,  THE Company  wishes to grant shares of the  Company's  common
stock to the Grantee  pursuant to the terms of the Company's  Stock  Performance
Plan (the "Plan") and subject to certain conditions established by the Company's
Board of Directors;

         NOW  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained and other good and valuable consideration,  receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                                                     ARTICLE I
                                                  GRANT OF STOCK

Section 1.1 - Grant of Stock

                  In  consideration of service to the Company and for other good
and valuable  consideration,  the Company grants to the Grantee 1,560,000 shares
of the Company's  common stock which equates to an initial value of $1,560 based
upon a $0.001 par value (the  "Performance  Shares")  in  accordance  with,  and
subject to, the terms and  conditions of the Plan, and subject to the conditions
described  below.  The Grantee's  rights with respect to the Performance  Shares
shall be governed by the terms herein.

Section 1.2 - Adjustments in Number of Shares

         In the event that the shares of the Company's  common stock are changed
into or  exchanged  for a  different  number or kind of shares of the Company or
other   securities   of  the   Company  by  reason  of  merger,   consolidation,
recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock split, stock dividend or combination
of shares,  the number and kind of Performance Shares will be equitably adjusted
to retain the same percentage of ownership.


                                      175
<PAGE>






                                                    ARTICLE II


Section 2.1 - Resale to Company

         The Grantee agrees to sell back to the Company any  Performance  Shares
which have not had the Performance  Condition Legend removed prior to expiration
of this  agreement  or upon  termination  for  cause  shall be sold  back to the
Company for par value.

Section 2.2 - Performance Condition

         It shall be a condition to removal of the Performance  Condition Legend
from the  Performance  Shares that one share shall have said legend  removed for
each two dollars of gross profit  produced by the Company  between this date and
September 30, 2002. Gross profit is defined as defined by G.A.A.P.

Section 2.3 - Issuance of Stock Certificates

         A  certificate   representing   the  Granted  Shares  shall  be  issued
immediately.  Said common stock shall have legends  indicating  the  restrictive
nature of Rule 144 and the Performance Condition of the Plan.

Section 2.4 - Dividend Rights

         If a cash dividend is declared on shares of the Company's common stock,
the Company will pay the dividend to the Grantee as the holder of the stock.

Section 2.5 - Voting Rights

         The Grantee will be allowed to exercise  voting  rights with respect to
those Performance Shares.

Section 2.6 - Change of Control

         If the Company agrees to sell all or substantially all of its assets or
agrees to any merger,  reorganization,  or other corporate  transaction in which
its common stock is converted into another security or into the right to receive
securities or property,  and such  agreement does not provide for the assumption
or substitution of the Performance  Shares,  all such  Performance  Shares shall
have the  Performance  Condition  Legend  removed.  In the  event of a Change in
Control,  this  Agreement  shall remain in full force and effect with respect to
the Performance Shares under the Plan.  Furthermore,  the Board of Directors has
the right to take  different  actions  with  respect to  different  Grantees  or
different  groups  of  Grantees  as  the  Board  deems   appropriate  under  the
circumstances.



                                                    ARTICLE III
                                                   MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1 - Administration

         The Board of Directors shall have the power to interpret this Agreement
and to adopt such rules for  administration,  interpretation  and application of
the  Agreement  as are  consistent  with the Plan and to interpret or revoke any
such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by
the  Board of  Directors  in good  faith  shall be final  and  binding  upon the
Grantee,  the  Company  and all  interested  persons.  No member of the Board of
Directors  shall  be  personally   liable  for  any  action,   determination  or
interpretation  made in good faith with respect to this Agreement or any similar
agreement to which the Company is a party.

Section 3.2 - Notices

         Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company
shall be addressed to the Company in care of its  Secretary and any notice to be
given to the  Grantee  shall be  addressed  to the  address  given  beneath  the
Grantee's  signature  below.  By a notice  given  pursuant to this  Section 3.4,
either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given
to such party.  Any notice  required to be given to the  Grantee  shall,  if the
Grantee is then deceased,  be given to the Grantee's personal  representative if
such  representative  has previously  informed the Company of his/her status and
address by written notice under this Section.  Any notice shall have been deemed
duly given when enclosed in a properly sealed  envelope  addressed as aforesaid,
deposited (with postage prepaid) in a United States postal receptacle.

Section 3.3 - Titles

         Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as
a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

Section 3.4 - Disposition

         At the  request of Grantee and upon  receipt of any of the  Performance
Shares after  satisfaction  of all  conditions  to the Grant,  the Company shall
remove  the  Performance  Condition  Legend and  reissue  the stock free of said
legend.

Section 3.5 - Counterparts

         This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one
(1) agreement.



                                      176
<PAGE>





         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed and delivered by
the parties as of the date first written above.

GRG, INC.



By:      O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Jr.
O. Howard Davidsmeyer, Jr.
Chairman of the Board


GRANTEE



Ken Craig
Ken Craig
Chief Executive Officer
612 Downs Ave.
Temple Terrace, FL 33617


GRGL35.1

                                      177
<PAGE>




                                EX-16
                                                ANDERSON, ANDERSON & STRONG
                                                       941 East 3300 South
                                                   Salt Lake City, Utah 84109

November 5, 1999

United States Securities and Exchange Commission
450 5th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Re:   GRG, Inc. d/b/a/Global Resource Group, Inc., f/k/al Ghiglieri Corporation
      ("GRG")

Sir or Madam:

Anderson,  Anderson and Strong, L.C., Certified Public Accountants, of Salt Lake
City, Utah, audited the financial statements of GRG for the calendar years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

Jones, Jensen & Company, LLC, Certified Public Accounts, of Salt Lake City, Utah
were engaged by the Board of  Directors of GRG to prepare the audited  financial
statements  of GRG for the year ended  December 31,  1998;  and will prepare the
financial statements for the calendar year 1999.

There  were  no  disagreements  between  us and  GRG,  whether  resolved  or not
resolved,  on any  matter  of  accounting  principles  or  practices,  financial
statement  disclosure or auditing  scope or procedure,  which,  if not resolved,
would  have  caused  them  to  make  reference  to  the  subject  matter  of the
disagreement in connection with their reports.

Our report did not contain any adverse  opinion or  disclaimer  of opinion,  and
with the  exception of a "going  concern"  qualification  because of the lack of
material  operations  of GRG on the date of the report,  were not  qualified  or
modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

During  GRG's  three most recent  calendar  years,  and since then,  we have not
advised GRG that any of the following exists or is applicable:

(1)      That  the  internal  controls  necessary  for GRG to  develop  reliable
         financial  statements do not exist,  that information has come to their
         attention  that  has  lead  them  to no  longer  be  able  to  rely  on
         management's  representations  or that has made  them  unwilling  to be
         associated with the financial statements prepared by management;

(2)      That GRG needs to expand significantly the scope of its audit, or that
         information has come to their attention that if further investigated
         may materially impact the fairness or reliability of a previously
         issued audit report or the underlying financial statements or any other
         financial presentation, or cause them to be unwilling to rely on
         management's representations or be associated with GRG's financial
         statements for the foregoing reasons or any other reason; or

(3)      That they have advised the Company that  information  has come to their
         attention that they have concluded  materially  impacts the fairness or
         reliability  of  either  a  previously   issued  audit  report  or  the
         underlying  financial statements for the foregoing reasons or any other
         reason.


                                      178
<PAGE>





During the  Company's  three most  recent  calendar  years and since  then,  the
Company has not consulted us regarding the application of accounting  principles
to a specified  transaction,  either completed or proposed; or the type of audit
opinion  that might be rendered on the  Company's  financial  statements  or any
other financial presentation whatsoever.

The  Company  has  provided  Andersen,  Andersen  &  Strong  with a copy  of the
disclosure provided under this caption of this Registration  Statement,  and has
advised us to provide the Company with a letter  addressed to the Securities and
Exchange Commission as to whether we agree or disagree with the disclosures made
herein. By this letter, we agree with the disclosures made relating to our firm.

Thank you for your cooperation in this matter.

Very truly yours,

/s/

Rex Anderson
Partner

cc: Leonard Burningham
    Gordon Jones
    Matthew Veal

                                      179
<PAGE>


                                EX-23

JONES, JENSEN & COMPANY

Board of Directors
GRG, Inc.
St. Petersburg, Florida

We consent to the use in this registration Statement of GRG, Inc. on Form 10-SB,
of our report dated  November 10, 1999 of GRG, Inc. for the years ended December
31, 1998 and 1997,  which are part of this  Registration  Statement,  and to all
references to our firm included in this Registration Statement.


/s/ JONES, JENSEN & COMPANY
Salt Lake City, Utah
November 12, 1999


                                      180
<PAGE>

WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

                               EX-27
<ARTICLE> 5

<S>                             <C>               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS            9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               DEC-31-1998       DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-END>                    DEC-31-1998       SEP-30-1999
<CASH>                          100,060           74,033
<SECURITIES>                    0                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                   0                 1,500
<ALLOWANCES>                    0                 0
<INVENTORY>                     0                 50,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                100,170           128,143
<PP&E>                          13,424            341,460
<DEPRECIATION>                  1,134             19,517
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                  333,394           581,632
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>           24,041            65,428
<BONDS>                         0                 0
           0                 0
                     0                 0
<COMMON>                        16,900            19,219
<OTHER-SE>                      292,453           303,566
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>    333,394           581,632
<SALES>                         0                 49,304
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                0                 49,304
<CGS>                           0                 76,869
<TOTAL-COSTS>                   4,747,263         1,172,330
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                1,110,493         604
<LOSS-PROVISION>                0                 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>              0                 1,544
<INCOME-PRETAX>                 (5,857,756)       (1,202,043)
<INCOME-TAX>                    0                 0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>             (5,857,756)       (1,202,043)
<DISCONTINUED>                  0                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                 0                 0
<CHANGES>                       0                 0
<NET-INCOME>                    (5,857,756)       (1,202,043)
<EPS-BASIC>                   (0.48)            (0.07)
<EPS-DILUTED>                   (0.48)            (0.07)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission